QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 2003

Registration No. 333-            



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM F-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter and
translation of Registrant's name into English)
  Bunge Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter and
translation of Registrant's name into English)

Delaware
(State or other
jurisdiction of
incorporation or
organization)

 

2070
(Primary standard
Industrial Classification
Code Number)

 

26-002-1554
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

Bermuda
(State or other
jurisdiction of
incorporation or
organization)

 

2070
(Primary standard
Industrial Classification
Code Number)

 

N/A
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)


50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
(914) 684-2800

(Address and telephone number of Registrant's principal executive offices)


Bunge Limited
50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
Attention: Susanna K. Ter-Jung, Assistant General Counsel
(914) 684-2800
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)


with a copy to:
Andrew B. Jánszky
Shearman & Sterling
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 848-4000


         Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit
  Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)
  Amount of Registration Fee(2)

7.80% Senior Notes due 2012 of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.   $200,000,000   100%   $200,000,000   $16,180

Guarantee of Bunge Limited        

(1)
Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)
Calculated based upon the market value of the securities to be received by the registrants in the exchange in accordance with Rule 457(f). Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no registration fee will be paid in connection with the guarantees.

         The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS

         Subject to Completion dated May 2, 2003

$200,000,000

[logo]

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

7.80% Senior Notes due 2012
that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

for any and all

Unregistered 7.80% Senior Notes due 2012


Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by

BUNGE LIMITED


TERMS OF EXCHANGE OFFER

        This prospectus and accompanying letter of transmittal relate to the proposed offer by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. to exchange up to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 7.80% senior notes due 2012, which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any and all of its 7.80% senior notes due 2012 that were issued on October 15, 2002. The exchange senior notes are unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by Bunge Limited. Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited. The unregistered senior notes have certain transfer restrictions. The exchange senior notes will be freely transferable.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be distributed in the exchange offer, nor have any of these organizations determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is            , 2003


        Each holder of an unregistered senior note wishing to accept the exchange offer must deliver the unregistered senior notes to be exchanged, together with the letter of transmittal that accompanies this prospectus and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent identified in this prospectus. Alternatively, you may effect a tender of unregistered senior notes by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, Luxembourg ("Clearstream Luxembourg") or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.A., as operator of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear"). All deliveries are at the risk of the holder. You can find detailed instructions concerning delivery in the section called "The Exchange Offer" in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal.


        If you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange senior notes for your own account you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange senior notes. The letter of transmittal accompanying this prospectus states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. You may use this prospectus, as we may amend or supplement it in the future, for your resales of exchange senior notes. We will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale for a period of 90 days after the date of consummation of this exchange offer.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   ii
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION   ii
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE   iii
SUMMARY   1
SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER   6
SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES   10
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES   12
RISK FACTORS   13
CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS   14
USE OF PROCEEDS   15
THE EXCHANGE OFFER   16
DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR NOTES   27
DESCRIPTION OF MASTER TRUST STRUCTURE   48
TAXATION   50
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION   55
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES   56
LEGAL MATTERS   56
EXPERTS   56

        You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. You should assume that the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or the date of the document incorporated by reference. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since then. Neither Bunge Limited Finance Corp. nor Bunge Limited is making an offer of the senior notes in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

        References to "Bunge Limited Finance" mean Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and references to "Bunge," "we", "us" and "our" in this prospectus mean, unless otherwise indicated, Bunge Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Bunge Limited Finance Corp. Whenever we refer in this prospectus to the 7.80% senior notes due 2012 issued on October 15, 2002, we will refer to them as the "unregistered senior notes." Whenever we refer in this prospectus to the registered 7.80% senior notes due 2012, we will refer to them as the "exchange senior notes." The unregistered senior notes and the exchange senior notes are collectively referred to as the "senior notes." References to "$" and "dollars" are to United States dollars.

i



CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus include forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and projections about our future results, performance, prospects and opportunities. We have tried to identify these forward-looking statements by using words including "may," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "believe," "intend," "estimate," "continue" and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results, performance, prospects or opportunities, as well as those of the markets we serve or intend to serve, to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements. These factors include the risks, uncertainties and other factors discussed under the heading "Risk Factors" in this prospectus and in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, which is incorporated herein by reference, under the headings "Item 3.D. Risk Factors," "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview," "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and elsewhere. Examples of forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical in nature, including statements regarding:

        In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Additional risks that we may currently deem immaterial or that are not presently known to us could also cause the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus not to occur. Except as otherwise required by applicable securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason after the date of this prospectus.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, under which we file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, reports on Form 6-K and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. You may read and copy any materials that we file with or submit to the SEC at the following locations of the SEC:

Public Reference Room
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Room 1024
Washington, D.C. 20549
  North East Regional Office
233 Broadway
New York, New York 10279
  Midwest Regional Office
500 West Madison Street
Suite 1400
Chicago, Illinois 60661

ii


        Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference rooms and their copy charges, as well as the charges for mailing copies of the documents we have filed. You may also inspect and copy this material at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, NY 10005. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information companies file with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov .


INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

        We are incorporating by reference into this prospectus certain information that we file with the SEC, which means that we are disclosing to you important information not contained in this prospectus by referring you to those documents that are considered part of this prospectus. This prospectus incorporates by reference the documents set forth below that we have previously filed with the SEC. These documents contain important information about us and our finances.

    our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, which we refer to as the 2002 Annual Report, that we filed with the SEC on March 31, 2003; and

    our report filed on Form 6-K submitted on May 2, 2003.

        All documents that we will file with or submit to the SEC under the Exchange Act on Form 20-F, and on Form 6-K which specifically state that they are intended to be incorporated by reference, after the date of this prospectus and prior to the completion of the exchange offer, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and to be a part of, this prospectus from the date such documents are filed. Bunge Limited's file number for documents filed under the Exchange Act is 001-16625. We will provide, without charge, to any person who receives a copy of this prospectus, upon such recipient's written or oral request, a copy of any document this prospectus incorporates by reference, other than exhibits to such incorporated documents, unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in such incorporated document, until the exchange offer is complete. Requests should be directed to:

Bunge Limited
50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
Attention: Investor Relations
(914) 684-2800

        Any statement contained in this prospectus or in a document incorporated by reference into this prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that such statement is made in any subsequently filed document. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.

iii



SUMMARY

         The following summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before participating in this exchange offer. You should read carefully the entire prospectus, accompanying letter of transmittal and documents incorporated by reference.

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited and was formed for the sole purpose of issuing the debt of Bunge, other than commercial paper, and investing the proceeds of the issuances in a master trust facility that Bunge created to centralize its financing operations. The master trust acquires loans made to Bunge Limited and its subsidiaries with the proceeds from debt incurred by Bunge through Bunge Limited Finance and other finance subsidiaries. Bunge Limited Finance's sole asset is a trust certificate entitling it to a fractional undivided interest in the pool of intercompany loans held by the Bunge master trust facility. Among other things, the master trust facility is intended to allow creditors of Bunge Limited Finance, including holders of the senior notes, to have the benefit of claims in respect of Bunge's subsidiaries which are equal in right of payment to indebtedness owed or payable to other creditors of these subsidiaries. See "Description of Master Trust Structure" for a discussion of the Bunge master trust facility and the assets it holds. Bunge Limited Finance is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Bunge Limited

        Bunge Limited has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the exchange senior notes offered hereby when due and payable. Bunge Limited is a limited liability company formed under the laws of Bermuda.

        We are an integrated, global agribusiness and food company operating in the farm-to-consumer food chain which ranges from raw materials such as grains and fertilizers to retail food products such as flour and margarine. We have primary operations in North America, Brazil, Argentina and Europe and worldwide distribution capabilities. We conduct our operations in three divisions: agribusiness, fertilizer and food products. In 2002, we had total net sales of $14,074 million and income from operations of $739 million. We believe we are:

        Our agribusiness division consists of three business lines: grain origination, oilseed processing and international marketing. Our primary grain origination and oilseed processing assets are located in the United States, Brazil, Argentina and Europe. We have international marketing offices in 18 countries. Net sales in our agribusiness division were $10,291 million in 2002, or 73% of our total net sales.

        Our fertilizer division is involved in every stage of the fertilizer business, from mining of raw materials to sales of mixed fertilizer formulas. Our fertilizer activities are primarily located in Brazil. Net sales in our fertilizer division were $1,384 million in 2002, or 10% of our total net sales.

        Our food products division consists of four business lines: edible oil products, wheat milling and bakery products, corn products and soy ingredients. These businesses produce and sell food products such as edible oils, shortenings, margarine, mayonnaise, milled products, bakery mixes and baked goods

1


and food ingredients to food processors, foodservice companies and retail outlets. Our food products division, primarily located in the United States, Europe and Brazil, benefits from a stable source of soybeans, crude oils and meals, wheat and corn provided by our agribusiness operations. Net sales in our food products division were $2,399 million in 2002, or 17% of our total net sales.

Recent Developments

        Financial results for 2003 first quarter.     Although complete financial statements for the first quarter of 2003 are not yet available, on April 29, 2003 we announced certain operating results for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003. The following summarizes select items in our unaudited consolidated financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2002. This summary should be read in conjunction with "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Operating Results" and our consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, incorporated herein by reference.

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (US$ in millions, except volumes and share data)

 
Volumes (in thousands of metric tons)     22,811     14,575  
Consolidated Statement of Income Data:              
Net sales   $ 4,884   $ 2,684  
Gross profit     268     184  
Income from operations     118     68  
Non-operating income (expense) — net     (21 )   (9 )
Income tax expense     (37 )   (3 )
Income from continuing operations before minority interest     60     56  
Minority interest     (20 )   (20 )
Income from continuing operations     40     36  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles, net of tax of $6 (2002) (1)         (23 )
   
 
 
Net income   $ 40   $ 13  
   
 
 
Earnings per common share—basic:              
  Income from continuing operations   $ .40   $ .42  
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles         (.27 )
   
 
 
  Net income per share   $ .40   $ .15  
   
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding—basic     99,585,970     85,580,221  

(1)
Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangibles . As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 142, we recorded a charge of $14 million, net of tax, representing a write-off of goodwill in the milling and baking products segment in the first quarter of 2002. Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . As a result of the early adoption of SFAS No. 143, we recorded a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle charge of $9 million, net of tax, in the first quarter of 2002.

        Effective October 2002, Cereol became a consolidated subsidiary of Bunge, and its results of operations are included in Bunge's consolidated results of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2003. Net sales increased 82% to $4,884 million in the first quarter of 2003 from $2,684 million in the

2


first quarter of 2002 due to increases in sales volumes in all business divisions, with agribusiness volumes increasing 65%, fertilizer volumes increasing 3% and food products volumes increasing 51%. Sales volumes increased significantly due to internal growth in our business and the October 2002 acquisition of Cereol. Our gross profit increased 46% in the first quarter of 2003 from the first quarter of 2002 due to increases in gross profit in all of our business divisions. Our income from operations increased 74% in the first quarter of 2003 from the first quarter of 2002 due to internal growth in our business and the acquisition of Cereol.

        Sales volumes increased 65%, and gross profit increased 42% or $32 million, over the same period in 2002 in our agribusiness division. Income from operations increased 45%, or $14 million, to $45 million. Sales volumes increased in all three business lines within our agribusiness division. Agribusiness results were particularly strong in South America, primarily due to a large harvest that produced strong volumes and margins, and offset a decline in results for North America. The improved results also reflected the continued growth of our international marketing operations.

        Sales volumes increased 3%, and gross profit increased 11% or $6 million, over the same period in 2002 in our fertilizer division. Income from operations increased 45%, or $13 million, to $42 million. The first quarter of 2002 included an extra month of results from Fosfertil, which had been reporting its results one month in arrears. The increase in results was primarily due to aggressive farmer planting for a large second crop and higher fertilizer sales prices. Increased international prices for imported fertilizers and raw materials also contributed to an increase in local margins, as products are priced to import parity. In addition, increased urea prices due to the rising international price of natural gas contributed to the results.

        Sales volumes increased 51%, and gross profit increased 87% or $46 million, over the same period in 2002 in our food products division. Income from operations increased 167%, or $25 million, to $40 million. Edible oil products and soy ingredients results were significantly higher due to the inclusion of Cereol's operations. These results offset a decline in gross profit and income from operations in our milling and baking products business.

        Non-operating income (expense)—net increased $12 million to an expense of $21 million, primarily due to higher interest expense caused by higher levels of debt incurred to acquire Cereol and debt assumed in the acquisition. Also, in the latter half of 2002, we issued long-term debt at relatively higher interest rates to reduce our reliance on short-term debt. This increase in interest expense was partially offset by foreign exchange gains of $7 million resulting from the 5% appreciation in the value of the Brazilian real against the U.S. dollar in the first quarter of 2003. These gains were offset by marked-to-market losses on U.S. dollar denominated inventory reflected in cost of goods sold. During the first quarter of 2003, the value of the Argentine peso appreciated 13% against the U.S. dollar, resulting in exchange losses, compared to exchange gains recognized in the same period in 2002 when the peso devalued by 45% relative to the U.S. dollar.

        Our net income in the first quarter of 2003 was $40 million, or $0.40 per share. In the first quarter of 2002 our net income was $13 million, or $0.15 per share, which results were affected by $18 million

3


in tax credits relating to refunds of prior year's taxes and reversals of deferred tax asset valuation and a cumulative effect of change in accounting principles charge of $23 million, or $0.27 per share.

        Segment Reclassification.     In the first quarter of 2003, we changed the name of our "wheat milling and bakery products" segment to "milling and baking products" in connection with the reclassification of our corn milling products business line from the "other" segment to the "milling and baking products" segment. Accordingly, amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2002 have been reclassified to reflect this change. As a result of this change, the "other" segment will consist solely of our soy ingredients business until these assets are contributed to the joint venture we have entered into with E.I. duPont Nemours and Company. See "—Alliance with DuPont" for more information regarding this joint venture. Upon completion of the contribution of assets to Solae, we will have four reporting segments—agribusiness, fertilizer, edible oil products and milling and baking products.

        Alliance with DuPont.     In January 2003, we announced our agreement to form an alliance with E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company to expand our agribusiness and soy ingredients businesses. The alliance will initially consist of three components: a joint venture, called Solae L.L.C., for the production and distribution of specialty food ingredients, such as soy protein products and lecithins; a biotechnology agreement to jointly develop and commercialize soybeans with improved quality traits; and an alliance to develop a broader offering of services and products to farmers. Pursuant to the alliance, we agreed to contribute our soy ingredients business to Solae in exchange for a 28% interest in Solae plus an estimated $256 million in cash to be paid by Solae, which will fund the payment with joint venture debt. DuPont agreed to contribute its Protein Technologies food ingredient s business for a 72% interest in Solae. We have the right to increase our interest in Solae to 40% according to an agreed upon formula.

        On April 1, 2003, we and DuPont formed Solae, with DuPont contributing its Protein Technologies business and our contribution of our North American and European ingredients operations. In May 2003, we will contribute our majority interest in our Brazilian ingredients operations to Solae, which will then extend an offer to acquire the interests of minority shareholders. Solae is based in St. Louis, Missouri.

        Sale of Lesieur.     In November 2002, we announced our agreement to sell Lesieur, a French maker of branded bottled vegetable oils, to Saipol, an oilseed processing joint venture between Cereol S.A., a wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited, and Sofiproteol, the financial institution for oilseed cooperatives. As a result of this transaction, Cereol will retain its 33.34% interest in Saipol and Sofiproteol will control the remaining 66.66%. We anticipate that the transaction will close in the third quarter of 2003. We expect to receive net proceeds of €181 million from the sale at closing.

        Purchase of Cereol's Minority Interest.     On April 9, 2003, we completed our squeeze-out of the Cereol shares that remained publicly traded on the Euronext market, and now own 100% of Cereol's capital and voting rights. The squeeze-out followed a minority buy-out offer at a purchase price equal to €32 per share. Upon completion of the squeeze out, Cereol's shares were delisted from the Euronext market.

        Settlement of Ducros Arbitration.     On April 29, 2003, Cereol and Cereol Holding France entered into a settlement agreement with McCormick & Company, Incorporated, McCormick France SAS and Ducros S.A. relating to a claim for (€155 million brought by McCormick over the purchase price of Ducros S.A., which was sold to McCormick in August 2000. Under the settlement agreement, Cereol has paid McCormick) €49.6 million. This payment does not reflect any potential tax benefits to be realized by us. In connection with the settlement, we will also pay an additional purchase price to Edison and Cereol's former public shareholders of approximately €33.5 million in the aggregate.

4


        Argentina.     From January 1, 2003 to April 29, 2003, the peso has appreciated 18% against the U.S. dollar.

        Brazil.     From January 1, 2003 to April 29, 2003, the real has appreciated 21% against the U.S. dollar.


        Bunge Limited Finance and Bunge Limited have their principal executive offices and corporate headquarters at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York 10606, and their telephone number is (914) 684-2800. Bunge Limited's registered office is located at 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda.

        Bunge's website address is www.bunge.com. Information contained in or connected to Bunge's website is not a part of this prospectus.

5



SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

        On October 15, 2002, Bunge Limited Finance issued $200 million aggregate principal amount of unregistered 7.80% senior notes due 2012. The unregistered senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by Bunge Limited. On the same day, we and the initial purchasers of the unregistered senior notes entered into an exchange and registration rights agreement in which we agreed that you, as a holder of unregistered senior notes, would be entitled to exchange your unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes registered under the Securities Act but otherwise having substantially identical terms to the unregistered senior notes. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy these rights. After the exchange offer is completed, you will no longer be entitled to any registration rights with respect to your senior notes. The exchange senior notes will be our obligations and will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture relating to the unregistered senior notes. The exchange senior notes will also be fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by Bunge Limited. The form and terms of the exchange senior notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of unregistered senior notes, except that the exchange senior notes have been registered under the Securities Act, and therefore will contain no restrictive legends; the exchange senior notes will not have registration rights; and the exchange senior notes will not have rights to additional interest. For additional information on the terms of the exchange offer, see "The Exchange Offer."

The Exchange Offer   Bunge Limited Finance is offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of 7.80% senior notes due 2012, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of our outstanding unregistered senior notes due 2012 that were issued on October 15, 2002. As of the date of this prospectus, $200 million in aggregate principal amount of our unregistered senior notes are outstanding.

Expiration of the Exchange Offer

 

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2003, unless we decide to extend the expiration date.

Conditions of the Exchange Offer

 

Bunge Limited Finance will not be required to accept for exchange any unregistered senior notes, and Bunge Limited Finance may amend or terminate the exchange offer if any of the following conditions or events occurs:

 

 


the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of unregistered senior notes, violates applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC;

 

 


any action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened with respect to the exchange offer which, in Bunge Limited Finance's reasonable judgment, would impair its ability to proceed with the exchange offer; and

 

 


any law, rule or regulation or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC have been issued or promulgated which, in Bunge Limited Finance's good faith determination, does not permit it to effect the exchange offer.

 

 

 

 

6



 

 

Bunge Limited Finance will give oral or written notice of any non-acceptance, amendment or termination to the registered holders of the unregistered senior notes as promptly as practicable. Bunge Limited Finance reserves the right to waive any conditions of the exchange offer.

Resale of Exchange Senior Notes

 

Based on interpretative letters of the SEC staff to third parties unrelated to us, Bunge Limited Finance believes that you can resell and transfer the exchange senior notes you receive pursuant to this exchange offer without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

 

 


any exchange senior notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

 


you are not engaged in, do not intend to engage in and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the unregistered senior notes or exchange senior notes;

 

 


you are not an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited or, if you are such an affiliate, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

 

 


if you are a broker-dealer, you have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited or any "affiliate" of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) to distribute the exchange senior notes;

 

 


if you are a broker-dealer and you will receive exchange senior notes for your own account in exchange for unregistered senior notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange senior notes; and

 

 


you are not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

 

 

If you wish to accept the exchange offer, you must represent to Bunge Limited Finance that these conditions have been met.

 

 

If Bunge Limited Finance's belief is inaccurate and you transfer any exchange senior note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. Bunge Limited Finance does not assume or indemnify you against such liability, but it does not believe that any such liability should exist.

Accrued Interest on the Exchange Senior Notes and Unregistered Senior Notes

 

The exchange senior notes will accrue interest from and including April 15, 2003. Bunge Limited Finance will pay interest on the exchange senior notes semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing October 15, 2003.

 

 

 

 

7



 

 

Holders of unregistered senior notes that are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment in respect of interest accrued from the date of the last interest payment date that was made in respect of the unregistered senior notes until the date of the issuance of the exchange senior notes. Consequently, holders of exchange senior notes will receive the same interest payments that they would have received had they not accepted the exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering Unregistered Senior Notes

 

If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must transmit a properly completed and signed letter of transmittal, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent at the address set forth in the letter of transmittal. These materials must be received by the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2003, the expiration date of the exchange offer. You must also provide:

 

 


a confirmation of any book-entry transfer of unregistered senior notes tendered electronically into the exchange agent's account with DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg. You must comply with DTC's, Euroclear's or Clearstream Luxembourg's respective standard operating procedures for electronic tenders, by which you will agree to be bound in the letter of transmittal; or

 

 


physical delivery of your unregistered senior notes to the exchange agent's address as set forth in the letter of transmittal.

 

 

The letter of transmittal must also contain the representations you must make to us as described under "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering."

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

 

If you are a beneficial owner of unregistered senior notes that are held through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender such unregistered senior notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct them to tender your unregistered senior notes on your behalf.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures for Unregistered Senior Notes

 

If you cannot meet the expiration deadline, or you cannot deliver your unregistered senior notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documentation, or comply with DTC's, Euroclear's or Clearstream Luxembourg's respective standard operating procedures for electronic tenders on time, you may tender your unregistered senior notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

Withdrawal Rights

 

You may withdraw the tender of your unregistered senior notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2003, the expiration date.

 

 

 

 

8



Consequences of Failure to Exchange

 

If you are eligible to participate in this exchange offer and you do not tender your unregistered senior notes as described in this prospectus, your unregistered senior notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer. As a result of the restrictions on transfer and the availability of exchange senior notes, the unregistered senior notes are likely to be much less liquid than before the exchange offer. The unregistered senior notes will, after the exchange offer, bear interest at the same rate as the exchange senior notes.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The exchange of the unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Use of Proceeds

 

Neither Bunge Limited Finance nor Bunge Limited will receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent for Unregistered Senior Notes

 

The Bank of New York, the trustee under the indenture for the unregistered senior notes, is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. The Bank of New York can be reached at Reorganization Unit, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 7E, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Diane Amoroso; its telephone number is (212) 815-3738 and its facsimile number is (212) 298-1915.

9



SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES

         The following summarized description of the exchange senior notes is subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For additional information on the terms of the exchange senior notes, see "Description of Senior Notes."

Issuer   Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

Guarantor

 

Bunge Limited.

Exchange Senior Notes

 

$200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of registered 7.80% senior notes due 2012.

Maturity Date

 

October 15, 2012.

Interest Payment Dates

 

April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2003, which is the interest payment date immediately following the last interest payment date for which interest was paid on unregistered senior notes exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer.

Ranking

 

The exchange senior notes will be unsecured obligations of Bunge Limited Finance and will rank equally in right of payment with Bunge Limited Finance's other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

Further Issuances

 

Bunge Limited Finance may, without the consent of the holders of the exchange senior notes, from time to time issue other senior notes, including senior notes of the same series that have the same ranking as the exchange senior notes,

Guarantee

 

All payments on the exchange senior notes, including principal and interest, will be fully and unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Bunge Limited. Bunge Limited's guarantee will rank equally in right of payment with its other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and guarantees.

Optional Redemption

 

The exchange senior notes are redeemable at Bunge Limited Finance's option, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices described in this prospectus, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

Prepayment at Option of Holders Upon Change of Control

 

Upon a change of control (as defined in the indenture) holders of the exchange senior notes will have the right to require Bunge Limited Finance to repurchase all or part of their exchange senior notes at the price described in this prospectus, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase.

Certain Covenants

 

The indenture governing the exchange senior notes contains covenants that limit Bunge Limited Finance's ability to engage in any transactions other than those allowed under the master trust facility as described in "Description of Master Trust Structure". The indenture also contains covenants that, among other things, limit Bunge Limited's ability, and the ability of its subsidiaries, to:

 

 


incur certain liens;

 

 


engage in sale-leaseback transactions;

 

 

 

 

10



 

 


engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

 


sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of properties or assets;

 

 


incur indebtedness at the subsidiary level;

 

 


agree to restrictions on dividends or loans by subsidiaries; or

 

 


amalgamate, merge or consolidate or sell all or substantially all of its assets.

 

 

These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The indenture also contains financial covenants with which Bunge Limited must comply. See "Description of Senior Notes—Covenants."

Events of Default

 

The indenture provides for events of default, subject to applicable cure periods, including:

 

 


the default in any payment of interest on an exchange senior note when due, continues for 30 days;

 

 


the default in any payment of principal of, or premium, if any, on an exchange senior note when due;

 

 


if Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited fails to comply for 60 days after it receives a written notice of default with its other agreements under the indenture;

 

 


if one or more money judgments or decrees have been entered against Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited involving a liability in excess of $50,000, in the case of Bunge Limited Finance, or $50 million, in the case of Bunge Limited and all such judgments or decrees are not vacated, discharged or stayed pending appeal within 30 days; or

 

 


if Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited fails to pay the principal of any indebtedness when it becomes due, whether at or before maturity, in an amount exceeding $50 million; and

 

 


certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur.

Trustee

 

The Bank of New York.

Listing

 

The exchange senior notes will not be listed on an exchange.

11



RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(Unaudited)

        The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for Bunge are set forth below for each year in the five-year period ended December 31, 2002.

        For purposes of computing the following ratios, earnings represents income from continuing operations before fixed charges and taxes. Fixed charges represent interest expense, amortization of capitalized interest and such portion of rental expense that represents an appropriate interest factor.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges   3.3x   1.9x   1.3x   0.9x   1.8x

12



RISK FACTORS

         You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below in addition to all the other information included or incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including under the heading "Item 3. Risk Factors" in our 2002 Annual Report, before deciding to invest in the senior notes. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of the risks and uncertainties described therein. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our financial condition and business operations.

Risks Relating to the Senior Notes

Servicing our debt obligations requires a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

        Our ability to pay the principal of and interest on the senior notes, our credit facilities and other debt securities depends, among other things, upon our future financial performance and our ability to refinance indebtedness, if necessary. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, and we may not be able to obtain funding sufficient to do so. If this occurs, we may need to reduce or delay capital expenditures or other business opportunities. In addition, we may need to refinance our debt, obtain additional financing or sell assets to raise cash, which we may not be able to do on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

The senior notes are effectively subordinated to our secured debt.

        The senior notes are not secured by any of our assets. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, holders of our secured debt will have claims with respect to the assets securing their debt that have priority over your claims as noteholders. As of December 31, 2002, we had $310 million of debt that is secured by certain land, property, equipment and export commodity contracts, as well as shares of the capital stock of Bunge Fertilizantes, Fosfertil and Ultrafertil, certain of our Brazilian subsidiaries. To the extent that the value of the secured assets is insufficient to repay our secured debt, holders of secured debt would be entitled to share in any of our remaining assets equally with you and any other unsecured lenders.

We are a holding company and depend upon funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations under the guarantee of the senior notes.

        We are a holding company and our only significant assets are our investments in our subsidiaries. As a holding company, we are dependent upon dividends, loans or advances, or other intercompany transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations, including our obligations under the guarantee. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to us may be restricted by, among other things, applicable laws as well as agreements to which those subsidiaries may be party. Therefore, our ability to make payments with respect to the guarantee may be limited.

        The master trust facility is intended, among other things, to allow creditors of Bunge Limited Finance, including holders of the senior notes, to have the benefit of claims on our subsidiaries that are obligated under the intercompany loans which are equal in right of payment to indebtedness owed or payable to third party creditors of these subsidiaries. To the extent that other creditors or third parties have superior rights of payment with respect to the claims against a particular subsidiary under the laws of its jurisdiction or for any other reason, then the claims of the master trust for the benefit of the holders of the senior notes may be subject to the rights of such other creditors or third parties against the assets and earnings of that subsidiary.

13



CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

        The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of December 31, 2002. This table should be read in conjunction with "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those consolidated financial statements included in our 2002 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 
  As of December 31, 2002
 
 
  (US$ in millions,
except share data)

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 470  

Debt:

 

 

 

 
Short-term debt, including current portion of long-term debt(1)     1,499  
Long-term debt:        
  Secured     310  
  Unsecured(2)     1,144  
  7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012(3)     200  
  3 3 / 4 % Convertible Notes Due 2022(3)     250  
   
 
    Total long-term debt   $ 1,904  

Redeemable preferred stock

 

 

171

 
Minority interest     324  

Shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 
Preference shares, par value $.01; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted      
Common shares, par value $.01; 240,000,000 shares authorized; 99,332,233 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted(4)     1  
Additional paid in capital     1,999  
Receivable from former sole shareholder     (55 )
Retained earnings     653  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,126 )
   
 
    Total shareholders' equity     1,472  
    Total capitalization   $ 5,370  

(1)
Of this amount, $412 million is guaranteed by Bunge and one of its subsidiaries.

(2)
Debt issued by our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Of this amount, $805 million is guaranteed by Bunge.

(3)
Debt issued by Bunge Limited Finance and guaranteed by Bunge.

(4)
The number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2002 excludes 3,180,759 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and 534,224 restricted stock awards.

14



USE OF PROCEEDS

        Neither Bunge Limited Finance nor Bunge Limited will receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing exchange senior notes contemplated by this prospectus, Bunge Limited Finance will receive unregistered senior notes from you in like principal amount. The unregistered senior notes surrendered in exchange for exchange senior notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the exchange senior notes will not result in any change in our indebtedness.

15



THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of Exchange Offer; Registration Rights

        Bunge Limited Finance sold the unregistered senior notes to Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as the initial purchasers, on October 15, 2002. The initial purchasers resold the unregistered senior notes under an offering memorandum dated October 9, 2002 in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. On October 15, 2002, we entered into an exchange and registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers. Under the exchange and registration rights agreement, we agreed:

        If you participate in the exchange offer, you will, with limited exceptions, receive exchange senior notes that are freely tradable and not subject to restrictions on transfer. You should read the information in this prospectus under the heading "—Resale of Exchange Senior Notes" for more information relating to your ability to transfer exchange senior notes.

        The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will Bunge Limited Finance accept tenders for exchange from, holders of unregistered senior notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or the acceptance of the exchange offer would not be in compliance with the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdiction.

        If you are eligible to participate in this exchange offer and you do not tender your unregistered senior notes as described in this prospectus, you will not have any further registration rights. In that case, your unregistered senior notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act.

Shelf Registration

        In the exchange and registration rights agreement, we agreed to file a shelf registration statement only if:

16


        If a shelf registration statement is required, we will use our reasonable best efforts to:

        During any 365-day period, we will have the ability to suspend the availability of the shelf registration statement for up to 4 periods of up to 30 consecutive days, but no more than an aggregate of 90 days during any 365-day period, if any event occurs or is pending as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable judgment of our board of directors, to suspend the use of the shelf registration statement.

        The shelf registration statement will permit only certain holders to resell their unregistered senior notes from time to time. In particular, Bunge Limited Finance may require that each holder furnish to us such information concerning the holder and the distribution of their unregistered senior notes, and Bunge Limited Finance may exclude from registration the unregistered senior notes of any holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving the request.

        If we are required to file a shelf registration statement, Bunge Limited Finance will provide to each holder of unregistered senior notes that are covered by the shelf registration statement copies of the prospectus that is a part of the shelf registration statement and notify each such holder when the shelf registration statement becomes effective. A holder who sells unregistered senior notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the prospectus and to deliver a copy of the prospectus to purchasers. Such holder will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales, and will be bound by the provisions of the exchange and registration rights agreement which are applicable to such a holder (including the applicable indemnification obligations).

Additional Interest

        If a registration default (as defined below) occurs, we will be required to pay additional interest to each holder of unregistered senior notes. During the first 90-day period that a registration default occurs, we will pay additional interest equal to 0.25% per annum. At the beginning of the second and any subsequent 90-day period that a registration default is continuing, the amount of additional interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum until all registration defaults have been cured. However, in no event will the rate of additional interest exceed 0.50% per annum for each of the unregistered senior notes. Such additional interest will accrue only for those days that a registration default occurs and is continuing. Following the cure of all registration defaults, no more additional interest will accrue. You will not be entitled to receive any additional interest if you were, at any time while the exchange offer was pending, eligible to exchange, and did not validly tender your unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes in the exchange offer.

        A "registration default" includes any of the following:

17


        The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our exchange offer obligations under the exchange and registration rights agreement. The above summary of the exchange and registration rights agreement is not complete and is subject to, and qualified by reference to, all the provisions of the exchange and registration rights agreement. A copy of the exchange and registration rights agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, Bunge Limited Finance is offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of exchange senior notes for each $1,000 principal amount of unregistered senior notes. You may tender some or all of your unregistered senior notes only in integral multiples of $1,000. As of the date of this prospectus, $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the unregistered senior notes are outstanding.

        The terms of the exchange senior notes to be issued are substantially similar to the unregistered senior notes, except that the exchange senior notes have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the certificates for the exchange senior notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer. The exchange senior notes will be issued under and be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2002, among Bunge Limited Finance, as issuer and Bunge Limited, as guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

        In connection with the issuance of the unregistered senior notes, Bunge Limited Finance arranged for the unregistered senior notes to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of Euroclear, Clearstream Luxembourg and DTC, acting as a depositary. The exchange senior notes will also be issuable and transferable in book-entry form through Euroclear, Clearstream Luxembourg and DTC.

        There will be no fixed record date for determining the eligible holders of the unregistered senior notes that are entitled to participate in the exchange offer. Bunge Limited Finance will be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered unregistered senior notes when and if it has given oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of unregistered senior notes for the purpose of receiving exchange senior notes from us and delivering them to such holders.

        If any tendered unregistered senior notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of certain other events described herein, certificates for any such unaccepted unregistered senior notes will be returned, without expenses, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration of the exchange offer.

        Holders of unregistered senior notes who tender in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read the section "—Fees and Expenses" below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

        Any unregistered senior notes which holders do not tender or which Bunge Limited Finance does not accept in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be subject to restrictions on transfer. Bunge Limited Finance does not have any obligation to register such

18



unregistered senior notes under the Securities Act. Holders wishing to transfer unregistered senior notes would have to rely on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Conditions of the Exchange Offer

        You must tender your unregistered senior notes in accordance with the requirements of this prospectus and the letter of transmittal in order to participate in the exchange offer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, Bunge Limited Finance will not be required to accept for exchange any unregistered senior notes, and may amend or terminate the exchange offer if:

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment; Termination

        The exchange offer will expire 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2003, unless, in Bunge Limited Finance's sole discretion, Bunge Limited Finance extends it. In the case of any extension, Bunge Limited Finance will notify the exchange agent orally (promptly confirmed in writing) or in writing of any extension. Bunge Limited Finance will also notify the registered holders of unregistered senior notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration of the exchange offer.

        To the extent Bunge Limited Finance is legally permitted to do so, it expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to:

        Bunge Limited Finance will give oral or written notice of any non-acceptance or amendment to the registered holders of the unregistered senior notes as promptly as practicable. If Bunge Limited Finance considers an amendment to the exchange offer to be material, it will promptly inform the registered holders of unregistered senior notes of such amendment in a reasonable manner.

        If Bunge Limited Finance determines in its sole discretion that any of the events or conditions described in "—Conditions of the Exchange Offer" has occurred, Bunge Limited Finance may terminate the exchange offer. Bunge Limited Finance may:

19


        If any such waiver constitutes a material change in the exchange offer, Bunge Limited Finance will disclose the change by means of a supplement to this prospectus that will be distributed to each registered holder of unregistered senior notes, and Bunge Limited Finance will extend the exchange offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders of the unregistered senior notes, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during that period.

        Any determination by Bunge Limited Finance concerning the events described above will be final and binding upon the parties. Without limiting the manner by which Bunge Limited Finance may choose to make public announcements of any extension, delay in acceptance, amendment or termination of the exchange offer, Bunge Limited Finance will have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any public announcement, other than by making a timely release to a financial news service.

Interest on the Exchange Senior Notes

        The exchange senior notes will accrue interest from and including April 15, 2003, the date interest was last paid on the unregistered senior notes. Interest will be paid on the exchange senior notes semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2003, which is the interest payment date immediately following the last interest payment date for which interest was paid on unregistered senior notes exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer. Holders of unregistered senior notes that are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment in respect of interest accrued from the date of the last interest payment date that was made in respect of the unregistered senior notes until the date of the issuance of the exchange senior notes. Consequently, holders of exchange senior notes will receive the same interest payments that they would have received had they not accepted the exchange offer.

Resale of Exchange Senior Notes

        Based upon existing interpretations of the staff of the SEC set forth in several no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to it, Bunge Limited Finance believes that the exchange senior notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the unregistered senior notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by their holders, without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

20


        If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you will be required to make these representations to us in the letter of transmittal.

        If you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange senior notes in exchange for unregistered senior notes held for your own account, as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange senior notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by any broker-dealers in connection with resales of exchange senior notes received in exchange for unregistered senior notes. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus available to any such broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale.

Clearing of the Exchange Senior Notes

        Upon consummation of the exchange offer, the exchange senior notes will have different CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers from the unregistered senior notes.

        Unregistered senior notes that were issued under Regulation S that are not tendered for exchange will continue to clear through Euroclear and Clearstream Luxembourg under their original Common Codes and their ISIN numbers will remain the same. Regulation S unregistered senior notes (unless acquired by a manager as part of their original distribution) may now be sold in the United States or to U.S. persons and, upon any such transfer, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S unregistered global senior notes may be exchanged for an interest in the exchange global senior note in accordance with procedures established by Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg and DTC.

        Beneficial interests in the restricted Regulation S global senior notes may be transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S global senior notes upon receipt by the trustee of a written certification from the transferor, in the form provided in the indenture, to the effect that the transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S.

        We cannot predict the extent to which beneficial owners of an interest in the Regulation S unregistered global senior notes will participate in the exchange offer. Beneficial owners should consult their own financial advisors as to the benefits to be obtained from exchange.

Procedures for Tendering

        The term "holder" with respect to the exchange offer means any person in whose name unregistered senior notes are registered on Bunge Limited Finance's agent's books or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder, or any person whose unregistered senior notes are held of record by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg who desires to deliver such unregistered senior notes by book-entry transfer at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, as the case may be.

        Except in limited circumstances, only a Euroclear participant, Clearstream Luxembourg participant or a DTC participant listed on a DTC notes position listing with respect to the unregistered senior

21



notes may tender its unregistered senior notes in the exchange offer. To tender unregistered senior notes in the exchange offer:

        In addition, either:

        The tender by a holder of unregistered senior notes will constitute an agreement between such holder and Bunge Limited Finance in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal. If less than all the unregistered senior notes held by a holder of unregistered senior notes are tendered, a tendering holder should fill in the amount of unregistered senior notes being tendered in the specified box on the letter of transmittal. The entire amount of unregistered senior notes delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

        The method of delivery of unregistered senior notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents or transmission of an agent's message, as described under "—Book Entry Transfer," to the exchange agent is at the election and risk of the holder. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. No letter of transmittal or unregistered senior notes should be sent to us but must instead be delivered to the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg in accordance with their respective procedures will not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

        If you are a beneficial owner of unregistered senior notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your unregistered senior notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your unregistered senior notes, either:

        The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time and might not be completed prior to the expiration date.

22



        Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal as described in "—Withdrawal of Tenders" below, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, unless the unregistered senior notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered:

        If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any unregistered senior notes listed therein, the unregistered senior notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers which authorize the person to tender the unregistered senior notes on behalf of the registered holder, in either case signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the unregistered senior notes. If the letter of transmittal or any unregistered senior notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by Bunge Limited Finance, evidence satisfactory to Bunge Limited Finance of their authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

        Bunge Limited Finance will determine in its sole discretion all the questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered unregistered senior notes. Bunge Limited Finance's determinations will be final and binding. Bunge Limited Finance reserves the absolute right to reject any and all unregistered senior notes not validly tendered or any unregistered senior notes the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of its counsel, be unlawful. Bunge Limited Finance also reserves the absolute right to waive any irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular unregistered senior notes. Bunge Limited Finance's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the instructions in the letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of unregistered senior notes must be cured within such time as Bunge Limited Finance will determine. Neither Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of unregistered senior notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of unregistered senior notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any unregistered senior notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned without cost by the exchange agent to the tendering holder of such unregistered senior notes unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the exchange offer.

        In addition, Bunge Limited Finance reserves the right in its sole discretion to (a) purchase or make offers for any unregistered senior notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date, and (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase unregistered senior notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers may differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

Book-Entry Transfer

        Bunge Limited Finance understands that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this document to establish accounts with respect to the unregistered senior notes at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system may make book-entry delivery of unregistered senior notes by causing DTC to transfer such unregistered senior notes into the exchange agent's DTC

23



account in accordance with DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for such transfer. Any participant in Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg may make book-entry delivery of Regulation S unregistered senior notes by causing Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg to transfer such senior notes into the exchange agent's account in accordance with established Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg procedures for transfer. The exchange for tendered unregistered senior notes will only be made after a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the unregistered senior notes into the exchange agent's account, and timely receipt by the exchange agent of an agent's message.

        The term "agent's message" means a message, transmitted by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, as the case may be, and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, as the case may be, has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering unregistered senior notes and that such participant has received an appropriate letter of transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and Bunge Limited Finance may enforce such agreement against the participant. Delivery of an agent's message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg participant, as the case may be, that the representations contained in the appropriate letter of transmittal and described above are true and correct.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

        Holders who wish to tender their unregistered senior notes and (i) whose unregistered senior notes are not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their unregistered senior notes, the letter of transmittal, or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, or if such holder cannot complete DTC's, Euroclear's or Clearstream Luxembourg's respective standard operating procedures for electronic tenders before expiration of the exchange offer, may tender their unregistered senior notes if:

        Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their unregistered senior notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

24



Withdrawal of Tenders

        Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of unregistered senior notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2003, the expiration date of the exchange offer.

        For a withdrawal to be effective:

        Any notice of withdrawal must:

        If unregistered senior notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg to be credited with the withdrawn unregistered senior notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. Bunge Limited Finance will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for such withdrawal notices, and its determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any unregistered senior notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer, and no exchange senior notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the unregistered senior notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Any unregistered senior notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal. Properly withdrawn unregistered senior notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described above under "—Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the expiration date.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

        If you do not tender your unregistered senior notes to be exchanged in this exchange offer, they will remain "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) of the Securities Act. Accordingly, they:

        As a result of the restrictions on transfer and the availability of the exchange senior notes, the unregistered senior notes are likely to be much less liquid than before the exchange offer.

25



Exchange Agent

        The Bank of New York has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange of the unregistered senior notes. Questions and requests for assistance relating to the exchange of the unregistered senior notes should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

The Bank of New York
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street, Floor 7E
New York, New York 10286
Attention: Diane Amoroso
Telephone number: (212) 815-3738
Facsimile number: (212) 298-1915

Fees and Expenses

        We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders pursuant to the exchange offer. The principal solicitation for tenders pursuant to the exchange offer is being made by mail. Additional solicitations may be made by our officers and regular employees and our affiliates in person, by telegraph or telephone.

        We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We, however, will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and accounting and legal fees. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the unregistered senior notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.

        We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of unregistered senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

    certificates representing exchange senior notes or unregistered senior notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of unregistered senior notes tendered;

    tendered unregistered senior notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

    a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of unregistered senior notes under the exchange offer.

        If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

26



DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR NOTES

        The exchange senior notes will be issued pursuant to the indenture dated as of October 15, 2002, among Bunge Limited Finance, as issuer, Bunge Limited, as guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The terms of the exchange senior notes include those expressly set forth in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The unregistered senior notes and the exchange senior notes are collectively referred to as the "senior notes."

        This description of the senior notes is intended to be a useful overview of the material provisions of the senior notes, the guarantee and the indenture. Because this description is only a summary, you should refer to the indenture for a complete description of our obligations and your rights. A copy of the indenture has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Certain terms used in this description of the notes are set forth under "—Defined Terms."

General

        The exchange senior notes:

        Interest on the exchange senior notes will:

27


Payment and Transfer

        Principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes will be payable, and the senior notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency maintained by Bunge Limited Finance for such purpose (which initially will be the corporate trust office of the trustee located at 101 Barclay Street, 21 st Floor West, New York, New York). Payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on senior notes in global form registered in the name of or held by the depositary or its nominee will be made in immediately available funds to the depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such global senior note. If any of the senior notes are no longer represented by global senior notes, payment of interest on the senior notes in definitive form may, at our option, be made by check mailed directly to holders at their registered addresses.

        A holder may transfer or exchange senior notes in definitive form at the same location given in the preceding paragraph. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of senior notes, but Bunge Limited Finance may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. Bunge Limited Finance is not required to transfer or exchange any senior note selected for redemption for a period of 15 days before a selection of senior notes to be redeemed.

        The registered holder of a senior note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

        All amounts of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the senior notes paid by Bunge Limited Finance that remain unclaimed two years after such payment was due and payable will be repaid to Bunge Limited Finance and the holders of such senior notes will thereafter look solely to Bunge Limited Finance for payment.

Optional Redemption by Bunge Limited Finance

        The senior notes will be redeemable at the option of Bunge Limited Finance, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, upon not less than 30 and not more than 60 days' notice mailed to each holder of senior notes to be redeemed at the holder's address appearing in the note register, at a price equal to the greater of:

in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

        Senior notes called for redemption will become due on the date fixed for redemption. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption to each noteholder to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice will state the amount to be redeemed. On and after the date fixed for redemption, interest will cease to accrue on any redeemed senior notes. If less than all the senior notes are redeemed at any time, the trustee will select senior notes on a pro rata basis or by any other method the trustee deems fair and appropriate.

28



Prepayment at Option of Holders Upon Change of Control

        Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of senior notes will have the right to require Bunge Limited Finance to repurchase all or any part of such holder's senior notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer at a purchase price equal to the greater of:

in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase.

        Within 30 days following any Change of Control, Bunge Limited Finance will direct the trustee to mail a notice to each holder to, among other things, the following effect:

        Holders electing to have senior notes purchased will be required to surrender their notes, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the trustee at the address specified in the notice at least three business days prior to the date of purchase. Each holder will be entitled to withdraw its election if the trustee receives, not later than one business day prior to the date of purchase, a notice to the effect that such holder is withdrawing its election to have its senior notes purchased.

        Prior to or on the date of purchase, Bunge Limited Finance will irrevocably deposit with the trustee in cash an amount equal to the purchase price payable to the holders entitled thereto. The trustee will, on or promptly after the date of purchase, make payment to each tendering holder of the purchase price.

        Bunge Limited Finance will not be required to make a Change of Control offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the indenture applicable to a Change of Control offer made by Bunge Limited Finance and purchases all senior notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control offer.

        Bunge Limited and Bunge Limited Finance will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of senior notes in connection with a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions relating to the Change of Control offer, Bunge Limited and Bunge Limited Finance will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations described above by virtue thereof.

Further Issuances

        Bunge Limited Finance may from time to time, without the consent of existing noteholders, create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the senior notes in all respects, except for issue date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon. Additional senior notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single series with the previously outstanding senior notes.

29



Guarantee

        Bunge Limited will fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee to each holder and the trustee the full and prompt payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes, when and as the same become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise, including any additional amounts required to be paid in connection with certain taxes.

Ranking

        The senior notes will be unsecured and unsubordinated senior indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance and will rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated senior indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance.

        The guarantee will be an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of Bunge Limited and will rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of Bunge Limited. The guarantee will effectively rank junior in right of payment to any secured indebtedness of Bunge Limited to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness and to all indebtedness and other liabilities of its subsidiaries.

Additional Amounts

        In the event that payments are made by Bunge Limited pursuant to its obligations under the guarantee, Bunge Limited will pay to the holder of any senior note additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment made by Bunge Limited of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such senior note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge duly imposed by, and payable by that holder to, Bermuda, will not be less than the amount provided in that senior note to be then due and payable. Bunge Limited will not be required, however, to make any payment of additional amounts for or on account of any such tax imposed by reason of the noteholder having some connection with any such jurisdiction other than its participation as noteholder under the indenture.

Covenants

        The indenture sets forth covenants that impose limitations and restrictions on Bunge Limited Finance, including those described below. The indenture also sets forth covenants, including those described below, which are applicable to Bunge Limited and its subsidiaries. However, neither Bunge Limited nor its subsidiaries other than Bunge Limited Finance are restricted by the indenture from paying dividends or making distributions on its capital stock, or purchasing or redeeming its capital stock.

Limitations and Restrictions on Bunge Limited Finance

        The indenture limits and restricts Bunge Limited Finance from taking the following actions or engaging in the following activities or transactions:

30


Limitation on Liens

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, upon any Property, to secure any Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by Bunge Limited or any Subsidiary (other than the senior notes), unless all of the outstanding senior notes and the guarantee are secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

Restriction on Sale-Leasebacks

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, engage in the sale or transfer by it of any Property to a person (other than Bunge Limited or a Subsidiary) and the taking back by Bunge Limited or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, of a lease of such Property (a "sale-leaseback transaction"), unless:

31


Exception to Limitation on Liens and Restriction on Sale-Leasebacks

        Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions on Liens and sale-leaseback transactions, the indenture provides that Bunge Limited may, and may permit any Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any Property to secure debt incurred or guaranteed by Bunge Limited or any Subsidiary (other than the senior notes) or effect any sale-leaseback transaction of a Property that is not excepted by clauses (1) through (5), inclusive, of the first paragraph under "—Restriction On Sale-Leasebacks," without equally and ratably securing the senior notes or the guarantee, provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding debt (other than the senior notes) secured by Liens (other than Permitted Liens) upon Property plus the Attributable Indebtedness from sale-leaseback transactions of Property not so excepted, do not exceed 15% of its Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into directly or indirectly any material transaction or material group of related transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any affiliate (other than Bunge Limited or another Subsidiary), except in the ordinary course and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of Bunge Limited's or such Subsidiary's business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Bunge Limited or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a person not an affiliate.

Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited may consolidate with or merge or amalgamate with or into, or sell, lease, convey all or substantially all of its assets to, another person only if:

The successor will be substituted for Bunge Limited for the purposes of the indenture with the same effect as if it had been an original party to the indenture. Thereafter, the successor may exercise the rights and powers of Bunge Limited under the indenture.

        In the event that Bunge Limited consolidates with or merges or amalgamates with or into, or sells, leases or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, another person and the successor is a person organized under the laws of a full member state of the European Union as of September 25, 2002 (other than Greece), Canada, Australia or Switzerland, Bunge Limited and the successor will, as a condition to such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or sale of assets, comply with the following additional requirements:

32


        In addition, the indenture provides that Bunge Limited may not permit any Subsidiary to consolidate with or merge or amalgamate with or into, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets to, any person unless:

        Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Bunge Limited Finance may not be party to, or the subject of, any consolidation, merger, amalgamation or sale of assets.

Limitation on Sale of Assets

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (including, without limitation, with respect to any Subsidiary, by way of merger or consolidation of such Subsidiary (each, a "disposition")) any of its properties or assets, except:

33


        If Bunge Limited gives written notice to the trustee prior to consummation of any disposition that it intends to apply the Net Proceeds Amount arising therefrom to a Debt Prepayment Application and/or to a Property Reinvestment Application within one year after such disposition, then such disposition, only for the purpose of determining compliance with clause (8)(c) above, will be deemed not to be a disposition. If Bunge Limited fails to apply such Net Proceeds Amount as stated in such notice within such period, then that failure will constitute an event of default.

Financial Covenants

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited will not permit:

in each case, determined in accordance with the indenture.

34


Limitation on Indebtedness of Subsidiaries

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, or otherwise become or remain, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except for the following:

35


        Any provision contained in the indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, Bunge Limited will, with respect to all Indebtedness of Cereol S.A. and its direct or indirect subsidiaries set forth on the schedule to the indenture referred to in clause (5) above, comply with the applicable requirements of clause (5) or (6) above, as the case may be.

        For purposes of this covenant, Fosfertil S.A. is not and will not be deemed a Subsidiary of Bunge Limited, unless and until Fosfertil S.A. satisfies the definition of a "Subsidiary" insofar as Bunge Limited is concerned; however, prior thereto, any Indebtedness of Fosfertil S.A. is not deemed to constitute Indebtedness of a Subsidiary for purposes of this covenant but is deemed to constitute Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of Bunge Limited solely for purposes of any determination required under clause (2) of "—Financial Covenants", provided that if and when Fosfertil S.A. becomes a "Subsidiary" of Bunge Limited, then and thereafter Fosfertil S.A. will be deemed to be a "Subsidiary" for all purposes of the indenture.

Limitation on Restrictions on Dividends or Loans by Certain Subsidiaries

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited will not permit any Designated Obligor or a Subsidiary which is material to Bunge Limited to enter into any agreement after the execution and delivery of the indenture restricting the payment of dividends, the making of loans by it to Bunge Limited or to any other Designated Obligor or a Subsidiary which is material to Bunge Limited, or the incurrence of Indebtedness owing to other Designated Obligors or Subsidiaries which are material to Bunge Limited, except that Bunge Limited may permit a Designated Obligor or a Subsidiary which is material to Bunge Limited to be party to agreements:

any combination of the foregoing.

36


Events of Default

        Each of the following is an event of default under the indenture:

A default under clause (3) above that has occurred and is continuing will not constitute an event of default under the indenture until the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes notify Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited, as the case may be, of the default and such default is not cured within the time specified in such clause (3) after receipt of such notice.

        If an event of default (other than an event of default described in clause (5) above) occurs and is continuing, the trustee by written notice to Bunge Limited Finance, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes by written notice to Bunge Limited Finance and the trustee, may, and the trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the senior notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable immediately. If an event of default described in clause (5) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the senior notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holders. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the senior notes and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and all existing events of default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the senior

37



notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. If an event of default has occurred and not been cured or waived, and the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the senior notes has become due and payable, by declaration, automatic acceleration or otherwise, then the trustee shall give notice to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the master trust as described under "Description of Master Trust Structure," to declare due and payable the intercompany loans that had been made using the net proceeds from the sale of the senior notes.

        Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, if an event of default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the senior notes unless:

        Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee. The trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the indenture or that the trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the interest of any other holder or that would involve the trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the indenture, the trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

        The indenture provides that if a default occurs and is continuing and is known to the trustee, the trustee must mail to each holder notice of the default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a default in the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any senior note, the trustee may withhold notice if the trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the holders. In addition, Bunge Limited Finance is required to deliver to the trustee, within 10 days after becoming aware of the occurrence of any default, notice of such default, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any default that occurred during the previous year.

Amendments and Waivers

        Modifications and amendments of the indenture may be made by Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited and the trustee with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior notes then outstanding under the indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a tender

38



offer or exchange offer for the senior notes). However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding senior note affected, no amendment may, among other things:

        The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes, on behalf of all holders of senior notes, may waive compliance by Bunge Limited Finance with certain restrictive provisions of the indenture. Subject to certain rights of the trustee as provided in the indenture, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes, on behalf of all holders, may waive any past default under the indenture (including any such waiver obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the senior notes), except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default in respect of a provision that under the indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each senior note that is affected.

        Without the consent of any holder, Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited and the trustee may modify or amend the indenture to:

39


        The consent of the holders is not necessary under the indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment under the indenture becomes effective, Bunge Limited Finance is required to mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all the holders, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Defeasance

        Bunge Limited Finance at any time may terminate all its obligations under the senior notes and the indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for certain obligations, including obligations relating to the defeasance trust, registering the transfer or exchange of the senior notes, replacing mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen senior notes and maintaining a registrar and paying agent in respect of the senior notes. If Bunge Limited Finance exercises its legal defeasance option, the guarantee will terminate with respect to that series.

        Bunge Limited Finance at any time may terminate its obligations under covenants described under "—Covenants" (other than "—Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets") above, and the events of default described in clauses (3) (to the extent that the covenants referred to therein have been terminated as a result of the defeasance), (4), (5) and (6) under "—Events of Default" above ("covenant defeasance").

        Bunge Limited Finance may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding a prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If Bunge Limited Finance exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the senior notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default with respect thereto. If Bunge Limited Finance exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the senior notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default specified in clause (3) (to the extent that the covenants referred to therein have been terminated as a result of the defeasance), (4), (5) or (6) under "—Events of Default" above.

        In order to exercise either defeasance option, Bunge Limited Finance must irrevocably deposit in trust with the trustee money or U.S. government obligations for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the trustee of an opinion of counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that holders of the senior notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. In the case of legal defeasance only, such opinion of counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable federal income tax law.

40



Concerning the Trustee

        The Bank of New York is the trustee under the indenture and has been appointed by Bunge Limited Finance as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the senior notes.

No Petition

        By its acquisition of a senior note, each noteholder agrees that neither it nor the trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to Bunge Limited Finance under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one day after all of the senior notes and all other Indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance ranking equal with or junior to the senior notes in right of payment are paid in full, including all interest and premium thereon.

Governing Law

        The senior notes, the guarantee and the indenture are governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Consent to Jurisdiction

        Bunge Limited has irrevocably submitted to the jurisdiction of any New York state court or any U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in respect of any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in relation to the indenture, the senior notes or the guarantee, and has agreed that all claims in respect of such legal action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or U.S. federal court and has waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in any such court.

Currency Indemnity

        The obligation of Bunge Limited to make any payments under the indenture, the senior notes or the guarantee is in U.S. dollars. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars as a result of any judgment or order given or made in a currency other than U.S. dollars in respect of an amount due under the indenture, the senior notes or the guarantee will constitute a discharge of Bunge Limited's obligation only to the extent of the amount in U.S. dollars that the senior noteholder is able to purchase with the amount such senior noteholder receives or recovers. If the amount of U.S. dollars purchased by such senior noteholder is less than the amount expressed to be due to such senior noteholder, Bunge Limited will indemnify the senior noteholder against any loss sustained as a result. In any event, Bunge Limited will indemnify the noteholder against the cost of any such purchase.

Defined Terms

        "Asset Securitization Transaction" means any transfer of accounts receivable and other related assets to the extent that such transfer is treated as a sale of financial assets under FASB Statement No. 140, as in effect from time to time.

        "Attributable Indebtedness" means, when used with respect to any sale-leaseback transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest set forth in or implicit in the terms of the lease) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale-leaseback transaction (including any period for

41



which such lease has been extended). In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty or other termination payment, such amount shall be the amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the amount shall also include the amount of the penalty or termination payment, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated).

        "Change of Control" means:

        "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining terms of the senior notes.

        "Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any date fixed for the redemption of senior notes, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such date, as set forth on "Telerate Page 500" (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the trustee for such date, after excluding the highest and lowest of four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the trustee.

        "Consolidated Adjusted Capitalization" means, at any date of determination, the sum of (1) Consolidated Net Worth plus (2) Consolidated Adjusted Net Debt, in each case determined at such date.

        "Consolidated Adjusted Net Debt" means, with respect to Bunge Limited and its Subsidiaries, at any date of determination, (1) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness of Bunge Limited and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis at such time minus (2) the sum of all cash, cash equivalents under U.S. GAAP, and Liquid Inventory of Bunge Limited and its Subsidiaries at such date.

42



        "Consolidated Current Assets" means, at any date of determination, all assets of Bunge Limited and the Subsidiaries that would be reflected as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of such persons prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP at such date.

        "Consolidated Current Liabilities" means, at any date of determination, all liabilities of Bunge Limited and the subsidiaries that would be reflected as current liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet of such persons prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP at such date.

        "Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of Bunge Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries after deducting therefrom:

        "Consolidated Net Worth" means the Net Worth of Bunge Limited and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP, plus minority interests in Subsidiaries.

        "Consolidated Total Assets" means, at any date of determination, the amount at which the total assets of Bunge Limited and the Subsidiaries appear on the then most recent annual consolidated balance sheet of such persons prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, after deduction of depreciation, amortization and all other properly-deductible valuation reserves.

        "Debt Prepayment Application" means, with respect to any disposition of property, the application by Bunge Limited or its Subsidiaries of cash in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds Amount with respect to such disposition to pay Senior Indebtedness of Bunge Limited.

        "Designated Obligor" means the following:

        "Disposition Value" means, at any date of determination, with respect to any property (1) in the case of property that does not constitute Subsidiary Stock, the book value thereof, valued at the time of such disposition in good faith by Bunge Limited, and (2) in the case of property that constitutes Subsidiary Stock, an amount equal to that percentage of the book value of the assets of the Subsidiary that issued such stock as is equal to the percentage that the book value of such Subsidiary Stock represents of the book value of all of the outstanding capital stock of such Subsidiary (assuming, in making such calculations, that all securities convertible into such capital stock are so converted and giving full effect to all transactions that would occur or be required in connection with such conversion) determined at the time of the disposition thereof, in good faith by Bunge Limited.

        "Hedge Agreements" means all interest rate swaps, caps or collar agreements or similar arrangements dealing with interest rates or currency exchange rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies.

43



        "Indebtedness" means, as to any person, without duplication:

        "Independent Investment Banker" means any of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Salomon Smith Barney Inc., or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, a leading independent investment banking institution appointed by the trustee and reasonably acceptable to Bunge Limited Finance.

        "Lien" means any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or other encumbrance.

        "Liquid Inventory" means, as to Bunge Limited and its Subsidiaries at any date of determination, its inventory at such time of commodities which are traded on any recognized commodities exchange, valued in accordance with prevailing market practices applicable to the type of such commodity at either (1) the lower of cost and the market value at such date of determination or (2) the market value at such date.

        "Long-Term Indebtedness" means, with respect to any person, without duplication, Indebtedness having a final maturity of more than one year from the date of origin thereof (or which is renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor for a period or periods of more than one year from such date of origin) or outstanding under revolving credit agreements or other similar agreements providing for borrowings for over one year from the date of origin thereof or Indebtedness that is extendible or renewable at the option of such person to a time more than one year after such date of origin (but excluding therefrom all payments in respect of such Indebtedness that are due and payable within one year of such time).

        "Net Proceeds Amount" means, with respect to any disposition of any property by any person, an amount equal to the difference of (1) the aggregate amount of the consideration (valued at no less than the fair market value of such consideration at the time of the consummation of such disposition)

44



received by such person in respect of such disposition, minus (2) all ordinary and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by such person in connection with such disposition.

        "Net Worth" means, with respect to any person, the sum of such person's capital stock, capital in excess of par or stated value of shares of its capital stock, retained earnings and any other account which, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, constitutes stockholders' equity, excluding any treasury stock.

        "Non-Designated Obligor" means any Subsidiary that is not a Designated Obligor.

        "Permitted Liens" means:

45


For purposes of this definition, (A) the phrases "accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers" and "contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to (from) export customers" refer to invoices or accounts receivable derived from the sale of, or contracts to sell, purchase or receive wheat, soybeans or other commodities or products derived from the processing of wheat, soybeans or other commodities, by or to Bunge Limited or a Subsidiary that have been or are to be exported from the country of origin whether or not such sale is made by a Subsidiary or to any of its Subsidiaries; and (B) property of a party to a corporate reorganization which is not Bunge Limited or a Subsidiary will be deemed to be or have been "acquired" by Bunge Limited or such Subsidiary as part of such corporate reorganization even if Bunge Limited or Subsidiary, as the case may be, is not the surviving entity.

        "Property" means any property, whether presently owned or hereafter acquired, including any asset, revenue, or right to receive income or any other property, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal.

        "Property Reinvestment Application" means, with respect to any disposition of property, the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

46


        "Reference Treasury Dealer" means Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and one other primary U.S. government securities dealer in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a "Primary Treasury Dealer"); provided , however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, Bunge Limited Finance will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

        "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any date fixed for the redemption of notes, an average, as determined by the trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding such date.

        "Senior Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness of Bunge Limited and its Subsidiaries that is not subordinated in right of payment or security to Indebtedness evidenced by the senior notes.

        "Short-Term Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness not constituting Long-Term Indebtedness.

        "Subsidiary" means any corporation, limited liability company or other business entity of which the requisite number of shares of stock or other equity ownership interests having ordinary voting power (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to elect a majority of the directors, managers or trustees thereof, or any partnership of which more than 50% of the partners' equity interests (considering all partners' equity interests as a single class) is, in each case, at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Bunge Limited, one or more of the Subsidiaries, or a combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fosfertil S.A. shall not be deemed a Subsidiary of Bunge Limited for the purpose of the covenants described under "—Limitations on Liens," "—Restrictions on Sale Leasebacks," "Exception to Limitation on Liens and Restriction on Sale-Leasebacks," "Limitation on Sale of Assets," Clauses (1) and (3) of "Financial Covenants" and "Limitation on Indebtedness of Subsidiaries" above.

        "Subsidiary Stock" means, with respect to any person, the shares or stock (or any options or warrants to purchase shares or stock or other securities (as such term is defined in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act) exchangeable for or convertible into shares or stock) of any subsidiary of such person.

        "Total Non-Designated Obligor Indebtedness" means all Short-Term Indebtedness and Long-Term Indebtedness of Non-Designated Obligors incurred and/or outstanding within the limitations described under "—Limitation on Indebtedness of Subsidiaries".

        "Treasury Yield" means, with respect to any date fixed for the redemption of notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding such date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such date.

47



DESCRIPTION OF MASTER TRUST STRUCTURE

        Bunge Limited formed a master trust in order to permit it and its subsidiaries to borrow funds on both a short-term and long-term basis on a more efficient basis. The master trust was created under New York law pursuant to a pooling agreement among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as servicer, and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The primary assets of the master trust consist of intercompany loans made to Bunge Limited and its subsidiaries with the proceeds of funds raised by the master trust through the issuance of variable funding certificates.

        The intercompany loans held by the master trust are made by two of Bunge Limited's subsidiaries. Bunge Finance Limited, Bunge Limited's wholly owned subsidiary organized under the laws of Bermuda, makes loans to Bunge Limited and its non-U.S. subsidiaries. Bunge Finance North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge N.A. Holdings, Inc. (which is, in turn, wholly owned by us), makes loans to Bunge Limited's U.S. subsidiaries. Each intercompany loan bears interest at a floating rate specified from time to time by the Bunge subsidiary making the loan at the estimated blended cost of funds of the master trust (plus a small profit margin). Bunge Finance Limited and Bunge Finance North America, Inc. are parties to a sale agreement with Bunge Funding, Inc. under which each intercompany loan, together with all property and proceeds related thereto, is sold to Bunge Funding, Inc. Bunge Funding, Inc., in turn, immediately sells the intercompany loans to the master trust pursuant to a pooling agreement. Bunge Management Services, Inc. services the intercompany loans held by the master trust in accordance with the terms of a servicing agreement among Bunge Management Services, Inc., Bunge Funding, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

        We raise the funds to fund the intercompany loans by having the master trust issue trust certificates either to a special purpose subsidiary that is incurring indebtedness or directly to third party investors. As of the date of this prospectus, the master trust has issued five series of trust certificates under series supplements to the pooling agreement, including a series 2002-1 variable funding certificate held by Bunge Limited Finance. The trustee under the master trust is required to allocate collections on the intercompany loans to the trust certificates, including the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate, on an equal basis based upon the principal and accrued interest outstanding with respect to all trust certificates. The master trust may from time to time issue additional series of trust certificates which rank equal in right of payment with the outstanding trust certificates.

        The maximum face amount of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate held by Bunge Limited Finance is $2,500,000,000. The outstanding amount of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate varies based on the outstanding amount of indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance. Under the master trust facility documentation, all of the proceeds borrowed under Bunge Limited Finance's current facilities were used to fund intercompany loans which are acquired by the master trust. In the case of the senior notes, Bunge Limited Finance was required to use all of the net proceeds from the sale of the senior notes to increase its investment in the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate, and the master trust used such proceeds to acquire intercompany loans. The principal and interest outstanding on the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate must at all times exceed the aggregate principal and interest outstanding on all of Bunge Limited Finance's debt, including, without limitation, the senior notes. Accordingly, the holders of the senior notes will benefit to the extent that payments of principal and interest are made by the borrowers on the intercompany loans held by the master trust. The master trust is intended to allow creditors of Bunge Limited Finance and other holders of master trust certificates to have the benefit of claims on Bunge Limited's subsidiaries obligated under intercompany loans. However, intercompany loans made under the master trust facility directly to Bunge Limited do not create any claims against its subsidiaries for the benefit of the holders of the senior notes. Although the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate is not pledged to the holders of the senior notes, the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate and related hedging agreements are the only assets held by Bunge Limited Finance and may not be pledged by Bunge Limited Finance to any of its creditors or

48



any other person. Under the design of the master trust facility structure, the senior notes have the benefit of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate and the holders of the senior notes thus have the benefit of access on an equal basis with other creditors holding indebtedness owed or payable by Bunge Limited Finance to the payments made on the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate.

        Bunge Limited Finance has been organized and structured to be a bankruptcy-remote entity. As part of the bankruptcy-remote structure of Bunge Limited Finance, the certificate of incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance requires the vote of at least two directors who are individuals that are "independent" (within the meaning of the certificate of incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance) of Bunge Limited and its affiliates (except that such independent directors of Bunge Limited Finance may also be the independent directors of Bunge Asset Funding Corp., Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Funding Europe B.V. and any other financing subsidiary established to advance funds to the master trust) in order to, among other things, (1) file a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under the U.S. bankruptcy code or (2) change the voting requirement with respect to the filing of such a voluntary petition for bankruptcy. Each of Bunge Limited Finance's creditors has made "non-petition" agreements agreeing not to institute, or join any other person in instituting, against Bunge Limited Finance, any bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction for a period of one year and one day after all outstanding debt of Bunge Limited Finance has been paid in full.

        If Bunge Limited Finance were to become subject, for any reason, to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, the proceeds of payments to the master trust on the intercompany loans would be subject to such bankruptcy proceedings. In such event, the holders of the senior notes would experience delays in recovering principal and interest on their senior notes from the proceeds of such intercompany loans. The holders of the senior notes would, however, be able to make a claim on Bunge Limited's guarantee in such circumstances unless the guarantee is unavailable for any reason (whether due to our bankruptcy or otherwise).

        Credit facilities and debt issuances that use the master trust structure include the following:

        Our financings under the master trust structure contain various restrictive covenants that in some cases include limitations on, among other things, our ability to (1) merge, amalgamate or sell all or substantially all of our assets, (2) incur certain liens, (3) enter into certain sale-leaseback transactions and (4) incur certain indebtedness by subsidiaries. In addition, Bunge Limited must comply with certain financial covenants as of the end of each fiscal quarter. All of the restrictive covenants in the master trust financings are subject to significant qualifications and exceptions.

49



TAXATION

BERMUDA TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following discussion is the opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, our special Bermuda tax counsel. At the present time there is no income or other tax of Bermuda imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by Bunge Limited pursuant to the guarantee included in the indenture governing the senior notes and there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by Bunge Limited in connection with the issuance of the exchange senior notes by Bunge Limited Finance. Bunge Limited has obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax shall not, until March 28, 2016, be applicable to Bunge Limited or to any of Bunge Limited's operations or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or to any taxes payable by Bunge Limited in respect of real property or leasehold interests in Bermuda held by Bunge Limited.


CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the exchange of unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes, and of the ownership and disposition of the exchange senior notes, by beneficial owners ("Holders") that have held the unregistered senior notes, and that will hold the exchange senior notes, as capital assets. This summary is based on the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"), the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change (possibly on a retroactive basis). This summary is intended for general information only, and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all of the potential U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to the particular circumstances of Holders, or to Holders that may be subject to special U.S. federal income tax rules (such as dealers in securities or foreign currencies, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, financial institutions, partnerships and other pass-through entities, U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, United States Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, and persons who hold unregistered senior notes or the exchange senior notes as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion or constructive sale transaction or other risk reduction transaction). Furthermore, this summary does not address any state, local or foreign tax implications, or any aspect of U.S. federal tax law other than income taxation.

PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OF UNREGISTERED SENIOR NOTES FOR EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES, AND OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES, BASED UPON THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS INCLUDING ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

        For purposes of this discussion, a "United States Holder" means a Holder of an unregistered senior note or exchange senior note that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if the administration of the trust is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if the trust was in existence on

50



August 20, 1996 and has elected to continue to be treated as a United States person under the Code. Correspondingly, a "Foreign Holder" is a Holder of an unregistered senior note or exchange senior note that is not a United States Holder. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of a partner in a partnership holding unregistered senior notes or exchange senior notes generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership holding unregistered senior notes or exchange senior notes should consult their own tax advisors.

Exchange Offer

        The exchange of an unregistered senior note for an exchange senior note pursuant to the exchange offer will not be taxable to the exchanging Holder for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, an exchanging Holder:

        The exchange offer is not expected to result in any U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-exchanging Holder.

Ownership and Disposition of Exchange Senior Notes

United States Holders

Payments of Stated Interest

        Stated interest payable on an exchange senior note generally will be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary interest income at the time the interest is accrued or received in accordance with the United States Holder's regular method of tax accounting

Market Discount and Premium

        A United States Holder that purchased an unregistered senior note at a price less than its principal amount, would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having purchased the unregistered senior note (and as having acquired the exchange senior note) with market discount, subject to a de minimis exception. In the case of an unregistered senior note and exchange senior note having market discount, a United States Holder will be required to treat any partial principal payment received on, and any gain recognized upon the sale or other disposition of, the exchange senior note as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued during such United States Holder's holding period for the unregistered senior note and exchange senior note, unless such United States Holder elects to annually include market discount in gross income over time as the market discount accrues (on a ratable basis or, at the election of the United States Holder, constant yield basis). Such election, once made, is irrevocable. In addition, a United States Holder that holds an exchange senior note with market discount, and that does not elect to accrue market discount into gross income over time, may be required to defer the deduction of interest expense incurred or continued to purchase or carry the exchange senior note.

        Furthermore, if a senior note is purchased by a United States Holder with a more than de minimis market discount and is subsequently disposed in a transaction that is nontaxable in whole or in part (other than certain transactions described in section 1276(d) of the Code), accrued market discount will

51



be includible in gross income as ordinary income as if such United States Holder had sold the senior note at its then fair market value.

        A United States Holder that purchased an unregistered senior note (and, therefore, acquired the exchange senior note) for an amount in excess of its principal amount may elect to treat the excess as "amortizable bond premium," in which case, the amount required to be included in the United States Holder's income each year with respect to interest on the exchange senior note will be reduced by the amount of amortizable bond premium allocable (based on the note's yield to maturity) to that year. Any election to amortize bond premium will apply to all exchange senior notes held by the United States Holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies or thereafter acquired by the United States Holder and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.

Sales and Other Taxable Dispositions

        In general, upon the sale or other taxable disposition of an exchange senior note, a United States Holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or other taxable disposition (not including any amount attributable to accrued but unpaid interest, which will be treated as a payment of interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes and therefore will be taxable as ordinary income) and such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the exchange senior note. Such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss (except that any gain will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of any market discount that has accrued on the exchange senior note but not previously included in the gross income of the United States Holder), and such capital gain or loss will constitute long term capital gain or loss if the exchange senior note was held by such United States Holder for more than one year and otherwise will be short term capital gain or loss. A United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in an exchange senior note generally will equal the cost of the exchange senior note to such Holder, increased by any market discount previously included into gross income and reduced by any principal payments received by such Holder. Under current U.S. federal income tax law, net long-term capital gains of non-corporate Holders (including individuals) are eligible for taxation at lower rates than items of ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

Foreign Holders

Payments of Stated Interest

        Payments of stated interest on an exchange senior note by Bunge Limited Finance or any paying agent to a Foreign Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax, provided that:

        For purposes of Code Sections 871(h) and 881(c) and the underlying Treasury regulations, in order to obtain the exemption from U.S. federal income and withholding tax described above, either (1) the

52



Foreign Holder must provide its name and address, and certify, under penalties of perjury, to us or our paying agent, as the case may be, that such Holder is not a United States person or (2) the Foreign Holder must hold its exchange senior notes through certain intermediaries and both the Foreign Holder and the relevant intermediary must satisfy the certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. A certificate described in this paragraph is generally effective only with respect to payments of interest made to the certifying Foreign Holder after issuance of the certificate in the calendar year of its issuance and the two immediately succeeding calendar years. Under Treasury regulations, the foregoing certification generally may be provided by a Foreign Holder on IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable W-8 form). Special certification and other rules apply to Foreign Holders that are pass-through entities.

        Payments of interest on an exchange senior note that do not satisfy all of the foregoing requirements generally will be subject to 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless the Foreign Holder provides us or our paying agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty. However, if the interest income in respect of an exchange senior note is effectively connected with the conduct by the Foreign Holder of a U.S. trade or business (and, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Foreign Holder), then such interest income generally will be exempt from the withholding tax described above, and instead will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated tax rates applicable to United States Holders. A Foreign Holder must provide a duly executed IRS Form W-8ECI to us or our paying agent in order to avoid U.S. federal withholding tax in respect of effectively connected interest income. In certain circumstances, a Foreign Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" in respect of effectively connected interest income (currently a 30% rate or, if applicable, a lower tax treaty rate).

Sales and Other Taxable Dispositions

        In general, a Foreign Holder of an exchange senior note will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition of an exchange senior note, unless:

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Under current U.S. federal income tax law, a backup withholding tax at specified rates (currently 30%) and information reporting requirements apply to certain payments of principal and interest made to, and to the proceeds of sale before maturity by, certain Holders of exchange senior notes. In the case of a noncorporate United States Holder, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of principal or interest made by us or any paying agent thereof on an exchange senior note. Backup withholding tax will apply to a United States Holder if:

53


        Backup withholding and information reporting does not apply with respect to payments made to certain exempt recipients, including corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)), tax-exempt organizations or qualified pension and profit-sharing trusts. United States Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and information reporting, and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption if applicable.

        We must report annually to the IRS, and to each Foreign Holder, the amount of interest paid to you on an exchange senior note and the amount of tax withheld with respect to those payments. Copies of the information returns reporting those interest payments and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. Backup withholding will not apply to payments of principal or interest made by us or any paying agent thereof on an exchange senior note (absent actual knowledge or reason to know that the Holder is actually a United States Holder) if such Holder has provided the required certification under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person or has otherwise established an exemption. Backup withholding and information reporting may apply to the proceeds of the sale of an exchange senior note within the United States or conducted through certain U.S. related financial intermediaries unless the certification requirements described under "—Foreign Holders—Payments of Interest" above are satisfied and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the Holder is actually a United States Holder or the Holder has otherwise established an exemption. Foreign Holders of exchange senior notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in their particular situations, the availability of an exemption therefrom, and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if available.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against a Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such Holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS.

54



PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Each broker-dealer that receives exchange senior notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange senior notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange senior notes received in exchange for unregistered senior notes where such unregistered senior notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange senior notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

        We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange senior notes by broker-dealers. Exchange senior notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange senior notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange senior notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange senior notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange senior notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange senior notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

55



ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

        Bunge Limited is a Bermuda exempted company. Most of Bunge Limited's directors and officers and some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of Bunge Limited's assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States and to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against Bunge Limited or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. Bunge Limited has been advised by its Bermuda counsel, Conyers Dill & Pearman, that uncertainty exists as to whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions (including the United States) against it or its directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against Bunge Limited or its directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

        Bunge Limited has submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of this offering, and Bunge Limited has agreed to accept service of process in any such action at its principal executive offices in White Plains, New York.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the exchange senior notes and the guarantee will be passed upon by Winston & Strawn, Chicago, Illinois. In addition, certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of these securities will be passed upon by Shearman & Sterling, New York.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule incorporated by reference in this prospectus by reference from Bunge Limited's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference (which reports express an unqualified opinion and include an explanatory paragraph relating to changes in methods of accounting for goodwill and asset retirement obligations in 2002), and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. The address of Deloitte & Touche LLP is Two World Financial Center, New York, NY 10281.

        The consolidated financial statements of Cereol S.A. at September 30, 2002 and at December 31, 2001 and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001 are incorporated in this prospectus by reference from Bunge Limited's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002 and have been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (France), independent auditors, as stated in their report, which is incorporated herein by reference (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes explanatory paragraphs referring to the basis of presentation of the 2001 consolidated financial statements of Cereol S.A. described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements and to claims and litigation in progress described in Note 15.c to the consolidated financial statements), and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. The address of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (France) is 185, Av. Charles de Gaulle, 92524 Neuilly sur Seine, France.

56



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 ("Section 145") of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the "General Corporation Law"), inter alia, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the director, officer, is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, the corporation must indemnify such person against the expenses (including attorneys' fees) which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

        Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp.'s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for the indemnification of officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law. All of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.'s directors and officers are insured against certain liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        Bunge Limited's bye-laws contain a broad waiver by Bunge Limited's shareholders of any claim or right of action, both individually and on Bunge Limited's behalf, against any of Bunge Limited's officers or directors. The waiver applies to any action taken by an officer or director, or the failure of an officer or director to take any action, in the performance of his or her duties, except with respect to any matter involving any fraud or dishonesty on the part of the officer or director. This waiver limits the right of shareholders to assert claims against Bunge Limited's officers and directors unless the act or failure to act involves fraud or dishonesty. Bunge Limited's bye-laws also indemnify Bunge Limited's directors and officers in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or

II-1



dishonesty. The indemnification provided in the bye-laws is not exclusive of other indemnification rights to which a director or officer may be entitled, provided these rights do not extend to his or her fraud or dishonesty.

        Section 98 of the Companies Act 1981 (the "Companies Act"), provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law otherwise would be imposed on them in respect to any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to Section 281 of the Companies Act.

        Bunge Limited maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors, secretaries and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to Bunge Limited with respect to payments which may be made by Bunge Limited to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.


Item 21. Exhibits

        See the index to exhibits that appears immediately following the signature pages to this registration statement.


Item 22. Undertakings

        (a)  The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

            (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

              (i)    to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

              (ii)  to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

              (iii)  to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

            provided, however, that the undertakings set forth in clauses (1)(i) and (ii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those clauses is contained in periodic reports filed by the registrants pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement;

II-2


            (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

            (4)  To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering.

        (b)  The registrants hereby undertake that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrants' annual reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (c)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (d)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: (i) to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means; and (ii) to arrange or provide for a facility in the U.S. for the purpose of responding to such requests. The undertaking in subparagraph (i) above includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

        (e)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-3



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of White Plains, State of New York, on the 2 nd day of May, 2003.

    BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MORRIS KALEF       
        Name: Morris Kalef
        Title: President


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Morris Kalef and William M. Wells, jointly and severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done and hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
  Title
  Date

/s/  
MORRIS KALEF       
Morris Kalef

 

President and Director

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
FRANK MARCHIONY       
Frank Marchiony

 

Treasurer

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
T.K. CHOPRA       
T.K. Chopra

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
STUART D. HONSE       
Stuart D. Honse

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
CARLETON D. PEARL       
Carleton D. Pearl

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
WILLIAM M. WELLS       
William M. Wells

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003

II-4



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of White Plains, State of New York, on the 2 nd day of May, 2003.

    BUNGE LIMITED

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ALBERTO WEISSER       
        Name: Alberto Weisser
        Title: Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Alberto Weisser and William M. Wells, jointly and severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done and hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
  Title
  Date

/s/  
ALBERTO WEISSER       
Alberto Weisser

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
WILLIAM M. WELLS       
William M. Wells

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
T.K. CHOPRA       
T.K. Chopra

 

Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

 

May 2, 2003


Jorge Born, Jr.

 

Deputy Chairman and Director

 

May  , 2003


Ernest G. Bachrach

 

Director

 

May  , 2003

/s/  
ENRIQUE H. BOILINI       
Enrique H. Boilini

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
MICHAEL H. BULKIN       
Michael H. Bulkin

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

II-5




Octavio Caraballo

 

Director

 

May  , 2003

/s/  
FRANCIS COPPINGER       
Francis Coppinger

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
BERNARD DE LA TOUR D'AUVERGNE LAURAGUAIS       
Bernard de La Tour d'Auvergne Lauraguais

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
WILLIAM ENGELS       
William Engels

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003


Paul H. Hatfield

 

Director

 

May  , 2003

/s/  
CARLOS BRAUN SAINT       
Carlos Braun Saint

 

Director

 

May 2, 2003

/s/  
WILLIAM M. WELLS       
Bunge Limited, U.S. Office
By: William M. Wells,
Chief Financial Officer

 

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

May 2, 2003

II-6



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

  Description of Exhibits
3.1   Memorandum of Association (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form F-1 (No. 333-65026) filed July 31, 2001)

3.2

 

Bye-laws, as amended and restated, (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 20-F filed March 31, 2003)

3.3*

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

3.4*

 

By-laws of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

4.1*

 

Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2002 among Bunge Limited Finance Corp., Bunge Limited and The Bank of New York

4.2*

 

Form of Exchange Senior Note

4.3*

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated October 15, 2002 among Bunge Limited Finance Corp., Bunge Limited, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation

5.1*

 

Opinion of Winston & Strawn

5.2*

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman

8.1*

 

Tax Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman

8.2*

 

Tax Opinion of Shearman & Sterling

10.1*

 

Share Purchase Agreement between Bunge Limited and Solae Holdings LLC

10.2*

 

Contribution Agreement dated as of April 1, 2003 between Central Soya Company, Inc. and Solae Holdings LLC

10.3*

 

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Solae Holdings LLC dated as of April 1, 2003

12.1*

 

Statement regarding Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Bunge Limited (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 20-F filed March 31, 2003)

23.1*

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2*

 

Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

23.3*

 

Consent of Winston & Strawn (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.4*

 

Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included in Exhibits 5.2 and 8.1)

23.5*

 

Consent of Shearman & Sterling (included in Exhibit 8.2)

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (included in signature page)

24.2*

 

Power of Attorney of Bunge Limited (included in signature page)

25*

 

Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1

99.1*

 

Form of Letter of Transmittal

99.2*

 

Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

*
Filed herewith

II-7




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
SUMMARY
SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (Unaudited)
RISK FACTORS
CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
USE OF PROCEEDS
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR NOTES
DESCRIPTION OF MASTER TRUST STRUCTURE
TAXATION
BERMUDA TAX CONSIDERATIONS
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 3.3

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation” ) shall be Bunge Limited Finance Corp.  Capitalized terms used in this Certificate of Incorporation shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Annex X to the Pooling Agreement (the “ Pooling Agreement ”) by and among Bunge Funding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Bunge Management Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

The registered office of the Corporation is to be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.  The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company (New Castle County).

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in the following activities:

 

(a)                                   to authorize, issue, sell and deliver debt obligations, the issuance and sale of which may or may not be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities ”);

 

(b)                                  to use the proceeds of the Securities to advance funds to the Bunge Master Trust pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Series 2002-1 VFC Certificate issued pursuant to the Series 2002-1 Supplement to the Pooling Agreement;

 

(c)                                   to perform its obligations in connection with any agreement to obtain and secure letters of credit or other liquidity support in order to further the purposes of section (a) above; and

 

(d)                                  to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (as the same exists now or may hereafter be amended, the “GCL” ) that are incidental to and necessary or convenient for the accomplishment of the above mentioned purposes.

 



 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

(a)                                   The Corporation shall be governed by a board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”).  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed pursuant to the by-laws (the “ By-Laws ”).  The initial Board of Directors shall consist of five directors and shall be elected by the sole incorporator.  Thereafter, each successive Board of Directors shall be elected as provided in the By-Laws.

 

The Board of Directors shall include at least two individuals who are Independent Directors.  As used herein, an “Independent Director” shall be an individual who:  (i) is not and has not been employed by Bunge Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of Bermuda ( “Bunge” ) or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (collectively, the “ Bunge Entities ”) as a director, officer or employee (except with respect to Bunge Funding Inc. and Bunge Asset Funding Corp.) within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director; (ii) is not (and is not affiliated with a company or a firm that is) an advisor or consultant to the Bunge Entities; (iii) is not affiliated with a customer or a supplier of the Bunge Entities; provided that for so long as the Corporation shall have more than one Independent Director (each an “Additional Independent Director” ), such Additional Independent Directors may be affiliated with a significant customer of the Bunge Entities; (iv) is not affiliated with a company of which the Bunge Entities is a customer or a supplier; provided , that for so long as the Corporation shall have more than one Independent Director, such Additional Independent Directors may be affiliated with a company of which the Bunge Entities is a significant supplier; (v) does not have any personal services contracts with the Bunge Entities (other than those relating to his or her service as an Independent Director, if any); (vi) is not affiliated with a tax-exempt entity that receives contributions from the Bunge Entities; (vii) is not the beneficial owner at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director, or at any time thereafter while serving as an Independent Director, of any shares of any classes of common stock of the Bunge Entities; provided , that for so long as the Corporation shall have more than one Independent Director, such Additional Independent Directors may each beneficially own such number of shares of any classes of common stock of the Bunge Entities (excluding the Corporation) the value of which constitutes up to 3% of the outstanding common stock of the Bunge Entities; (viii) does not at any time hold any beneficial or economic interest in the Corporation; and (ix) is not a spouse, parent, sibling or child of any person described in (i) through (viii).

 

(b)                                  As used in paragraph (a) of ARTICLE FOUR, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this section:

 

(i)                                      an “affiliate” of a person, or a person “affiliated with,” a specified person, shall mean a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified person.

 

(ii)                                   The term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” ) shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

2



 

(iii)                                The term “person” shall mean any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, as well as any syndicate or group deemed to be a person pursuant to Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(iv)                               A “subsidiary” of a Person shall mean any corporation a majority of the voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly through one or more other subsidiaries by such Person.

 

(v)                                  A “significant customer of the Bunge Entities” shall mean a customer from which the Bunge Entities collectively in the last fiscal year of Bunge received payments in consideration for the products and services of the Bunge Entities which are in excess of 3% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Bunge Entities during such fiscal year.

 

(vi)                               The Bunge Entities shall be deemed a “significant supplier” of a company if the Bunge Entities collectively received in such company’s last fiscal year payments from such company in excess of 3% of the gross revenues which such company received during such fiscal year for the sale of its products and services.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws, the GCL or any other provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Corporation, the Corporation shall not, without (i) the affirmative vote of 100% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the affirmative vote of at least two (2) Independent Directors, (ii) the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation and (iii) written confirmation from each applicable rating agency that the then-current ratings on any of the Securities (if rated) will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result thereof:

 

(a)                                   engage in any business or activity other than those set forth in ARTICLE THREE;

 

(b)                                  incur any indebtedness for borrowed money, or assume or guaranty any indebtedness of any other entity, except (i) indebtedness contemplated in ARTICLE THREE hereof,  and (ii) indebtedness not exceeding $100,000 at any time outstanding on account of incidentals or services supplied or furnished to the Corporation;

 

(c)                                   dissolve or liquidate, in whole or in part, consolidate or merge with or into any other entity or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any entity, or permit any entity to merge into it or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to it unless;

 

(i)                    the entity (if other than the Corporation) formed or surviving the consolidation or merger or which acquires the properties and assets of the Corporation (A) is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) expressly assumes the due and punctual payment of all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Corporation, and (C) has a certificate of

 

3



 

incorporation containing provisions identical to the provisions of ARTICLE THREE, ARTICLE FOUR, this ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE ELEVEN, ARTICLE SIXTEEN and ARTICLE SEVENTEEN; and

 

(ii)                          immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under any indebtedness of the Corporation or any agreement relating to such indebtedness;

 

provided , that with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, the Corporation shall have also received written confirmation from each applicable rating agency that the then-current ratings of the Securities (if rated) would not be reduced or withdrawn.

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation and any provision of law which so empowers the Corporation, the Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote of 100% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including at least two (2) Independent Directors), institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Corporation or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or authorize or take corporate action in furtherance of any such action.  If there shall not be at least two (2) Independent Directors then in office and acting as required by ARTICLE FOUR of this Certificate of Incorporation, a vote on any matter set forth in this ARTICLE SIX shall not be taken unless and until at least two (2) Independent Directors meeting the requirements of ARTICLE FOUR shall have been appointed and qualified and shall have accepted their appointment.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

(a)                                   To the extent permitted under the GCL, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty of a director, provided, however , that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit liability of a director (i) for any breach of such director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

(b)                                  The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its directors, employees and agents and any person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the fullest extent permitted by the GCL.  Neither the amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE SEVEN, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE SEVEN shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE SEVEN in respect

 

4



 

of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this ARTICLE SEVEN, would accrue or arise prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares, all of which are to be Common Stock of the par value of one United States dollar ($1.00) each.

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

NAME

 

MAILING ADDRESS

 

 

 

J. Michael Brown

 

Winston & Strawn

 

 

35 W. Wacker Drive

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

The Corporation shall not dissolve at any time at which any Securities issued and sold by the Corporation are outstanding.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statutes, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, with the consent of at least two (2) Independent Directors, is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except any particular By-Law which is specified as not subject to alteration or repeal by the Board of Directors; provided, however , that any such alteration or amendment, repeal or adaption that affects in any way the criteria for, qualifications of, or requirements that, the Corporation maintain at least two “Independent Directors” (as such term is defined in ARTICLE FOUR) must receive the prior affirmative vote or written consent of at least two (2) Independent Directors and must be consistent with a corresponding and properly adopted alteration, amendment, repeal or adaption of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

If the By-Laws so provide, the stockholders and the directors may hold their meetings, and the Corporation may have one or more offices outside the State of Delaware.  The books of the Corporation (subject to the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware) may be kept outside of the State of Delaware at such places as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation so provide.

 

5



 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

No contract, transaction or act of the Corporation shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any of the directors of the Corporation are in any way interested in or connected with any other party to such contract, transaction or act or are themselves parties to such contract, transaction or act, provided that such interest shall be fully disclosed or otherwise known to the Board of Directors, or a majority thereof, at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which such contract, transaction or act is authorized, ratified or confirmed; and any such director may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any such meeting and may vote in connection with such authorization, ratification or confirmation with like force and effect as if he were not so interested or connected or was not a party to such contract, transaction or act.

 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

 

The Board of Directors in its discretion may submit for approval, ratification or confirmation by the stockholders at any meeting thereof any contract, transaction or act of the Board of  Directors or of any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation, and any such contract, transaction or act which shall have been so approved, ratified or confirmed by the holders of common stock shall be as valid and binding upon the Corporation and upon the stockholders thereof as though it had been approved and ratified by each and every stockholder of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

 

Every asserted right of action by or on behalf of the Corporation or by or on behalf of any stockholder against any past, present or future member of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, or any officer or employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof, arising out of or in connection with any bonus, supplemental compensation, stock investment, stock option or other plan or plans for the benefit of any employee, irrespective of the place where such right of action may arise or be asserted and irrespective of the place of residence of any such director, member, officer or employee, shall cease and be barred upon the expiration of three years from the later of the following dates:  (a) the date of any alleged act or omission in respect of which such right of action may be asserted to have arisen, or (b) the date upon which the Corporation shall have made generally available to its stockholders information with respect to, as the case may be, the aggregate amount credited for a fiscal year to a bonus or supplemental compensation reserve, or the aggregate amount of awards in a fiscal year of bonuses or supplemental compensation, or the aggregate amount of stock optioned or made available for purchase during a fiscal year, or the aggregate amount expended by the Corporation during a fiscal year in connection with any other plan for the benefit of such employees, past, present or future, or on behalf of any spouse, child or legal representative thereof, against this Corporation or any subsidiary thereof arising out of or in connection with any such plan, irrespective of the place where such asserted right of action may arise or be asserted, shall cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the alleged act or omission in respect of which such right of action shall be asserted to have arisen.

 

6



 

ARTICLE SIXTEEN

 

The Corporation shall not amend, alter, change or repeal ARTICLE THREE, ARTICLE FOUR, ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE ELEVEN, this ARTICLE SIXTEEN or ARTICLE SEVENTEEN unless it has received (i) prior written confirmation from each applicable rating agency that the current ratings on the Securities (if rated) will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of such amendment, alteration, change or repeal, (ii) the affirmative vote of 100% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including at least two (2) Independent Directors and (iii) the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation; provided that no such amendment, alteration, change or repeal shall reduce below one (1) either (a) the number of Independent Directors or (b) the number of affirmative votes or consents of the Independent Directors required to approve an amendment, alteration, change or repeal of ARTICLE THREE, ARTICLE FOUR, ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE ELEVEN, this ARTICLE SIXTEEN, or ARTICLE SEVENTEEN.  Subject to the foregoing limitation, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the law of the State of Delaware, and all rights of the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

ARTICLE SEVENTEEN

 

The Corporation shall not commingle its assets with those of any other entity or person and its funds and other assets shall be separately identified and segregated.  The Corporation shall maintain its own separate bank accounts, and shall maintain its corporate, financial and accounting books and records separate from those of any other entity or person.  The Corporation shall indicate in such statements and records the separateness of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities from those of any other entity or person.  The Corporation shall pay from its assets all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness of any kind incurred by the Corporation and shall not pay from its assets any liabilities, obligations or indebtedness of any other entity or person.  The Corporation shall, at all times, hold itself out to the public (including, without limitation, any creditors of any of its affiliates) under the Corporation’s own name and as a separate and distinct corporate entity.  The Corporation shall conduct its business from an office that is separate and distinct from the Bunge Entities, even if such office space is subleased from the Bunge Entities; provided that such sublease is on arm’s length commercial terms.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed my name to this Certificate of Incorporation this 16th day of January, 2002.

 

 

J. Michael Brown, Sole Incorporator

 

 

 

/s/ J. MICHAEL BROWN

 

 

 

8





Exhibit 3.4

 

By-laws of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

BY-LAWS

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

GENERAL COUNSEL

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

OFFICERS

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

RESIGNATIONS, REMOVALS AND VACANCIES

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

2



 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.01.   Registered Office .  The registered office of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (the “Company” ) shall be set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

SECTION 1.02.   Other Offices .  The Company may also have an office at such other places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Company may require.  The books and records of the Company may be kept (except as otherwise provided by law) at the office of the Company in the City of White Plains, State of New York, or at such other places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE II

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.01.   Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, within or outside the State of Delaware as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.  In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.02.   Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.  The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.03.   Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

SECTION 2.04.   Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose for which the meeting is called.

 

SECTION 2.05.   Quorum .  At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of the common stock issued and outstanding, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute

 

3



 

or by the Certificate of Incorporation.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of the common stock present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.06.   Organization .  The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if elected, or, if not elected or not present, the President, shall call to order meetings of the stockholders and shall act as chairman of such meetings.  The Board of Directors or the stockholders may appoint any stockholder or any director or officer of the Company to act as chairman of any meeting in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President.

 

The Secretary of the Company shall act as secretary of all meetings of the stockholders, but in the absence of the Secretary the presiding officer may appoint any other person to act as secretary of any meeting.

 

SECTION 2.07.   Proxies and Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting.  When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

SECTION 2.08.   Ratification .  Any transaction questioned in any stockholders’ derivative suit, or any other suit to enforce alleged rights of the Company or any of its stockholders, on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of any director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting may be approved, ratified and confirmed before or after judgment by the Board of Directors or by the holders of common stock, and, if so approved, ratified or confirmed, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been originally duly authorized and said approval, ratification or confirmation shall be binding upon the Company and all of its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.

 

SECTION 2.09.   Consent in Lieu of Meeting .  Whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken in connection with any corporate action by any provision of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with if all the stockholders who would have

 

4



 

been entitled to vote upon the action if such meeting were held, shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken.

 

ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.01.   Number, Term of Office, and Eligibility .  Except as provided by the laws of the State of Delaware or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and the property of the Company shall be managed and controlled by a Board of not less than five nor more than seven directors, the exact number to be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, each director to be elected annually by ballot by the holders of common stock at the annual meeting of the stockholders, to serve until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, except as provided in this Section.  Two directors shall at all times be an “independent director” pursuant to ARTICLE FOUR of the Certificate of Incorporation.  Directors need not be stockholders of the Company.

 

SECTION 3.02.   Meetings .  The directors may hold their meetings, both regular and special, outside of the State of Delaware at such place as from time to time they may determine.

 

The annual meeting of the Board of Directors, for the election of executive officers and the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting, shall be held at the same place as, and immediately following, the annual meeting of the stockholders, and no notice thereof shall be required to be given to the directors.

 

Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President.  Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director.

 

SECTION 3.03.   Notice of Meetings . Written or verbal notice to each Director of each special meeting stating the place, date, time and purposes of such meeting shall be given not less than two (2) hours nor more then ten (10) days before the time of the meeting.  No notice of regular meetings need be given.

 

SECTION 3.04.   Quorum and Organization of Meetings .  At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.  The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at

 

5



 

all meetings of the Board of Directors.  If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President or, in the absence of the President, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board of Directors and, if more than one (1), in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3.05.   Powers .  In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things that are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders, subject however, to any limitations on the business or purposes of the Company set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

SECTION 3.06.   Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records .  Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors and each officer, in the performance of his duties, shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or reports made to the Company by any of its officials, or by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care by the Board of Directors or by any such committee, or in relying in good faith upon other records of the Company.

 

SECTION 3.07.   Compensation of Directors .  Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, services as members of committees of the directors; provided , however ,  that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

SECTION 4.01.   Committees of the Board of Directors .  The Board of Directors may from time to time establish standing committees or special committees of the Board of Directors, each of which shall have such powers and functions as may be delegated to it by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the committee may not take any action requiring the consent of the Independent Directors (as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation) without the consent of such Independent Directors.  The Board of Directors may abolish any committee established by or pursuant to this Section 4.01 as it may deem advisable.  Each such committee shall consist of two or more directors, the exact number being determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Designations of the chairman and members of each such committee and, if desired, alternates for members, shall be made by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.02.   Rules and Procedures .  Each committee may fix its own rules and procedures and shall meet at such times and places as may be provided by such rules, by

 

6



 

resolution of the committee, or by call of the chairman.  Notice of meeting of each committee, other than of regular meetings provided for by its rules or resolutions, shall be given to committee members.  The presence of a majority of the members of the Executive Committee  shall constitute a quorum of any committee, and all questions shall be decided by a majority vote of the members present at the meeting.  All action taken at each committee meeting shall be recorded in minutes of the meeting.

 

ARTICLE V

 

GENERAL COUNSEL

 

The Company may have a General Counsel who shall be appointed by the Board of Directors and who shall have general supervision of all matters of a legal nature concerning the Company.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 6.01.   Officers . The officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one (1) or more Vice Chairmen, one (1) or more Vice Presidents, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

SECTION 6.02.   Term of Office .  The officers of the Company shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.  Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term, until his successor is elected and qualified or until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

 

SECTION 6.03.   The Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board, when elected, shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and, as such, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Company, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall preside at meetings of stockholders and shall have such other functions, authority and duties as customarily appertain to the office of the chief executive of a business corporation or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.04.   The President .  During any period when there shall be an office of Chairman of the Board, the President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Company and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of

 

7



 

Directors or the Chairman of the Board.  During any period when there shall not be an office of Chairman of the Board, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and, as such, shall have the functions, authority and duties provided for the Chairman of the Board when there is an office of Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 6.05.   The Vice Presidents .  The Vice President shall perform such duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 6.06.   Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board, the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company.  The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one (1), the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Treasurer.

 

SECTION 6.07.   Secretary and Assistant Secretary .  The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Company and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.  The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Company and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company and to attest such affixing of the seal.

 

The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one (1), the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall

 

8



 

perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary.

 

SECTION 6.08.   Salaries .  Salaries of officers, agents or employees shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by such committee or committees, or person or persons, if any, to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board of Directors.  Any employment contract, whether with an officer, agent or employee if expressly approved or specifically authorized by the Board of Directors, may fix a term of employment thereunder, and such contract, if so approved or authorized, shall be valid and binding upon the Company in accordance with the terms thereof, provided that this provision shall not limit or restrict in any way the right of the Company at any time to remove from office, discharge or terminate the employment of any such officer, agent or employee prior to the expiration of the term of employment under any such contract, except that the Company shall not thereby be relieved of any continuing liability for salary or other compensation provided for in such contract.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

RESIGNATIONS, REMOVALS AND VACANCIES

 

SECTION 7.01.   Resignations .  Any director, officer or agent of the Company, or any member of any committee may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, to the Chairman of the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the Company.  Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if the time be not specified therein, then upon receipt thereof.  The acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 7.02.   Removals .  At any meeting thereof called for the purpose, the holders of two-thirds of the common stock may remove from office or terminate the employment of any director, officer or agent with or without cause; and the Board of Directors, by vote of not less than a majority of the entire Board of Directors at any meeting thereof called for the purpose, may, at any time, remove from office or terminate the employment of any officer, agent or member of any committee.

 

SECTION 7.03.   Vacancies .  Subject to Section 3.01 , any vacancy in the office of any director, officer or agent through death, resignation, removal, disqualification, increase in the number of directors or other cause may be filled by the Board of Directors (in the case of vacancies in the Board, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum remains) or by the stockholders, and the person so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

 

9



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

SECTION 8.01.   Certificates for Shares .  The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Company’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Company, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Company by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.  Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Company or an employee of the Company, or by a registrar, the signatures of the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

 

SECTION 8.02.   Transfer .  Upon surrender to the Company or the transfer agent of the Company of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Company to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Company to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

 

SECTION 8.03.   Replacement .  In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Company, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Company may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.  The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Company a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety of sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.

 

SECTION 9.01.   Execution of Contracts .  Except as otherwise provided by law or in the By-Laws, all contracts or other instruments, authorized by the Board of Directors either generally or particularly, may be executed and delivered in the name of and on behalf of the Company by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President.  The

 

10



 

Board of Directors, however, may authorize any other officer or officers, agent or agents, in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument, and such authority may be general or confined to particular instances unless authorized by the Board of Directors or expressly authorized by the By-Laws, no officer, employee or agent shall have any power or authority to bind the Company by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it pecuniarily liable for any purpose or to any amount.

 

SECTION 9.02.   Indebtedness .  No borrowings shall be contracted on behalf of the Company and no negotiable paper in evidence thereof shall be issued in its name unless authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors.  When authorized by the Board of Directors so to do, any officer or agent of the Company thereunto authorized may effect loans and advances at any time for the Company from any bank, trust company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds, or other certificates or evidences of indebtedness of the Company and, when authorized so to do, may pledge, hypothecate or transfer any securities or other property of the Company as security for any such loans or advances.  Such authority may be general or confined to particular instances.

 

SECTION 9.03.   Checks, Drafts, Etc.   All checks, drafts, and other orders for the payment of moneys out of the funds of the Company shall be signed on behalf of the Company in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 9.04.   Deposits .  All funds of the Company not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Company in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select or as may be selected by any officer or officers, agent or agents of the Company to whom such power from time to time may be delegated by the Board; and, for the purpose of such deposit, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or any other officer or agent or employee of the Company to whom such power may be delegated by the Board or by any person designated by the Board to delegate such authority may endorse, assign and deliver checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of moneys which are payable to the order of the Company.

 

ARTICLE X

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

11



 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.01.   Waiver of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

SECTION 11.02.   Voting Upon Stocks .  The Board of Directors (whose authorization in this connection shall be necessary in all cases) may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Company, or may at any time or from time to time authorize the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary to appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Company, in the name and on behalf of the Company, to cast the votes which the Company may be entitled to cast as a stockholder or otherwise in any other corporation or association, any of the stock or securities of which may be held by the Company, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation or association, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation or association, and the Board of Directors or any aforesaid officer so authorized may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of counting such votes or giving such consent, and the Board of Directors or any aforesaid officer so authorized may from time to time authorize the execution and delivery, on behalf of the Company and under its corporate seal or otherwise, of such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be deemed necessary or proper in the premises.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The Board of Directors shall have power to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Company by vote of not less than a majority of the entire Board at any meeting of the Board and the holders of common stock shall have power to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws at any regular or special meeting, if the substance of such amendment be contained in the notice of such meeting of the Board, or of such meeting of stockholders, as the case may be.

 

12




Exhibit 4.1

Indenture

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.,

as Issuer

 

BUNGE LIMITED,

as Guarantor

 

AND

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee

 

7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of October 15, 2002

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.1 .  Definitions

SECTION 1.2 .  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

SECTION 1.3 .  Rules of Construction

 

ARTICLE II THE NOTES

SECTION 2.1 .  Form, Dating and Terms

SECTION 2.2 .  Execution and Authentication

SECTION 2.3 .  Registrar and Paying Agent

SECTION 2.4 .  Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust

SECTION 2.5 .  Noteholder Lists

SECTION 2.6 .  Transfer and Exchange

SECTION 2.7 .  Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors

SECTION 2.8 .  Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

SECTION 2.9 .  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes

SECTION 2.10 .  Outstanding Notes

SECTION 2.11 .  Temporary Notes

SECTION 2.12 .  Cancellation

SECTION 2.13 .  Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest

SECTION 2.14 .  Computation of Interest

SECTION 2.15 .  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

 

ARTICLE III COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1 .  Payment of Notes

SECTION 3.2 .  Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Company..

SECTION 3.3 .  Financial Covenants

SECTION 3.4 .  Limitation on Liens

SECTION 3.5 .  Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions

SECTION 3.6 .  Exclusion From Limitations

SECTION 3.7 .  Limitation on Sale of Assets

SECTION 3.8 .  Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

SECTION 3.9 .  Limitation on Indebtedness of Subsidiaries

SECTION 3.10 .  Restrictions on Dividends or Loans by Designated Obligors or Material Subsidiaries

SECTION 3.11 .  Maintenance of Office or Agency

SECTION 3.12 .  Corporate Existence

SECTION 3.13 .  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance

SECTION 3.14 .  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

SECTION 3.15 .  Payments for Consent

SECTION 3.16 .  Compliance Certificate

SECTION 3.17 .  Further Instruments and Acts

 

i



 

SECTION 3.18 .  Statement by Officers as to Default

SECTION 3.19 .  Notice of Change in Bermuda Law, Debt Ratings

 

ARTICLE IV SUCCESSOR GUARANTOR

SECTION 4.1 .  Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets by the Guarantor

 

ARTICLE V OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES

SECTION 5.1 .  Optional Redemption by the Company

SECTION 5.2 .  Applicability of Article

SECTION 5.3 .  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

SECTION 5.4 .  Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed

SECTION 5.5 .  Notice of Redemption

SECTION 5.6 .  Deposit of Redemption Price

SECTION 5.7 .  Notes Payable on Redemption Date

SECTION 5.8 .  Notes Redeemed in Part

 

ARTICLE VI PREPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL

SECTION 6.1 .  Prepayment at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control

 

ARTICLE VII DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 7.1 .  Events of Default

SECTION 7.2 .  Acceleration

SECTION 7.3 .  Other Remedies

SECTION 7.4 .  Waiver of Past Defaults

SECTION 7.5 .  Control by Majority

SECTION 7.6 .  Limitation on Suits

SECTION 7.7 .  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

SECTION 7.8 .  Collection Suit by Trustee

SECTION 7.9 .  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

SECTION 7.10 .  Priorities

SECTION 7.11 .  Undertaking for Costs

 

ARTICLE VIII TRUSTEE

SECTION 8.1 .  Duties of Trustee

SECTION 8.2 .  Rights of Trustee

SECTION 8.3 .  Individual Rights of Trustee

SECTION 8.4 .  Trustee’s Disclaimer

SECTION 8.5 .  Notice of Defaults

SECTION 8.6 .  Reports by Trustee to Holders

SECTION 8.7 .  Compensation and Indemnity

SECTION 8.8 .  Replacement of Trustee

SECTION 8.9 .  Successor Trustee by Merger

SECTION 8.10 .  Eligibility; Disqualification

SECTION 8.11 .  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

SECTION 8.12 .  Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company

 

ii



 

ARTICLE IX DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 9.1 .  Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance

SECTION 9.2 .  Conditions to Defeasance

SECTION 9.3 .  Application of Trust Money

SECTION 9.4 .  Repayment to Company

SECTION 9.5 .  Indemnity for U.S. Government Securities

SECTION 9.6 .  Reinstatement

 

ARTICLE X AMENDMENTS

SECTION 10.1 .  Without Consent of Holders

SECTION 10.2 .  With Consent of Holders

SECTION 10.3 .  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

SECTION 10.4 .  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

SECTION 10.5 .  Notation on or Exchange of Notes

SECTION 10.6 .  Trustee To Sign Amendments

 

ARTICLE XI GUARANTEE

SECTION 11.1 .  Guarantee

SECTION 11.2 .  No Subrogation

SECTION 11.3 .  Consideration

 

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.1 .  Trust Indenture Act Controls

SECTION 12.2 .  Notices

SECTION 12.3 .  Communication by Holders with other Holders

SECTION 12.4 .  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

SECTION 12.5 .  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

SECTION 12.6 .  When Notes Disregarded

SECTION 12.7 .  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

SECTION 12.8 .  Legal Holidays

SECTION 12.9.  GOVERNING LAW

SECTION 12.10 .  No Recourse Against Others

SECTION 12.11 .  Successors

SECTION 12.12 .  Consent to Jurisdiction

SECTION 12.13 .  Appointment for Agent for Service of Process

SECTION 12.14 .  Waiver of Immunities

SECTION 12.15 .  Foreign Taxes

SECTION 12.16 .  Judgment Currency

SECTION 12.17 .  No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Borrower; Liability of the Borrower

SECTION 12.18 .  Multiple Originals

SECTION 12.19 .  Qualification of Indenture

SECTION 12.20 .  Table of Contents; Headings

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of the Initial Note and Subsequent Note

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of the Exchange Note

 

iii



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1.1

 

Designated Obligors and Material Subsidiaries

SCHEDULE 3.4

 

Existing Liens

SCHEDULE 3.7

 

Existing Commitments Regarding Future Dispositions

SCHEDULE 3.9(a)

 

Long-Term Indebtedness of Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2002

SCHEDULE 3.9(e)

 

Assumed Cereol Indebtedness

SCHEDULE 4.1

 

Full Member States of the European Union as of September 25, 2002

 

iv



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

Trust Indenture
Act Section

 

Indenture
Section

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

310(a)

(1)

 

 

8.10

 

 

(a)

(2)

 

 

8.10

 

 

(a)

(3)

 

 

N.A.

 

 

(a)

(4)

 

 

N.A.

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

8.8

;8.10

 

(c)

 

 

 

N.A.

 

 

311(a)

 

 

 

8.11

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

8.11

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

N.A.

 

 

312(a)

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

12.3

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

12.3

 

 

313(a)

 

 

 

8.6

 

 

(b)

(1)

 

 

N.A.

 

 

(b)

(2)

 

 

8.6

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

8.6

 

 

(d)

 

 

 

8.6

 

 

314(a)

 

 

 

3.16

;12.2; 12.5

 

(b)

 

 

 

N.A

.

 

(c)

(1)

 

 

12.4

 

 

(c)

(2)

 

 

12.4

 

 

(c)

(3)

 

 

N.A

.

 

(d)

 

 

 

N.A

.

 

(e)

 

 

 

12.5

 

 

315(a)

 

 

 

8.1

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

8.5

; 12.2

 

(c)

 

 

 

8.1

 

 

(d)

 

 

 

8.1

 

 

(e)

 

 

 

7.11

 

 

316(a)(last sentence)

 

 

 

12.6

 

 

(a)

(1)(A)

 

 

7.5

 

 

(a)

(1)(B)

 

 

7.4

 

 

(a)

(2)

 

 

N.A

.

 

(b)

 

 

 

7.8

 

 

317(a)

(1)

 

 

7.8

 

 

(a)

(2)

 

 

7.9

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

318(a)

 

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

 

N.A. means Not Applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

v



 

INDENTURE dated as of October 15, 2002, among BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as issuer, BUNGE LIMITED, a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with limited liability (the “ Guarantor ”), as guarantor, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation (the “ Trustee ”), as trustee.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Company’s 7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012 issued on the date hereof and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the “ Initial Notes ”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012 which may be offered subsequent to the Issue Date and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the “ Subsequent Notes ”) and (iii) if and when issued in exchange for the Initial Notes as provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement relating to the Initial Notes, the Company’s 7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012 and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the “ Exchange Notes ” and together with the Initial Notes and any Subsequent Notes, the “ Notes ”).

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

 

SECTION 1.1.   Definitions

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided, however , that the existence of a management contract by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company to manage another entity shall not be deemed to be control.  Solely for purposes of Section 3.8 hereof, “Affiliate” also means any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of the Voting Stock of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any Person of which one or more of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or hold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the Voting Stock of such Person.

 

“Agent Member” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(d) hereof.

 

“Asset Securitization Transaction” means any transfer of accounts receivable and other related assets to the extent that such transfer is treated as a sale of financial assets under FASB Statement No. 140, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, when used with respect to any Sale-Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest set forth in or implicit in the terms of the lease) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease

 



 

included in such Sale-Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty or other termination payment, such amount shall be the amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the amount shall also include the amount of the penalty or termination payment, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated).

 

“Authenticating Agent” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

“Bunge Master Trust” means the trust created pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, a beneficial interest in the assets of which will be acquired by the Company through the Series 2002-1 VFC.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York, New York.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity (which includes, but is not limited to, common stock, preferred stock and partnership and joint venture interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

 

“Cereol” means Cereol S.A., a company organized under the laws of France.

 

“Change of Control” means (a) with respect to the Guarantor, the occurrence of either of the following events:

 

(1)                                   at any time during any twelve (12) consecutive calendar months, more than 50% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Guarantor who were members on the first day of such period shall have resigned or shall have been removed or replaced, other than as a result of death, disability or change in personal circumstances; or

 

(2)                                   any person or “group” (as defined in section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, but excluding (A) any employee benefit or stock ownership plans of the Guarantor, (B) members of the Board of Directors and executive officers of the Guarantor as of the Issue Date, (C) the families of such members and executive officers, and (D) family trusts established by or for the benefit of any of the foregoing individuals) shall have acquired more than 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of common shares of the Guarantor,

 

provided that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred under this clause (a) in the event that the purchase by the Guarantor of common shares issued and outstanding on the

 

2



 

Issue Date results in one or more of the Guarantor’s shareholders of record as of the Issue Date controlling more than 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of common shares of the Guarantor; and

 

(b)                                  with respect to the Company, if at any time the Guarantor shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company.

 

“Change of Control Offer” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.1(a) hereof.

 

“Change of Control Payment” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.1(a) hereof.

 

“Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.1(b) hereof.

 

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Company” means Bunge Limited Finance Corp. or its successor.

 

“Company Order” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

“Consolidated Adjusted Capitalization” means, at any date of determination, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Worth plus (b) Consolidated Adjusted Net Debt, in each case determined at such date.

 

“Consolidated Adjusted Net Debt” means, with respect to the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, at any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis at such date minus (b) the sum of all cash, cash equivalents under U.S. GAAP, and Liquid Inventory of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at such date.

 

“Consolidated Current Assets” means, at any date of determination, all assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries that would be reflected as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of such Persons prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP at such date.

 

“Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, at any date of determination, all liabilities of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries that would be reflected as current liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet of such Persons prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP at such date.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for such period (taken as a cumulative whole) as determined in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating all offsetting debits and credits between the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and all other items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

3



 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of the Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries after deducting therefrom:

 

(1)                                   all current liabilities (excluding any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed);

 

(2)                                   total prepaid expenses and deferred charges; and

 

(3)                                   all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, licenses, copyrights and other intangible assets, all as set forth, or on a pro forma basis would be set forth, on the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries for its most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

“Consolidated Net Worth” means the Net Worth of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP, plus minority interests in Subsidiaries.

 

“Consolidated Total Assets” means, at any date of determination, the amount at which the total assets of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries appear on the then most recent annual consolidated balance sheet of such Persons prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, after deduction of depreciation, amortization and all other properly deductible valuation reserves.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.11 hereof.

 

“covenant defeasance option” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.1(b) hereof.

 

“Debt Prepayment Application” means, with respect to any Disposition of property, the application by the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries of cash in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds Amount with respect to such Disposition to pay Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor.

 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.13 hereof.

 

“Definitive Notes” means certificated Notes.

 

“Designated Obligor” means the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries of the Guarantor set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto and any other Subsidiary designated by the Guarantor from time to time, and each of their successors.

 

“Disposition” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.7 hereof.

 

4



 

“Disposition Value” means, at any date of determination, with respect to any property (a) in the case of property that does not constitute Subsidiary Stock, the book value thereof, valued at the time of such disposition in good faith by the Guarantor, and (b) in the case of property that constitutes Subsidiary Stock, an amount equal to that percentage of the book value of the assets of the Subsidiary that issued such stock as is equal to the percentage that the book value of such Subsidiary Stock represents of the book value of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary (assuming, in making such calculations, that all securities (as such term is defined in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act) convertible into such Capital Stock are so converted and giving full effect to all transactions that would occur or be required in connection with such conversion) determined at the time of the disposition thereof, in good faith by the Guarantor.

 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1 hereof.

 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement” means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers.

 

“Exchange Global Note” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

“Excluded Dispositions” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.7(h) hereof.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any property, the sale value of such property that would be realized in an arm’s-length sale at such time between an informed and willing buyer, and an informed and willing seller, under no compulsion to buy or sell, respectively.

 

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company ending on December 31 of each year.

 

“Global Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

 “guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)                                   to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to

 

5



 

purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

(2)                                   entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 

provided, however, that the term “guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee,” when used as a verb, has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Guarantee” means any guarantee of payment of the Notes and any other obligations of the Company by the Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Guarantor” means Bunge Limited.

 

“Guaranty” means the Third Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated as of September 6, 2002, by the Guarantor to Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.2(f) hereof

 

“Hedge Agreements” means all interest rate swaps, caps or collar agreements or similar arrangements dealing with interest rates or currency exchange rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

“IAI” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) all obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. GAAP, (e) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sales or other title retention agreement with respect to any property acquired by such Person (including without limitation, obligations under any such agreement which provides that the rights and remedies of the seller or lender thereunder in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (f) all obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit and similar instruments, including without limitation obligations under reimbursement agreements, (g) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person, (h) all net obligations of such Person in respect of equity derivatives and Hedge Agreements and (i) all guarantees of such Person (other than guarantees of obligations of direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Person).

 

6



 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means, collectively, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

“Issue Date” means the date on which the Initial Notes are originally issued.

 

“legal defeasance option” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.1(b) hereof.

 

“Legal Holiday” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 12.8 hereof.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or other encumbrance.

 

“Liquid Inventory” means, as to the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at any date of determination, its inventory at such date of determination of commodities which are traded on any recognized commodities exchange, valued in accordance with prevailing market practices applicable to the type of such commodity at either (a) the lower of cost and the market value at such date of determination or (b) the market value at such date.

 

“Long-Term Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, Indebtedness having a final maturity of more than one year from the date of origin thereof (or which is renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor for a period or periods of more than one year from such date of origin) or outstanding under revolving credit agreements or other similar agreements providing for borrowings for over one year from the date of origin thereof or Indebtedness that is extendible or renewable at the option of such Person to a time more than one year after such date of origin (but excluding therefrom all payments in respect of such Indebtedness that are due and payable within one year of such time).

 

“Master Trust Transaction Documents” means the collective reference to the Pooling Agreement, the Series 2002-1 Supplement, the Series 2002-1 VFC, the Sale Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and the Guaranty.

 

“Master Trust Trustee” means The Bank of New York, as trustee under, and for the purposes of, the Master Trust Transaction Documents, and any successor thereto.

 

“Material” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

7



 

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse effect, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

“Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Guarantor which at such time (a) has total assets aggregating in excess of 5% of Consolidated Total Assets or (b) the portion of Consolidated Net Income which was contributed by such Subsidiary during the four fiscal quarters then most recently ended exceeds 5% of Consolidated Net Income.  The Material Subsidiaries as of the date hereof are set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

 

“Net Proceeds Amount” means, with respect to any Disposition of any property by any Person, an amount equal to the difference of (a) the aggregate amount of the consideration (valued at no less than the Fair Market Value of such consideration at the time of the consummation of such Disposition) received by such Person in respect of such Disposition, minus (b) all ordinary and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by such Person in connection with such Disposition.

“Net Worth” means, with respect to any Person, the sum of such Person’s capital stock, capital in excess of par or stated value of shares of its capital stock, retained earnings and any other account which, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, constitutes stockholders’ equity, excluding any treasury stock.

 

“Non-Designated Obligor” means any Subsidiary that is not a Designated Obligor.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

 

“Note Register” means the register of Notes, maintained by the Registrar, pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof.

 

“Notes” means the collective reference to the Initial Notes, the Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes.

 

“Obligations” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.1 hereof.

 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers or attorneys-in-fact or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel, which counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

 

8



 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness for borrowed money, the proceeds of which are used to purchase interests in the Series 2002-1 VFC and/or to refinance Indebtedness originally used for such purpose, and Indebtedness incurred in connection with Hedge Agreements, in each case which ranks not greater than pari passu (in priority of payment) with the Notes.

 

“Paying Agent” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.3 hereof.

 

“Permitted Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of the Company under the Notes and (b) Pari Passu Indebtedness.

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)                                   Liens for current taxes, assessments or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without any penalty, or the validity of which is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings upon stay of execution of the enforcement thereof or upon posting a bond in connection therewith;

 

(2)                                   any Lien pursuant to any order or attachment or similar legal process arising in connection with court proceedings; provided that the execution or other enforcement thereof is effectively stayed or a sufficient bond had been posted and the claims secured thereby are being contested at the time in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(3)                                   any Liens securing bonds posted with respect to and in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) above;

 

(4)                                   any Liens securing the claims of mechanics, laborers, workmen, repairmen, materialmen, suppliers, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, or vendors or other claims provided for by mandatory provisions of law which are not yet due and delinquent, or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(5)                                   any Lien on any Property securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed solely for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of constructing or acquiring such Property, which Lien attaches to such Property concurrently with or within 90 days after construction, the acquisition or completion of a series of related acquisitions thereof;

 

(6)                                   Liens existing immediately prior to the execution of this Indenture (and listed on Schedule 3.4 hereto);

 

(7)                                   Liens to secure bonds posted in order to obtain stays of judgments, attachments or orders, the existence of which bonds would not otherwise constitute an Event of Default;

 

(8)                                   Liens on Property existing prior to the acquisition of such Property or the acquisition of any Subsidiary that is the owner of such Property;

 

9



 

(9)                                   Liens created by a Subsidiary in favor of the Company, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary;

 

(10)                             Liens on any accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

 

(11)                             Liens on rights under contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to or from export customers (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

 

(12)                             Liens on cash deposited as collateral in connection with financings where Liens are permitted under clause (10) and (11) of this definition;

 

(13)                             Liens extending, renewing or replacing, in whole or in part Liens permitted pursuant to clauses (1) through (8), so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not (i) in the case of clauses (1) through (5), inclusive, (7) and (8), exceed its original principal amount and (ii) in the case of clause (6), exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to the execution and delivery of the Indenture;

 

(14)                             minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties, which are necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Company, the Guarantor or the Subsidiaries or which customarily exist on properties of corporations engaged in similar activities and similarly situated and which do not in any event materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company, the Guarantor or the Subsidiaries;

 

(15)                             Liens on accounts receivable and other related assets arising in connection with transfers thereof to the extent that such transfers are treated as sales of financial assets under FASB Statement No. 140, as in effect from time to time; and

 

(16)                             Liens on intercompany loans (or interest therein) made to the Guarantor or any Designated Obligor and held by the Master Trust Trustee, which loans are subject to the Pooling Agreement.

 

For purposes of interpreting (A) clauses (10) and (11) above, the phrases “accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers” and “contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to (from) export customers” shall refer to invoices or accounts receivable derived from the sale of, or contracts to sell, purchase or receive wheat, soybeans or other commodities or products derived from the processing of wheat, soybeans or other commodities, by or to the Guarantor or a Subsidiary that have been or are to be exported from the country of origin whether or not such sale is made by a Subsidiary or to any of its Subsidiaries; and (B) clause (8) above,  property of a party to a corporate reorganization which is not the Guarantor or a Subsidiary shall be deemed “acquired” by the Guarantor or such Subsidiary as part of such corporate reorganization even if the Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, is not the surviving entity.

 

10



 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.

 

“Pooling Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Pooling Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as servicer, and The Bank of New York, in its capacity as Master Trust Trustee, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.2(f) hereof.

 

“Property” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.2(d) hereof.

 

“Property Reinvestment Application” means, with respect to any Disposition of property, the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                   the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries making such Disposition shall have either (i) entered into one or more agreements to apply an amount equal to the Net Proceeds Amount with respect to such Disposition to the acquisition by the Guarantor or such Subsidiary of property or (ii) received property as consideration in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds Amount, in each case that upon such acquisition or receipt as consideration is unencumbered by any Lien (other than Permitted Liens or Liens otherwise permitted by Section 3.6 hereof) and that

 

(1)                                   constitutes property that is (x) property classifiable under U.S. GAAP as non-current to the extent that such proceeds are derived from the Disposition of property that was properly classifiable as non-current, and otherwise properly classifiable as either current or non-current, and (y) to be used in the ordinary course of business of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries, or

 

(2)                                   constitutes equity interests of a Person that shall own, or invest the proceeds received from the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in, property of the nature described in the immediately preceding clause (1);

 

provided , that the transactions contemplated by such agreement or agreements are consummated within one year following the consummation of such Disposition; and

 

(b)                                  the Guarantor shall have delivered a certificate of an Officer of the Guarantor to the Trustee referring to Section 3.7 hereof, and identifying the property that was the subject of such Disposition, the Disposition Value of such property, and the nature, terms, amount and application of the proceeds from such Disposition.

 

“Private Placement Legend” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

 

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act).

 

11



 

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any redemption of Notes, the date of redemption with respect thereto.

 

“Redemption Price” has the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph 5 of the Notes, the form of which is attached as Exhibits A and B hereto.

 

“Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning ascribed to it the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Registrar” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.3 hereof.

 

“Regulation S” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

“Regulation S Global Note” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

“Regulation S Legend” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

 

“Regulation S Note” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

“Resale Restriction Termination Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.6 hereof.

 

“Restricted Period” means the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (A) the day on which the Initial Notes are offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (B) the Issue Date.

 

“Restricted Notes Legend” means the Private Placement Legend set forth in clause (1) of Section 2.1(c) hereof or the Regulation S Legend set forth in clause (2) of Section 2.1(c) hereof, as applicable.

 

“Rule 144A” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

“Rule 144A Global Note” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

“Rule 144A Note” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

“Sale Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Sale Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, among Bunge Funding, Inc., as buyer, and Bunge Finance Limited and Bunge Finance North America, Inc., each as a seller, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.2(f) hereof.

 

“Sale-Leaseback Transaction” means the sale or transfer by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any Property to a Person (other than the Guarantor or a Subsidiary) and the taking back by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, of a lease of such Property.

 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12



 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

“Senior Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries that is not subordinated in right of payment or security to Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes.

 

“Series” means an interest in the Bunge Master Trust created and authorized pursuant to a supplement to the Pooling Agreement.

 

“Series 2002-1 Supplement” means the First Amended and Restated Series 2002-1 Supplement to the Pooling Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, among the Company, Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc. and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.2(f) hereof.

 

“Series 2002-1 VFC” means the interest in the Bunge Master Trust created and authorized pursuant to a supplement to the Pooling Agreement that is designated as the “Series 2002-1 VFC Certificate” in which the Company will acquire a beneficial interest with the net proceeds of the Notes and other Permitted Indebtedness.

 

“Servicing Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2002 among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as the servicer, and The Bank of New York, in its capacity as the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.2(f) hereof.

 

“Short-Term Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness not constituting Long-Term Indebtedness.

 

“Special Interest Payment Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.13 hereof.

 

“Special Record Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.13 hereof.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

“Subsequent Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company or other business entity of which the requisite number of shares of stock or other equity ownership interests having

 

13



 

ordinary voting power (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to elect a majority of the directors, managers or trustees thereof, or any partnership of which more than 50% of the partners’ equity interests (considering all partners’ equity interests as a single class) is, in each case, at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Guarantor, one or more of the Subsidiaries, or combination thereof.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.9 hereof, Fosfertil S.A. shall not be deemed a Subsidiary of the Guarantor for the purposes of Sections 3.3(a), 3.3(c), 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 and 3.9 hereof.

 

“Subsidiary Stock” means, with respect to any Person, the shares or stock (or any options or warrants to purchase shares or stock or other securities (as such term is defined in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act) exchangeable for or convertible into shares or stock) of any subsidiary of such Person.

 

“Successor Guarantor” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

“Total Non-Designated Obligor Indebtedness” means all Short-Term Indebtedness and Long-Term Indebtedness of Non-Designated Obligors incurred and/or outstanding within the limitations of Section 3.9(g)(i) and Section 3.9(g)(ii)(y)(A) hereof.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

“Trust Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, such successor.

 

 “U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time.

 

“U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities

 

14



 

or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

“Voting Stock” means Capital Stock of any class or classes of a Person, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to elect corporate directors (or Persons performing similar functions).

 

SECTION 1.2.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.  This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following Trust Indenture Act terms have the following meanings:

 

“Commission” means the SEC.

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Noteholder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

 

All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined in the Trust Indenture Act by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

 

SECTION 1.3.   Rules of Construction.   Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                   a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)                                   an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with U.S. GAAP;

 

(3)                                   “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4)                                   “including” means including without limitation;

 

(5)                                   words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; and

 

(6)                                   the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

15



 

ARTICLE II

 

The Notes

 

SECTION 2.1.    Form, Dating and Terms .  (a)  The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated October 9, 2002, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers.  The Initial Notes will be resold initially only to (A) qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) in reliance on Rule 144A (“ QIBs ”) and (B) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”)) in reliance on Regulation S.  Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501 of the Securities Act in reliance on the procedure described herein.

 

Initial Notes offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers, and subsequently resold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “ Rule 144A Note ”) will be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereof (the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.  The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Initial Notes offered, sold and resold outside the United States of America (the “ Regulation S Note ”) in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereof (the “ Regulation S Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Initial Notes resold after an initial resale to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or an initial resale in reliance on Regulation S to institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rules 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities Act) who are not QIBs (“ IAIs ”) in the United States of America will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note ”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more that one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.  The aggregate principal amount of the

 

16



 

Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Note, the Regulation S Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereof (the “ Exchange Global Note ”).  The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.

 

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Global Notes .”

 

Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least U.S.$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

Any Subsequent Notes shall be in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A hereto and Exhibit B hereto and in Section 2.1(c) hereof.  The Company and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, endorsement or legend on them.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A hereto and Exhibit B hereto are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

 

(b)                                  Denominations .  The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of U.S.$1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

17



 

(c)                                   Restrictive Legends .  Unless and until (i) an Initial Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement,

 
(1)                                   The Rule 144A Global Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof:

 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION.  NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP. (“THE COMPANY”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR BUNGE LIMITED, AS GUARANTOR, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A TRANSACTION INVOLVING A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF U.S.$250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE

 

18



 

COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) AND (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

 
(2)                                   The Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “ Regulation S Legend ”) on the face thereof:

 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION.  NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AFTER 40 CONSECUTIVE DAYS BEGINNING ON AND INCLUDING THE LATER OF (A) THE DAY ON WHICH THE NOTES ARE OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND (B) THE DATE OF THE CLOSING OF THE ORIGINAL OFFERING.”

 
(3)                                   Each of the Global Notes, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 

“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.”

 

19



 

d)                                      Book-Entry Provisions .  (i)  This Section 2.1(d) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.
 
(ii)                                   Each Global Note initially shall (A) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (B) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (C) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereof.
 
(iii)                                Members of, or participants in, DTC (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
 
(iv)                               In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e) hereof to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.
 
(v)                                  In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(e) hereof, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.
 
(vi)                               The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(e)                                   Definitive Notes .  (i)  Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes.  If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures.  In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or, (b) the Company executes and

 

20



 

delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (c) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC.

 

(ii)                                   Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(iv) or (v) hereof shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(c) hereof bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereof.
 
(iii)                                In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

 

SECTION 2.2.    Execution and Authentication.   One Officer shall execute the Notes, on behalf of the Company, by manual or facsimile signature.  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless, after giving effect to any exchange of Initial Notes for Exchange Notes.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note.  The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.  A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date initially in an aggregate principal amount of U.S.$200,000,000; (2) if and when issued, the Subsequent Notes; and (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and only in exchange for Initial Notes of an equal principal amount, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company (the “ Company Order ”).  Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Exchange Notes or Subsequent Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to U.S.$200,000,000 outstanding (plus any Subsequent Notes), except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the same class pursuant to Section 2.6, Section 2.9, Section 2.11, Section 5.8, or Section 10.5 hereof and except for transactions similar to the Registered Exchange Offer.  All Notes issued on the Issue Date and all Subsequent Notes shall be identical in all respects other than issue dates, the date from which interest accrues and any changes relating thereto.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Initial Notes, any Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and no Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

 

21



 

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes.  Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as a Paying Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.3.    Registrar and Paying Agent.   The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”).  The Company shall cause each of the Registrar and the Paying Agent to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “ Note Register ”).  The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the Trust Indenture Act.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent.  The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent.  If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 8.7 hereof.  The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.

 

The Company initially appoints DTC to act as depository with respect to the Global Notes.  The Trustee is authorized to enter into a letter of representations with DTC in the form provided to the Trustee by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.4.    Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.   By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest when due.  The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company or the Guarantor in making any such payment.  If the Company, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent.  Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.  Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

22



 

SECTION 2.5.    Noteholder Lists.   The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the Trust Indenture Act, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Guarantor, shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders and the Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(a).

 

SECTION 2.6.    Transfer and Exchange.   (a)  The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note prior to the date which is two years after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”):

 

(i)                                      a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the proposed transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(ii)                                   a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.7 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

 

(iii)                                a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

 

(b)                                  The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

 

(i)                                      a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the

 

23



 

reverse of the Note, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the proposed transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(ii)                                   a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.7 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

 

(iii)                                a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

 

After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred without requiring certification provided for in Section 2.7 or Section 2.8 hereof, or any additional certification.

 

(c)                                   Restricted Notes Legend .  Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend.  Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

(d)                                  The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof or this Section 2.6.  The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

 

(e)                                   Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

 

(i)                                      To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.

 

(ii)                                   No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require from a Holder payment of a sum

 

24



 

sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 10.5 hereof).

 

(iii)                                The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of, or exchange of, any Note for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

 

(iv)                               Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(v)                                  Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(d) hereof shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(c) hereof, bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

 

(vi)                               All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(f)                                     No Obligation of the Trustee . (i)  The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 
(ii)                                   The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly

 

25



 

required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

SECTION 2.7.    Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors.   The form of certificate to be delivered in connection with transfers of Notes to IAIs is set forth as Exhibit C hereto.

 

SECTION 2.8.    Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S.   The form of certificate to be delivered in connection with transfers of Notes pursuant to Regulation S is set forth as Exhibit D hereto.

 

SECTION 2.9.    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.   If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee.  If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.9, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.9 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, the Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.9 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

SECTION 2.10.    Outstanding Notes.   Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation

 

26



 

and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding.  A Note ceases to be outstanding in the event the Company holds the Note, provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, Notes shall cease to be outstanding in the event the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be considered outstanding.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.11.    Temporary Notes.   Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes.  After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes.  Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a holder of Definitive Notes.

 

SECTION 2.12.    Cancellation.   The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee, and no one else, shall cancel and return to the Company all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation, in its customary manner.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

 

SECTION 2.13.    Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest.   Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall

 

27



 

be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof.

 

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

 

(a)                                   The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “ Special Interest Payment Date ”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a record date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.2 hereof, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

 

(b)                                  The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.13, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other

 

28



 

Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

SECTION 2.14.    Computation of Interest.   Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 2.15.    CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.   The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP or ISIN numbers.  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Covenants

 

SECTION 3.1.    Payment of Notes .  The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture.  Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

 

SECTION 3.2.   Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Company .  (a) The Company shall not engage in any business or enterprise or enter into any transaction or agreement other than in connection with (i) the issuance and sale of the Notes, (ii) the incurrence of other Permitted Indebtedness (iii) the entering into of Hedge Agreements relating to the Notes or the other Permitted Indebtedness and having a notional amount not exceeding the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such other Permitted Indebtedness then outstanding and (iv) the use of the net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes or the other Permitted Indebtedness to increase its investment in the Series 2002-1 VFC.

 

29



 

(b)                                  The Company shall not acquire or own any subsidiary or other assets or property (either real or personal), except for (i) the Series 2002-1 VFC, (ii) Hedge Agreements, and (iii) instruments evidencing the interests in the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of its property, either presently owned or hereafter acquired, including any asset, revenue, or right to receive income or any other property, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal (all of the foregoing hereinafter called “ Property ”); provided , however , it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien which would otherwise constitute a Permitted Lien in the case of the Guarantor or the other Subsidiaries.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall not enter into any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, joint venture, syndicate or other form of combination with any Person, and shall not sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or receivables, including, without limitation, the Series 2002-1 VFC or any interest in the Series 2002-1 VFC.

 

(f)                                     The Company shall not amend, supplement, waive or modify, or consent to any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of, any Master Trust Transaction Document except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.2(f).  Any provision of any Master Trust Transaction Document may be amended, waived, supplemented, restated, discharged or terminated without the consent of the Holders; provided that such amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement does not (i) render the Series 2002-1 VFC subordinate in payment to any other Series under the Bunge Master Trust or otherwise adversely discriminate against the Series 2002-1 VFC relative to any other Series under the Bunge Master Trust, (ii) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are required to be made on or in respect of the Series 2002-1 VFC, (iii) change the definition of, the manner of calculating, or in any way the amount of, the interest of the Company in the assets of the Bunge Master Trust, (iv) change the definition of “Eligible Loans” or, to the extent used in such definition, other defined terms used in such definition, or (v) result in a Default or Event of Default; and provided , further , that, in each case, the Trustee shall have received prior notice thereof together with copies of any documentation related thereto.  Any amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement of a Master Trust Transaction Document (including any exhibit thereto) of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of this Section 3.2(f) shall require the written consent of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

 

SECTION 3.3.    Financial Covenants .  The Guarantor shall not permit:

 

(a)                                   its Consolidated Net Worth to be less than U.S. $1,350,000,000 as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor;

 

30



 

(b)                                  its ratio of Consolidated Adjusted Net Debt to Consolidated Adjusted Capitalization to be greater than 0.635 to 1.0 as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor; and

 

(c)                                   its ratio of Consolidated Current Assets to Consolidated Current Liabilities to be less than 1.1 to 1.0 as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor.

 

SECTION 3.4.    Limitation on Liens.   The Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, upon or with respect to any of its Property to secure any Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (other than the Notes), unless all of the outstanding Notes and the Guarantee are secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Indebtedness for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

 

SECTION 3.5.    Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions.   The Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale-Leaseback Transaction unless:

 

(a)                                   the Sale-Leaseback Transaction occurs within six months from the date of the acquisition of the Property subject  thereto or the date of the completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such Property, whichever is later; or

 

(b)                                  the Sale-Leaseback Transaction is between the Guarantor and a Subsidiary of the Guarantor, or between Subsidiaries of the Guarantor; or

 

(c)                                   the Sale-Leaseback Transaction involves a lease for a period, including renewals, of not more than three years; or

 

(d)                                  the Sale-Leaseback Transaction constitutes a Permitted Lien for the purposes of Section 3.4 hereof; or

 

(e)                                   the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, within a one-year period after such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, applies or causes to be applied an amount not less than the Attributable Indebtedness from such Sale-Leaseback Transaction to (i) the prepayment, repayment, redemption, reduction or  retirement of any Indebtedness of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary having a maturity of more than one year that is not  subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee or (ii) the acquisition, construction or development of other similar Property.

 

SECTION 3.6.    Exclusion From Limitations.   Notwithstanding Sections 3.4 and 3.5 hereof, the Guarantor may, and may permit any Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any Property to secure Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (other than the Notes) or effect any Sale-Leaseback Transaction of a Property that is not excepted by Sections 3.5(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) hereof, without equally and ratably securing the Notes or the Guarantee provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness (other than the Notes) secured by Liens (other than Permitted Liens) upon Property plus the Attributable Indebtedness from Sale-Leaseback Transactions of Property not so excepted, do not exceed 15% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 

31



 

SECTION 3.7 .   Limitation on Sale of Assets .  The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, including, without limitation, with respect to any Subsidiary, by way of merger or consolidation of such Subsidiary (collectively, a “ Disposition ”), any of its properties or assets, except:

 

(a)                                   Dispositions in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  Dispositions by (i) any Subsidiary to the Guarantor, (ii) the Guarantor to any Subsidiary, or (iii) any Subsidiary to any other Subsidiary;

 

(c)                                   any Disposition by the Guarantor pursuant to a contractual commitment existing on the Issue Date (and listed on Schedule 3.7 hereto);

 

(d)                                  Dispositions permitted under Article IV hereof;

 

(e)                                   Dispositions of intercompany loans pursuant to, and as permitted under, the Sale Agreement or the Pooling Agreement;

 

(f)                                     Dispositions of property acquired in connection with an acquisition of a Subsidiary within three years of the date of such acquisition; provided that each of the following conditions is satisfied in respect of each such Disposition:

 

(i)                                      in the good faith opinion of an Officer of the Guarantor, such Disposition is in exchange for consideration having a Fair Market Value at least equal to that of the property exchanged and is in the best interest of the Guarantor or Subsidiary making such Disposition;

 

(ii)                                   immediately after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default would exist; and

 

(iii)                                immediately after giving effect to such Disposition, the sum of the Disposition Values in respect of all property that was the subject of any Disposition permitted by this Section 3.7(f) or by Section 3.7(h) hereof and occurring in the then current fiscal year of the Guarantor would not exceed 25% of Consolidated Total Assets, determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal year of the Guarantor, as adjusted on a pro forma basis to include the total assets of all such acquired Subsidiaries;

 

(g)                                  any Disposition by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary constituting an Asset Securitization Transaction, provided that after consummation of any such Asset Securitization Transaction and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined by an Officer of the Guarantor) of all property and assets subject thereto, together with the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined by an Officer of the Guarantor) of all other property and assets of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries subject to one or more then outstanding Asset

 

32



 

Securitization Transactions shall not exceed 15% of Consolidated Current Assets, determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor, with any determination of Consolidated Current Assets pursuant hereto being adjusted on a pro forma basis to include the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined by an Officer of the Guarantor) of the property and assets disposed of in connection with any then outstanding Asset Securitization Transactions; and

 

(h)                                  other Dispositions by the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries not described in clauses (a) through (g) hereof (the Dispositions being described in the said foregoing clauses (a) through (g) being herein referred to collectively as “ Excluded Dispositions ”), provided that each of the following conditions is satisfied in respect of each such other Disposition not constituting an Excluded Disposition:

 

(i)                                      in the good faith opinion of an Officer of the Guarantor, such Disposition is in exchange for consideration having a Fair Market Value at least equal to that of the property exchanged and is in the best interest of the Guarantor or Subsidiary making such Disposition;

 

(ii)                                   immediately after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default would exist; and

 

(iii)                                immediately after giving effect to such Disposition, the sum of the Disposition Values in respect of all property that was the subject of any Disposition occurring in the then current fiscal year of the Guarantor would not exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets, determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal year of the Guarantor.

 

If the Guarantor shall give written notice to the Trustee prior to consummation of any Disposition that it intends to apply the Net Proceeds Amount arising therefrom to a Debt Prepayment Application and/or to a Property Reinvestment Application within one year after such Disposition, then such Disposition, only for the purpose of determining compliance with subsection (iii) of Section 3.7(h), shall be deemed not to be a Disposition.  If the Guarantor shall, for any reason, fail to apply such Net Proceeds Amount as stated in such notice within such period, such failure shall constitute an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 3.8.    Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates .  The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or Material group of related transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Guarantor or another Subsidiary), except in the ordinary course and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the business of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Guarantor or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

 

SECTION 3.9.    Limitation on Indebtedness of Subsidiaries .  The Guarantor will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, or otherwise

 

33



 

become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except for the following:

 

(a)                                   other than Indebtedness described in clauses (e) and (f) below, (i) any Long-Term Indebtedness of any Designated Obligor which is outstanding as of June 30, 2002 (and listed on Schedule 3.9(a) hereto), and any extensions, renewals or refinancings thereof (and successive extensions, renewals or refinancings thereof), in whole or in part, so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Long-Term Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount thereof outstanding at the time of such extension, renewal or refinancing, provided that immediately after the consummation of any such extension, renewal or refinancing, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) any Indebtedness of any Non-Designated Obligor which is outstanding as of June 30, 2002 (and listed on Schedule 3.9(a) hereto), but not any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof;

 

(b)                                  any Indebtedness incurred by any Subsidiary owing to the Guarantor or another Subsidiary;

 

(c)                                   any Short-Term Indebtedness  incurred by any Designated Obligor;

 

(d)                                  other than Indebtedness described in clauses (e) and (f) below, any Long-Term Indebtedness of a Person outstanding at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether it is a Designated Obligor or a Non-Designated Obligor) or is consolidated or merged with or into a Subsidiary or sells, leases or otherwise disposes of all of its property to a Subsidiary, provided that (i) such Long-Term Indebtedness shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary or consolidating or merging with or into a Subsidiary or selling, leasing or otherwise disposing all of its property to a Subsidiary, (ii) immediately after such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is consolidated or merged with or into a Subsidiary or sells, leases or otherwise disposes of all of its property to a Subsidiary, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (iii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of any such Long-Term Indebtedness shall constitute the issuance of additional Long-Term Indebtedness which is, in turn, subject to the applicable limitations of this Indenture, including, without limitation, the provisions of Article III hereof;

 

(e)                                   (i) any Long-Term Indebtedness of a Designated Obligor constituting Long-Term Indebtedness of, or assumed from, Cereol or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (and listed on Schedule 3.9(e)(i) hereto), provided that all such Long-Term Indebtedness is, prior to or on the date that is 18 months from the date of the Guarantor’s public announcement of the completion of its acquisition of Cereol , either (A) paid in full, (B) refinanced by an intercompany loan or loans made pursuant to, and as permitted under, the Master Trust Transaction Documents, or (C) refinanced or remains outstanding within the applicable limitations of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 3.9(g) hereof;

 

34



 

(ii) any Long-Term Indebtedness of a Designated Obligor constituting Long-Term Indebtedness of, or assumed from, Cereol or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (and listed on Schedule 3.9(e)(ii) hereto), provided that none of such Long-Term Indebtedness is renewed, extended, refinanced or refunded beyond the maturity date of such Long-Term Indebtedness as of June 30, 2002; unless and to the extent any such Long-Term Indebtedness is on or prior to the maturity date thereof, either (A) paid in full, (B) refinanced by an intercompany loan or loans by made pursuant to, and as permitted under, the Master Trust Transaction Documents, or (C) renewed, extended, refinanced or refunded within the applicable limitations of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 3.9(g);

 

(f)                                     any Indebtedness of a Non-Designated Obligor constituting Indebtedness of, or assumed from, Cereol or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and set forth on Schedule 3.9(e)(i) or (ii) hereto, provided that all such Indebtedness is, prior to or on the date that is 18 months from the date of the Guarantor’s public announcement of the completion of its acquisition of Cereol, either (A) paid in full, (B) refinanced by an intercompany loan or loans made pursuant to, and as permitted under, or (C) refinanced or remains outstanding within the applicable limitations of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 3.9(g);

 

(g)                                  any Indebtedness incurred by any Subsidiary not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses (a) through (f), provided that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) (y) (A) if the Indebtedness then to be incurred is Short-Term Indebtedness or Long-Term Indebtedness of a Non-Designated Obligor, then the aggregate amount of outstanding Total Non-Designated Obligor Indebtedness may not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth and (B) if the Indebtedness then to be incurred is Long-Term Indebtedness of a Non-Designated Obligor, then the aggregate amount of outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness of all Subsidiaries may not exceed 20% of Consolidated Net Worth, determined in each case as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor or (z) if the Indebtedness then to be incurred is Long-Term Indebtedness of a Designated Obligor, then the aggregate amount of outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness of all Subsidiaries may not exceed 20% of Consolidated Net Worth, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor.

 

Any provision contained in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the Guarantor shall with respect to all Indebtedness of Cereol and its direct or indirect subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 3.9(e)(i) and Schedule 3.9(e)(ii) hereto comply with the requirement of Section 3.9(e)(i), 3.9(e)(ii) or 3.9(f), as the case may be.

 

For clarification, for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.9, Fosfertil S.A. shall not be deemed a Subsidiary of the Guarantor, unless and until Fosfertil S.A. fits within the definition of a “Subsidiary” insofar as the Guarantor is concerned, but notwithstanding the foregoing, prior thereto, any Indebtedness of Fosfertil S.A. shall not be deemed to constitute Indebtedness of a Subsidiary for purposes of computations performed

 

35



 

pursuant to this Section 3.9 but shall be deemed to constitute Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Guarantor solely for purposes of any computation performed pursuant to Section 3.3(b), but only Section 3.3(b), provided that if and when Fosfertil S.A. becomes a “Subsidiary” of the Guarantor (as defined in this Indenture), then and thereafter Fosfertil S.A. shall be deemed to be a “Subsidiary” for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.10.    Restrictions on Dividends or Loans by Designated Obligors or Material Subsidiaries .  The Guarantor shall not permit any Designated Obligor or Material Subsidiary to enter into any agreement after the Issue Date restricting the payment of dividends, the making of loans by it to the Guarantor or to any other Designated Obligor or Material Subsidiary, or the incurrence of Indebtedness owing to other Designated Obligors or Material Subsidiaries, except that the Guarantor may permit a Designated Obligor or Material Subsidiary to be party to agreements (a) limiting the payment of dividends (other than distributions of capital) by such Designated Obligor or Material Subsidiary following a default or an event of default under such agreement, (b) requiring the compliance by such Designated Obligor or Material Subsidiary with specified net worth, working capital or other similar financial tests or (c) restricting loans to be made by such Designated Obligor or Material Subsidiary to any other Subsidiary or the Guarantor to such loans which accrue interest at a rate greater than or equal to such lending Designated Obligor’s or Material Subsidiary’s average cost of funds as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Designated Obligor or Material Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 3.11.    Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Company will maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The principal corporate trust office (the “Corporate Trust Office”) of the Trustee located in The City of New York shall be such office or agency of the Company, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in The City of New York for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

SECTION 3.12.    Corporate Existence .  Subject to Article IV hereof, each of the Company and the Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain its corporate rights (charter and statutory), licenses, privileges and franchises; provided, however,

 

36



 

that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license, privilege or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders; and provided further , the Guarantor may merge in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.

 

SECTION 3.13.    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance .  The Guarantor shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, except where failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Guarantor shall maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are customary for the Guarantor’s type of business.

 

SECTION 3.14.    Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .  Each of the Company and the Guarantor shall pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all taxes, assessments and similar governmental charges imposed on it, its incomes, profits or properties, except where (i) the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves to the extent required by U.S. GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Company or the Guarantor or (ii) the nonpayment of such taxes, assessments and claims in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 3.15.    Payments for Consent .  Neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

SECTION 3.16.    Compliance Certificate .  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period.  If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.  The Company also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 314(a)(4).

 

SECTION 3.17.    Further Instruments and Acts .  Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.18.    Statement by Officers as to Default .  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 10 days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the

 

37



 

details of such Event of Default or default and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 3.19.   Notice of Change in Bermuda Law, Debt Ratings .  The Guarantor shall give notice to the Trustee promptly after becoming aware of (i) any changes in taxes, duties or other fees of Bermuda or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or any change in any laws of Bermuda, in each case, that may affect any payment due under this Indenture, (ii) any change in such Guarantor’s public or private debt ratings by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined by the SEC for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and (iii) any development or event which has had, or which the Guarantor in its good faith judgment believes will have, a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the Trustee shall have no responsibilities or duties with respect to any such notice.  Delivery of any such notice to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such notice shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Successor Guarantor

 

SECTION 4.1.    Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets by the Guarantor .  The Guarantor shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary to, consolidate with or merge or amalgamate with or into, or sell, lease, or convey all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

 

(a)                                in the case of the Guarantor:

 

(i)                                      the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Guarantor ”) shall be either the Guarantor or a Person organized under the laws of Bermuda, the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, any full member state of the European Union as of September 25, 2002 (other than Greece) set forth on Schedule 4.1 hereto, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, and the Successor Guarantor (if not the Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee and this Indenture; and

 

(ii)                                   immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time would be an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(b)                                  in the case of any Subsidiary (other than the Company):

 

(i)                                      such transaction is a merger or amalgamation of a Subsidiary into, or a consolidation of a Subsidiary with, the Guarantor (so long as the Guarantor is the surviving entity) or another Subsidiary or the sale or other disposition by a

 

38



 

Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to the Guarantor or another Subsidiary;  or

 

(ii)                                   such transaction is the merger or amalgamation of a Subsidiary into, the consolidation of a Subsidiary with, or the sale or other disposition by a Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to, another Person (provided that such Person is not an Affiliate), so long as (x) such transaction complies, in all respects, with the provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, and (y) immediately prior to, and after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Guarantor, which properties and assets, if held by the Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor.

 

The Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Guarantor will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

 

In the event that the Guarantor consolidates with or merges or amalgamates with or into, or sells, leases or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person subject to the terms of this Section 4.1 (a “ Transfer ”) and the Successor Guarantor is a Person organized under the laws of a member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, the Guarantor and the Successor Guarantor shall, as a condition to such Transfer, (A) enter into a supplemental indenture with the Trustee providing for full, unconditional and irrevocable indemnification of the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee against any tax or duty of whatever nature which is incurred or otherwise suffered by such Holders and the Trustee with respect to the Notes and which would not have been incurred or otherwise suffered in the absence of such Transfer; and (B) deliver to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, unqualified legal opinions of independent legal counsel in New York and the member state of the European Union the laws of which the successor is organized under, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, as applicable, to the effect that the Obligations of the Successor Guarantor with respect to the Guarantee are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Optional Redemption of Notes

 

SECTION 5.1.    Optional Redemption by the Company .  The Notes may be redeemed at any time as a whole or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the Redemption Prices specified in the form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.

 

39



 

SECTION 5.2.    Applicability of Article .  Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article V.

 

SECTION 5.3.    Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .  The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution.  In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, upon not later than the earlier of the date that is 30 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company or the date on which notice is given to the Holders (except as provided in Section 5.5 hereof or unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof.

 

SECTION 5.4 .   Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed .  If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than U.S.$1,000.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 5.5.    Notice of Redemption .  Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.2 hereof not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed.  The Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 15 days prior to the date the notice of redemption is to be given (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(1)                                   the Redemption Date,

 

(2)                                   the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7 hereof, if any,

 

40



 

(3)                                   if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

 

(4)                                   in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

(5)                                   that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7 hereof) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) will cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

(6)                                   the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

 

(7)                                   the name and address of the Paying Agent,

 

(8)                                   that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, and

 

(9)                                   the CUSIP number, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

SECTION 5.6.    Deposit of Redemption Price .  Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4 hereof) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

SECTION 5.7.    Notes Payable on Redemption Date .  Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and premium, if any, shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

41



 

SECTION 5.8 .   Notes Redeemed in Part .  Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article V) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.11 hereof (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of U.S.$1,000 or integral multiple thereof.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Prepayment at the Option of Holders Upon Change of Control

 

SECTION 6.1.    Prepayment at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control .  (a)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change Of Control Offer ”) at a purchase price in cash equal to the Redemption Price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “ Change Of Control Payment ”).

 

(b)                                  Notice of a Change of Control shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.2 hereof within 30 days following any Change of Control, to each Holder of Notes.  The Trustee shall give notice of the Change of Control Offer in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, no more than 15 days following the Change of Control, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice, including, among other things:

 

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Indenture and that all Notes (or portions thereof) properly tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(2) the Redemption Price and the purchase date, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, no fewer than 30 days nor more than 60 days from the date the Trustee gives such notice (the “ Change Of Control Payment Date ”);

 

(3) that any Note (or portion thereof) accepted for payment (and duly paid on the Change of Control Payment Date) pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(4) that any Notes (or portions thereof) not properly tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

42



 

(5) a description of the transaction or transactions constituting the Change of Control;

 

(6) the procedures that Holders of Notes must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment and the procedures that Holders of Notes must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment; and

 

(7) all other instructions and materials necessary to enable Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

 

(c)                                   Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Trustee at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.  Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase by the Holders.

 

(d)                                  On or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4 hereof) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Change of Control Payment payable to the Holders entitled thereto, to be held for payment in accordance with this Section 6.1.

 

(e)                                   The Trustee or Paying Agent, as applicable, shall, on or promptly after the Change of Control Payment Date, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder of the Change of Control Payment.  In the event that the aggregate Change of Control Payment delivered by the Company to the Trustee is less than the amount deposited with the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(f)                                     Any Note which is tendered only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article VI) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.11 hereof (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of U.S.$1,000 or integral multiple thereof.

 

43



 

(g)                                  The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

 

(h)                                  The Guarantor and the Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions relating to the Change of Control Offer, the Guarantor and the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described above by virtue thereof.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Defaults and Remedies

 

SECTION 7.1.    Events of Default .  An “Event of Default” occurs if:

 

(1)                                   the Company defaults in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement) on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(2)                                   the Company defaults in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

 

(3)                                   the Company or the Guarantor defaults in the performance of or a breach by the Company or the Guarantor of any other covenant or agreement in this Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above) and such default continues for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(4)                                   the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness or of any material amounts under any other agreement to which it is a party on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such

 

44



 

Indebtedness constituting a guarantee) to become payable; provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (4) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness or other amounts the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate U.S.$50,000,000;

 

(5)                                   (i) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due;

 

(6)                                   one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of U.S.$50,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

 

(7)                                   one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Company involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of U.S.$50,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof.

 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or

 

45



 

pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 10 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Default or Event of Default under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) or (7) of this Section 7.1, which such notice shall contain the status thereof and a description of the action being taken or proposed to be taken by the Company in respect thereof.

 

SECTION 7.2.    Acceleration .  (a)  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable.  If an Event of Default described in paragraph (5) of Section 7.1 hereof occurs and is continuing, then in each and every such case, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

(b)                                  In the event the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 7.2(a) hereof, the Trustee shall instruct the Company, and the Company shall instruct the Master Trust Trustee, to declare due and payable the principal and accrued interest in respect of the intercompany loans that had been made using the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes invested in the Series 2002-1 VFC.

 

SECTION 7.3.    Other Remedies .  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy.  All available remedies are cumulative.

 

SECTION 7.4.    Waiver of Past Defaults .  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 10.2 hereof cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder affected and (b) rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of and premium, if any,

 

46



 

and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.  When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

 

SECTION 7.5.    Control by Majority .  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 8.1 and Section 8.2 hereof, that the Trustee determines is prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.  Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

SECTION 7.6.    Limitation on Suits .  Subject to Section 7.7 hereof, a Noteholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)                                   the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                   the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes make a request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)                                   such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)                                   the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)                                   the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request during such 60-day period.

 

A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.

 

SECTION 7.7.    Rights of Holders to Receive Payment .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 7.6 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and  premium, if any, or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 7.8 .   Collection Suit by Trustee .  If an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due

 

47



 

and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 8.7 hereof.

 

SECTION 7.9.    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .  The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, the Guarantor, any of the Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.7 hereof.

 

SECTION 7.10.    Priorities .  If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VII, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

FIRST:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 8.7 hereof;

 

SECOND:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal  and premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

 

THIRD:  to the Company.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 7.10.  At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

SECTION 7.11.    Undertaking for Costs .  In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 7.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

48



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Trustee

 

SECTION 8.1.    Duties of Trustee .  (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against loss, liability or expense.

 

(b)                                  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)  this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 8.1(b) hereof;

 

(2)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 7.5 hereof.

 

(d)                                    Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs Sections 8.1(a), (b) or (c) hereof.

 

(e)                                     The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

 

49



 

(f)                                       Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)                                    No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(h)                                    Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.1 and to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(i)                                      Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

(j)                                      The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

SECTION 8.2 .   Rights of Trustee .  Subject to Section 8.1 hereof:

 

(a)                                  The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.  The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Company as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance under covenants or other obligations of the Company;

 

(b)                                  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care;

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, provided however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence;

 

(e)                                   The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel;

 

50



 

(f)                                     The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

 

(g)                                  The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and

 

(h)                                  The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

SECTION 8.3.    Individual Rights of Trustee .  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights.  However, the Trustee must comply with Section 8.10 and Section 8.11 hereof.  In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

 

SECTION 8.4.    Trustee’s Disclaimer .  The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

SECTION 8.5.    Notice of Defaults .  If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder at the address set forth in the Note Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

 

SECTION 8.6 .   Reports by Trustee to Holders .  Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to August 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such May 15  that complies with Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(a).  The Trustee also shall comply with

 

51



 

Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(b).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports required by Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(c).

 

Following the issuance of any Exchange Notes, a copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed.  The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

SECTION 8.7.    Compensation and Indemnity .  The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Noteholders and reasonable costs of counsel retained by the Trustee, in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts.  The Company shall indemnify the Trustee, and any predecessor Trustee and their agents, against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without negligence or willful misconduct on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 8.7) and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Noteholder, the Company or otherwise).  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such defense.  The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 8.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes.  Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.  The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 8.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Company.

 

The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture.  When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 7.1(5) hereof with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law.

 

52



 

SECTION 8.8.    Replacement of Trustee .  The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee.  The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)                                   the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10 hereof;

 

(2)                                   the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(3)                                   a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)                                   the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 8.7 hereof.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10 hereof, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 8.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

SECTION 8.9.    Successor Trustee by Merger .  If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated;

 

53



 

and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion.

 

SECTION 8.10.    Eligibility; Disqualification .  The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(a).  The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.  The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b); provided, however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b)(1) are met.

 

SECTION 8.11.    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .  The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

SECTION 8.12 .   Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company .  Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

 

SECTION 9.1.    Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance .  (a)  Subject to Section 9.1(c) hereof, when (i)(x) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof) for cancellation or (y) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered for cancellation have become due and payable, whether at maturity or upon redemption or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and the Company or the Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on

 

54



 

such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal and premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or the Guarantor is bound; (iii) the Company or the Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture and the Notes; and (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company (accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with) and at the cost and expense of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 9.1(c) and Section 9.2 hereof, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (“ legal defeasance option ”), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to comply with such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default or (ii) its obligations under, Section 3.2, Section 3.3, Section 3.4, Section 3.5, Section 3.6, Section 3.7, Section 3.8, Section 3.9, Section 3.10, Section 3.13 and Section 3.14 hereof, and the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and the operation of Sections 7.1(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to this Section 9.1(b)(ii)), 7.1(4), 7.1(5), 7.1(6) and 7.1(7) hereof, and the events specified in such Sections shall no longer constitute an Event of Default (clause (ii) being referred to as the “ covenant defeasance option ”), but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, the Company may elect to have the Guarantee terminate.

 

If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default, and the Guarantee shall terminate.  If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to Section 9.1(b)(ii) above), 7.1(4), 7.1(5), 7.1(6) or 7.1(7)hereof.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1(a) and (b) hereof, the Company’s obligations in Section 2.2, Section 2.3, Section 2.4, Section 2.5, Section 2.6, Section 2.9, Section 2.10, Section 2.11, Section 2.12, Section 3.1, Section 3.11, Section 3.12, Section 3.15, Section 3.16, Section 3.17, Section 3.18, Section 3.19, Section 7.7, Section 8.7, Section 8.8

 

55



 

hereof and in this Article IX shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full.  Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Section 8.7, Section 9.4 and Section 9.5 hereof shall survive.

 

SECTION 9.2.   Conditions to Defeasance .   The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 

(1)                                   the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Securities or a combination thereof for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(2)                                   the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Securities plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity;

 

(3)                                   no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, with respect to certain bankruptcy or insolvency Events of Default, on the 91st day after such date of deposit;

 

(4)                                   such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantor or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantor or any of the Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(5)                                   the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that (A) the Notes and (B) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and that no Holder of the Notes is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ right generally;

 

(6)                                   the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Company;

 

(7)                                   the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

 

(8)                                   in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) in the United States stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either

 

56



 

case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(9)                                   in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) in the United States to the effect that the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(10)                             the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes and this Indenture as contemplated by this Article IX have been complied with.

 

SECTION 9.3.   Application of Trust Money .  The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to this Article IX.  It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Securities through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

 

SECTION 9.4.   Repayment to Company .   The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them upon payment of all the obligations under this Indenture.

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.

 

SECTION 9.5.   Indemnity for U.S. Government Securities .  The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Securities or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Securities.

 

SECTION 9.6.   Reinstatement .  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article IX by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article IX until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article IX;

 

57



 

provided, however , that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

The Trustee’s rights under this Article IX shall survive termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

ARTICLE X

 

Amendments

 

SECTION 10.1.   Without Consent of Holders .  The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Noteholder:

 

(1)                                   to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)                                   to comply with Article IV in respect of the assumption by a Successor Guarantor of an obligation of the Guarantor under this Indenture;

 

(3)                                   to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

 

(4)                                   to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5)                                   to secure the Notes;

 

(6)                                   to add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor;

 

(7)                                   to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder;

 

(8)                                   to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), and which will be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities;

 

(9)                                   to provide for the issuance of any Subsequent Notes; or

 

(10)                             to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

58



 

After an amendment under this Section 10.1 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment.  The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders at the address set forth in the Note Register, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 10.1.

 

SECTION 10.2.   With Consent of Holders .   The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).  However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected, an amendment may not:

 

(1)           reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(2)           reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents pursuant to Section 3.2(f) hereof;

 

(3)           reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)           reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Note;

 

(5)           reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or purchase of any Note as described above under Article V or Article VI hereof or any similar provision, whether through an amendment to or waiver of Article V or Article VI hereof, a definition or otherwise;

 

(6)           at any time after a Change of Control has occurred, change the time at which the Change of Control Offer relating thereto must be made or at which the Change of Control Payment must be made;

 

(7)           make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

 

(8)           impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(9)           make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or to the waiver provisions; or

 

(10)     release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee other than in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 10.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

59



 

After an amendment under this Section 10.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment.  The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 10.2.

 

SECTION 10.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .  Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

SECTION 10.4.  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers .  A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective or otherwise in accordance with any related solicitation documents.  After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder.  An amendment or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 10.1 or 10.2 hereof, as applicable.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture.  If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.  No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date.

 

SECTION 10.5.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes .  If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee.  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder.  Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms.  Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

 

SECTION 10.6.  Trustee To Sign Amendments .  The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article X if the amendment does not affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it.  In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereof), shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 10.3 hereof).

 

60



 

ARTICLE XI

 

Guarantee

 

SECTION 11.1.   Guarantee .  The Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Obligations”).  The Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article XI notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.

 

The Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment.  The Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations.  The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Company.

 

The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Obligations.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must

 

61



 

otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against the Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, the Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).

 

The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

 

The Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

 

SECTION 11.2.   No Subrogation .  Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall the Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders, as well as the holders of any other Permitted Indebtedness, by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of the Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by the Guarantor (duly indorsed by the Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.

 

SECTION 11.3.   Consideration .  The Guarantor has received, or will receive, direct or indirect benefits from the making of the Guarantee.

 

62



 

ARTICLE XII

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 12.1.   Trust Indenture Act Controls .   If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control.  The Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under the Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

SECTION 12.2.   Notices .   Any notice or communication shall be in writing and (a) delivered in person, (b) sent by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid), or (c) sent by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

11720 Borman Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Attention:  Francis X. Marchiony

Telephone:  (314) 292-6538

Telecopy:  (314) 292-6530

 

If to the Guarantor:

 

Bunge Limited

50 Main Street

White Plains, New York  10606

Attention:  Morris M. Kalef / Carey Dubois

Telephone:  (914) 684-3440/(914) 684-3365

Telecopy:  (914) 684-3443

 

if to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Administration

101 Barclay Street, 21st Floor West

New York, New York 10286

Attention:  Thomas E. Tabor

Telephone:  (212) 815-5381

Telecopy:  (212) 815-5802/5803

 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

63



 

Any notice or communication mailed to a registered Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders.  If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

SECTION 12.3.   Communication by Holders with other Holders .  Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(c).

 

SECTION 12.4.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .  Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)           an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2)           an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

SECTION 12.5.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .   Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)           a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)           a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)           a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)           a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officers’ Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

 

64



 

SECTION 12.6.   When Notes Disregarded .  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

SECTION 12.7 .   Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar .  The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Noteholders.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

SECTION 12.8 .   Legal Holidays .  A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or Hamilton, Bermuda.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.  If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

SECTION 12.9 .   GOVERNING LAW .  THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 12.10 .   No Recourse Against Others .  An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability.  The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

SECTION 12.11.    Successors .  All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

SECTION 12.12 Consent to Jurisdiction .  The Guarantor irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York state or U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in any action or proceeding relating to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.  The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or U.S. federal court.  The Guarantor also hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to venue or the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

SECTION 12.13.   Appointment for Agent for Service of Process .  The Guarantor hereby (i) irrevocably designates and appoints its principal executive offices at 50 Main Street,

 

65



 

White Plains, New York 10606 (together with any successor, the “Authorized Agent”), as its agent upon which process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding described in the first sentence of Section 12.12 hereof and represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation and (ii) agrees that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Guarantor mailed or delivered to its Secretary at its registered office at 2 Church Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Guarantor in any such suit or proceeding.  The Guarantor further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding.

 

SECTION 12.14.   Waiver of Immunities .  To the extent that the Guarantor or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives and agrees not to plead or claim any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

 

SECTION 12.15 Foreign Taxes . Any payments by the Guarantor to the Trustee or the Noteholders hereunder shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all present and future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereinafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by Bermuda or any other foreign jurisdiction in which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary has an office from which payment is made or deemed to be made, excluding any such tax imposed by reason of the Trustee or any Noteholder having some connection with any such jurisdiction other than its participation as the Trustee or Noteholder under the Indenture (all such taxes, “Foreign Taxes”).  If the Guarantor is prevented by operation of law or otherwise from paying, causing to be paid or remitting that portion of amounts payable hereunder represented by Foreign Taxes withheld or deducted, then amounts payable under this Indenture shall, to the extent permitted by law, be increased to such amount as is necessary to yield and remit to the Trustee and the Noteholders an amount which, after deduction of all Foreign Taxes (including all Foreign Taxes payable on such increased payments) equals the amount that would have been payable if no Foreign Taxes applied.

 

SECTION 12.16 Judgment Currency .  If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than U.S. dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee or any Holder, as the case may be, could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in New York City on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligation of the Guarantor with respect to any sum due from it to the Trustee or any Holder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. dollars, be discharged only if and to

 

66



 

the extent that on the first Business Day following receipt by the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, the Trustee or such Holder may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency.  If the U.S. dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder, the Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Trustee or such Holder against such loss.  If the U.S. dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder, the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be, agrees to pay to the Guarantor an amount equal to the excess of the U.S. dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder.

 

SECTION 12.17 No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Borrower; Liability of the Borrower .  Each of the Noteholders and the Trustee hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the last maturing Note and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, it will not institute against, or join with or assist any other Person in instituting against, the Company, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any applicable insolvency laws.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the sole remedy of any Noteholder, the Trustee or any other Person against the Company in respect of any obligation, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement of the Company under or related to this Indenture or the Notes shall be against the assets of the Company.  Neither the Trustee, nor any Noteholder nor any other Person shall have any claim against the Company to the extent that such assets are insufficient to meet such obligations, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement (the difference being referred to herein as a “ shortfall ”) and all claims in respect of the shortfall shall be extinguished; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 12.17 apply solely to the obligations of the Company and shall not extinguish such shortfall or otherwise restrict such Person’s rights or remedies against the Guarantor for purposes of the obligations of the Guarantor to any Person under the Guarantee.

 

The provisions of this Section 12.17 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee .

 

SECTION 12.18 .   Multiple Originals .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

 

SECTION 12.19 .   Qualification of Indenture .  The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes.  The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

67



 

SECTION 12.20 .   Table of Contents; Headings .  The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

68



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP., as Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ MORRIS KALEF

 

 

Name: Morris Kalef

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ WILLIAM M. WELLS

 

 

Name: William M. Wells

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ THOMAS E. TABOR

 

 

Name: Thomas E. Tabor

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

69



 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]

 

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

[Applicable Restricted Notes Legend]

 

No. [     ]                                                                                                   Principal Amount U.S.$[                        ], as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto

 

CUSIP NO.                   

ISIN:                   

 

7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                  ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                                 ] U.S. Dollars, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto, on October 15, 2012.

 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side hereof.

 

A-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

  AUTHENTICATION

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of
the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

Date:                            , 2002

 

 

A-2



 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF
INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]

 

7.80% Senior Note Due 2012

 

1.  General

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2002, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”).  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Trust Indenture Act”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.

 

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company, including (a) U.S.$200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes being offered on the Issue Date (subject to Section 2.9 of the Indenture) and (b) any Subsequent Notes.  The Notes rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.  This Note is one of the [Initial] [Subsequent] Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

The Company may from time to time, without the consent of existing Holders, create and issue Subsequent Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes in all respects, except for the Issue Date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon.  Subsequent Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single class with the previously outstanding Notes.

 

The Initial Notes, any Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.  The Indenture includes various covenants that limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to engage in any business or transaction, acquire assets or subsidiaries, incur Indebtedness or Liens or enter into any consolidations, mergers, amalgamations or sales of assets.  In addition, the Indenture imposes (a) certain financial covenants on the Guarantor and (b) certain limitations on, among other things, (i) the incurrence of Liens by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (iii) sales of assets by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, (iv) transactions the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may enter into with any Affiliate, (v) incurrence of indebtedness by any Subsidiary, (vi) agreements to restrict dividends or loans by any Subsidiary, and (vii) consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

 

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor

 

A-3



 

has unconditionally guaranteed such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.  The Guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor and ranks equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of the Guarantor.

 

2.  Interest

 

The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

 

The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year commencing April 15, 2003.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from October 15, 2002.  The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

3.  Method of Payment

 

By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest.  The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least U.S.$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

4.  Paying Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, The Bank of New York (the “Trustee”), will act as Trustee, Paying

 

A-4



 

Agent and Registrar.  The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Noteholder.  The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

 

5.  Optional Redemption by the Company

 

The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to (a) the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon from the date of redemption to the date of maturity (except for currently accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the date of redemption, on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the applicable Treasury Yield (as defined below), plus 50 basis points (such greater amount, the “Redemption Price”), plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

For purposes of determining the Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth on “Telerate Page 500” (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (ii) if the Trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealers Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee.

 

“Independent Investment Banker” means any of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Salomon Smith Barney Inc., or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and one other primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a “Primary Treasury Dealer”); provided however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

 

A-5



 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

“Treasury Yield” means, with respect to any redemption date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding such redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

 

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Notes of U.S.$1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to the Indenture.

 

6.  Prepayment at Option of Holders Upon Change of Control

 

Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Notes will have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder by making the Change of Control Payment.  The Change of Control Payment is equal to the Redemption Price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.  For purposes of this paragraph 6, references to “redemption” or similar terms in the definition of Redemption Price shall be deemed to mean “repurchase,” “purchase” or similar terms, as the case may be.

 

7.  Additional Amounts

 

The Guarantor will, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, pay to the Holder of any Note additional amounts as necessary so that every net payment made by the Guarantor of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on that holder by Bermuda or any other foreign jurisdiction, will not be less than the amount provided in the Note to be then due and payable.

 

8.  Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

 

A-6



 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of U.S.$1,000 and whole multiples of U.S.$1,000.  A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

 

9.  Persons Deemed Owners

 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

10.  Unclaimed Money

 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person.  After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

11.  Defeasance

 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

12.  Amendment, Waiver

 

The Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided , however , that the consent of each Noteholder affected is required to (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of the Indenture, the Notes or specified provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents, (ii) reduce the stated rate or extend the stated time for payment of interest on a Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of a Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon redemption or repurchase of a Note, (v) following a Change of Control, make any change in the time during which a Change of Control Offer must be made or the time at which the Change of Control Payment must be made, (vi) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein, (vii) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment under the Note or institute suit for the enforcement of such payment, (viii) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or the waiver provisions, or (ix) release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee.

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any

 

A-7



 

ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article IV of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, issue Subsequent Notes, or to comply with any request of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Noteholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

13.  Defaults and Remedies

 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (1) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (2) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase or upon optional redemption, upon declaration or otherwise; (3)  the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above); (4) the failure of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of any Indebtedness or of any other material amounts under any other agreement on the scheduled or original date due, (b) to pay interest on any Indebtedness beyond any provided grace period or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such Indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity, provided that an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to Indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S.$50,000,000; (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary (the “bankruptcy events”); or (6) one or more judgments or decrees shall have been entered against the Company or the Guarantor involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of (x) in the case of the Company, U.S.$50,000 or more, and (y) in the case of the Guarantor, U.S.$50,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof.  However, a default under clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of the default and the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice.

 

If an Event of Default other than a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes by written notice to the Company to be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default in

 

A-8



 

connection with a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

14.  Trustee Dealings with the Company

 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15.  No Recourse Against Others

 

An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder, of each of the Company, or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 
16.  No Petition

 

By its acquisition of this Note, each Holder hereof agrees that neither it nor the Trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Company under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one date after the Notes and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, including all interest and premium thereon, if any, are paid in full.

 
17.  Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 
18.  Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint

 

A-9



 

tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 
19.  CUSIP Numbers

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20.  Governing Law

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

11720 Borman Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Attention:  Francis X. Marchiony, Treasurer

 

A-10



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                         agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

Your Signature:

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

o

1

 

acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or

 

 

 

 

o

2

 

transferred to the Company; or

 

 

 

 

o

3

 

transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

 

 

 

 

o

4

 

transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

 

 

 

o

5

 

transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

 

A-11



 

o

6

 

transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.7 of the Indenture); or

 

 

 

 

o

7

 

transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

 

 

 

Signature

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

Signature

 

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

A-12



 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

 

Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount of this Global Note

 

Amount of increase in Principal
Amount of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount of this Global
Note following such decrease or
increase

 

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-13



 

EXHIBIT B

 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

 

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [           ]

 

Principal Amount U.S.$[             ],

 

 

 

as revised by the Schedule of

 

 

 

Increases and Decreases in Global

 

 

 

Note attached hereto

 

 

 

 

CUSIP NO.                   

 

 

 

 

ISIN:                               

7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                        ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                          ] U.S. Dollars, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto, on October 15, 2012.

 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side hereof.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

 

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

 

 AUTHENTICATION

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of

 

the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

Date: 

 

, 2002

 

 

B-2



 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

 

7.80% Senior Note Due 2012

1.                                        General

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2002, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”).  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Trust Indenture Act”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.

 

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company, including (a) U.S.$200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes being offered on the Issue Date (subject to Section 2.9 of the Indenture) and (b) any Subsequent Notes.  The Notes rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.  This Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

The Company may from time to time, without the consent of existing Holders, create and issue Subsequent Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes in all respects, except for the Issue Date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon.  Subsequent Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single class with the previously outstanding Notes.

 

The Initial Notes, any Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.  The Indenture includes various covenants that limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to engage in any business or transaction, acquire assets or subsidiaries, incur Indebtedness or Liens or enter into any consolidations, mergers, amalgamations or sales of assets.  In addition, the Indenture imposes (a) certain financial covenants on the Guarantor and  (b) certain limitations on, among other things, (i) the incurrence of Liens by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (iii) sales of assets by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, (iv) transactions the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may enter into with any Affiliate, (v) incurrence of indebtedness by any Subsidiary, (vi) agreements to restrict dividends or loans by any Subsidiary, and (vii) consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

 

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.  The

 

B-3



 

Guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor and ranks equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of the Guarantor.

 
2.                                        Interest

 

The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

 

The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year commencing April 15, 2003.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from October 15, 2002.  The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 
3.                                        Method of Payment

 

By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest.  The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least U.S.$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 
4.                                        Paying Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, The Bank of New York (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-

 

B-4



 

registrar without notice to any Noteholder.  The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

 

5.                                        Optional Redemption by the Company

 

The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to (a) the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon from the date of redemption to the date of maturity (except for currently accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the date of redemption, on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the applicable Treasury Yield (as defined below), plus 50 basis points (such greater amount, the “Redemption Price”), plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

For purposes of determining the Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth on “Telerate Page 500” (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (ii) if the Trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealers Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee.

 

“Independent Investment Banker” means any of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Salomon Smith Barney Inc., or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc., and one other primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”); provided however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

 

B-5



 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

“Treasury Yield” means, with respect to any redemption date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding such redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

 

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Notes of U.S.$1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to the Indenture.

 
6.                                        Prepayment at Option of Holders Upon Change of Control

 

Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Notes will have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder by making the Change of Control Payment.  The Change of Control Payment is equal to the Redemption Price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.  For purposes of this paragraph 6, references to “redemption” or similar terms in the definition of Redemption Price shall be deemed to mean “repurchase,” “purchase” or similar terms, as the case may be.

 
7.                                        Additional Amounts

 

The Guarantor will, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, pay to the Holder of any Note additional amounts as necessary so that every net payment made by the Guarantor of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on that holder by Bermuda or any other foreign jurisdiction, will not be less than the amount provided in the Note to be then due and payable.

 
8.                                        Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

 

B-6



 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of U.S.$1,000 and whole multiples of U.S.$1,000.  A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

 
9.                                        Persons Deemed Owners

 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 
10.                                  Unclaimed Money

 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person.  After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

 
11.                                  Defeasance

 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 
12.                                  Amendment, Waiver

 

The Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided , however , that the consent of each Noteholder affected is required to (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of the Indenture, the Notes or specified provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents, (ii) reduce the stated rate or extend the stated time for payment of interest on a Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of a Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon redemption or repurchase of a Note, (v) following a Change of Control, make any change in the time during which a Change of Control Offer must be made or the time at which the Change of Control Payment must be made, (vi) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein, (vii) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment under the Note or institute suit for the enforcement of such payment, (viii) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or the waiver provisions, or (ix) release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any

 

B-7



 

ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article IV of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, issue Subsequent Notes, or to comply with any request of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Noteholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 
13.                                  Defaults and Remedies

 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (1) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (2) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase or upon optional redemption, upon declaration or otherwise; (3)  the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above); (4) the failure of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of  any Indebtedness or of any other material amounts under any other agreement on the scheduled or original date due, (b) to pay interest on any Indebtedness beyond any provided grace period or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such Indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity, provided that an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to Indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S.$50,000,000; (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary (the “ bankruptcy events ”); or (6) one or more judgments or decrees shall have been entered against the Company or the Guarantor involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of (x) in the case of the Company, U.S.$50,000 or more, and (y) in the case of the Guarantor, U.S.$50,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof.  However, a default under clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of the default and the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice.

 

If an Event of Default other than a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes by written notice to the Company to be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default in

 

B-8



 

connection with a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 
14.                                  Trustee Dealings with the Company

 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 
15.                                  No Recourse Against Others

 

An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of each of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 
16.                                  No Petition

 

By its acquisition of this Note, each Holder hereof agrees that neither it nor the Trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Company under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one date after the Notes and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, including all interest and premium thereon, if any, are paid in full.

 
17.                                  Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 
18.                                  Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint

 

B-9



 

tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 
19.                                  CUSIP Numbers

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 
20.                                  Governing Law

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
11720 Borman Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Attention:  Francis X. Marchiony, Treasurer

 

B-10



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                    agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

  Your Signature

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee: 

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

B-11



 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

 

Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount of this Global Note

 

Amount of increase in Principal
Amount of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount of this Global
Note following such decrease or
increase

 

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B-12



 

EXHIBIT C

 

[Date]

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
c/o The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
21 st Floor West
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:                                Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the “Notes”)

 

Dear Sirs:

 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of U.S.$                 principal amount of the 7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the “Notes”) of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (the “Company”).

 

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

Name:                                                                    

Address:                                                                 

Taxpayer ID Number:                                            

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

 

1.                                        We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least U.S.$250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act.  We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business.  We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

2.                                        We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence.  We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale



 

Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to the Company or Bunge Limited, as guarantor, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “ QIB ”) that purchases Notes for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a transaction involving a minimum principal amount of Notes of U.S.$250,000 or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws.  The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date.  If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act.  Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

 

TRANSFEREE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

 

 

 

C-2



 

EXHIBIT D

 

[Date]

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
c/o The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
21 st Floor West
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:                                Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of U.S.$                   aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(a)                                   the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(b)                                  either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(c)                                   no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(d)                                  the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

In addition, if the sale is made during a distribution compliance period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.  Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 



 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

 

 

 

D-2



 

SCHEDULE 1.1

 

Designated Obligors and Material Subsidiaries

 

The following Subsidiaries constitute all of the Designated Obligors as of the date hereof:

 

                  Bunge Global Markets Inc.

 

                  Bunge N.A. Holdings, Inc.

 

                  Bunge North America, Inc.

 

                  Koninklijke Bunge B.V.

 

                  Bunge Alimentos S.A.

 

                  Bunge Argentina S.A.

 

                  Bunge Fertilizantes International Limited

 

                  Bunge Fertilizantes S.A. (Brazil)

 

                  Ceval International Limited

 

                  Bunge Brasil S.A.

 

                  Bunge S.A.

 

The following Subsidiaries constitute all of the Material Subsidiaries as of the date hereof:

 



 

SCHEDULE 3.4

 

Existing Liens

 

D-2



 

SCHEDULE 3.7

 

Existing Future Dispositions Pursuant to Contract

 

D-3



 

SCHEDULE 3.9(a)

 

Lon-Term Indebtedness of Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2002

 

D-4



 

SCHEDULE 3.9(e)

 

Assumed Cereol Indebtedness

 

D-5



 

SCHEDULE 4.1

 

Full Member States of the European Union as of September 25, 2002

 

D-6




Exhibit 4.2

 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

 

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [          ]

 

Principal Amount U.S.$[                              ],

 

 

 

as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global

 

 

 

Note attached hereto

 

CUSIP NO. 

 

ISIN:

 

 

7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                    ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                    ] U.S. Dollars, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto, on October 15, 2012.

 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side hereof.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

:

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

 

  AUTHENTICATION

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of

 

the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

Date:                                  , 2002

 

 

2



 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

 

7.80% Senior Note Due 2012

 

1.    General

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2002, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”).  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Trust Indenture Act”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.

 

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company, including (a) U.S.$200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes being offered on the Issue Date (subject to Section 2.9 of the Indenture) and (b) any Subsequent Notes.  The Notes rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.  This Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

The Company may from time to time, without the consent of existing Holders, create and issue Subsequent Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes in all respects, except for the Issue Date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon.  Subsequent Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single class with the previously outstanding Notes.

 

The Initial Notes, any Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.  The Indenture includes various covenants that limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to engage in any business or transaction, acquire assets or subsidiaries, incur Indebtedness or Liens or enter into any consolidations, mergers, amalgamations or sales of assets.  In addition, the Indenture imposes (a) certain financial covenants on the Guarantor and  (b) certain limitations on, among other things, (i) the incurrence of Liens by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (iii) sales of assets by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, (iv) transactions the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may enter into with any Affiliate, (v) incurrence of indebtedness by any Subsidiary, (vi) agreements to restrict dividends or loans by any Subsidiary, and (vii) consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

 

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.  The

 

3



 

Guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor and ranks equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of the Guarantor.

 

2.    Interest

The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

 

The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year commencing April 15, 2003.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from October 15, 2002.  The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Method of Payment

 

By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest.  The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Error! Reference source not found. of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least U.S.$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

Paying Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, The Bank of New York (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or

 

4



 

co-registrar without notice to any Noteholder.  The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

 

Optional Redemption by the Company

 

The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to (a) the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon from the date of redemption to the date of maturity (except for currently accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the date of redemption, on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the applicable Treasury Yield (as defined below), plus 50 basis points (such greater amount, the “Redemption Price”), plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

For purposes of determining the Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth on “Telerate Page 500” (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (ii) if the Trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealers Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee.

 

“Independent Investment Banker” means any of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Salomon Smith Barney Inc., or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc., and one other primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”); provided however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

 

5



 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

“Treasury Yield” means, with respect to any redemption date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding such redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

 

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Notes of U.S.$1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to the Indenture.

 

Prepayment at Option of Holders Upon Change of Control

 

Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Notes will have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder by making the Change of Control Payment.  The Change of Control Payment is equal to the Redemption Price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.  For purposes of this paragraph 6, references to “redemption” or similar terms in the definition of Redemption Price shall be deemed to mean “repurchase,” “purchase” or similar terms, as the case may be.

 

Additional Amounts

 

The Guarantor will, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, pay to the Holder of any Note additional amounts as necessary so that every net payment made by the Guarantor of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on that holder by Bermuda or any other foreign jurisdiction, will not be less than the amount provided in the Note to be then due and payable.

 

6



 

Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of U.S.$1,000 and whole multiples of U.S.$1,000.  A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

 

Persons Deemed Owners

 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

Unclaimed Money

 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person.  After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

Amendment, Waiver

 

The Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided , however , that the consent of each Noteholder affected is required to (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of the Indenture, the Notes or specified provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents, (ii) reduce the stated rate or extend the stated time for payment of interest on a Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of a Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon redemption or repurchase of a Note, (v) following a Change of Control, make any change in the time during which a Change of Control Offer must be made or the time at which the Change of Control Payment must be made, (vi) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein, (vii) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment under the Note or institute suit for the enforcement of such payment, (viii) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or the waiver provisions, or (ix) release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any

 

7



 

ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Error! Reference source not found. of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, issue Subsequent Notes, or to comply with any request of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Noteholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

Defaults and Remedies

 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (1) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (2) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase or upon optional redemption, upon declaration or otherwise; (3)  the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above); (4) the failure of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of  any Indebtedness or of any other material amounts under any other agreement on the scheduled or original date due, (b) to pay interest on any Indebtedness beyond any provided grace period or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such Indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity, provided that an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to Indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S.$50,000,000; (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary (the “ bankruptcy events ”); or (6) one or more judgments or decrees shall have been entered against the Company or the Guarantor involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of (x) in the case of the Company, U.S.$50,000 or more, and (y) in the case of the Guarantor, U.S.$50,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof.  However, a default under clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of the default and the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice.

 

If an Event of Default other than a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes by written notice to the Company to be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default in

 

8



 

connection with a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

Trustee Dealings with the Company

 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

No Recourse Against Others

 

An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of each of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

No Petition

 

By its acquisition of this Note, each Holder hereof agrees that neither it nor the Trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Company under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one date after the Notes and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, including all interest and premium thereon, if any, are paid in full.

 

Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint

 

9



 

tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

CUSIP Numbers

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

Governing Law

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
11720 Borman Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Attention:  Francis X. Marchiony, Treasurer

 

10



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

11



 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

 

Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount of this Global Note

 

Amount of increase in Principal
Amount of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount of this Global
Note following such decrease or
increase

 

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12




Exhibit 4.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

U.S.$200,000,000

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012

 

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by

 

BUNGE LIMITED

 

Exchange And Registration Rights Agreement

 

October 15, 2002

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, New York  10010

 

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

270 Park Avenue

New York, New York  10017

 

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

390 Greenwich Street

New York, New York  10013

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in a purchase agreement dated October 9, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), U.S.$200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.80% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the “ Notes ”) to be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Bunge Limited, a Bermuda company (the “ Guarantor ”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

 

As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantor agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders (including the Initial Purchasers) of the Notes and the Exchange Notes (as defined herein) (collectively, the “ Holders ”), as follows:



 

1.    Registered Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantor shall (i) prepare and, not later than 240 days following the date of original issuance of the Notes (the “ Issue Date ”), file with the Commission a registration statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to a proposed offer to the Holders of the Notes (the “ Registered Exchange Offer ”) to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company (the “ Exchange Notes ”) that are identical in all material respects to the Notes, except for the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Notes, (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act no later than 250 days after the Issue Date and the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated no later than 270 days after the Issue Date and (iii) keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective until the closing of the Registered Exchange Offer.  The Exchange Notes will be issued under the Indenture.

 

Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate of the Company, the Guarantor or an Exchanging Dealer (as defined herein) not complying with the requirements of the next sentence, (b) is not an Initial Purchaser holding Notes that have, or that are reasonably likely to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, (c) acquires the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes) and to trade such Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States.  The Company, the Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers and each Exchanging Dealer acknowledge that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, each Holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Notes, acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Notes (an “ Exchanging Dealer ”) is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes.

 

In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(a)           mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

(b)           keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is transmitted to the Holders (such period being called the “ Exchange Offer Registration Period ”);

 

2



 

(c)           utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

 

(d)           permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York City time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

 

(e)           otherwise comply in all material respects with all laws that are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer, including, without limitation, ensuring that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as of the date of its effectiveness) and any prospectus forming part thereof (as of its date) and any amendments or supplements thereto comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and that such documents do not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(a)           accept for exchange all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

 

(b)           deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes so accepted for exchange by the Company and the Guarantor; and

 

(c)           cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Notes equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein in order to permit such prospectus to be used by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Notes; provided that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto are required by law or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission to be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers have sold all Exchange Notes held by them and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Notes for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.

 

Interest on each Exchange Note issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Notes, from the Issue Date. The Registered Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (i) that the

 

3



 

Registered Exchange Offer, or the making of any exchange by a Holder, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission, (ii) that no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or before any governmental agency with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer which, in the Company’s or the Guarantor’s reasonable judgment, would materially impair the ability of the Company and the Guarantor to proceed with the Registered Exchange Offer, (iii) that no law, rule or regulation or applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission has been issued or promulgated which, in the reasonable judgment of the Company or the Guarantor, does not permit the Company and the Guarantor to effect the Registered Exchange Offer and (iv) that the Holders tender the Notes to the Company in accordance with the Registered Exchange Offer.

 

Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Notes received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act. (iii) such Holder is not acting on behalf of any Person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representation,  (iv) such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor or, if it is such an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, and (v) such Holder shall make such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable Commission rules or regulations or interpretations of the staff of the Commission to render the use of Form F-4 or another appropriate form under the Securities Act available or for the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Registered Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer.

 

2.    Shelf Registration.   If, and only if, (i) because of any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission the Company or the Guarantor are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, or (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 270 days after the Issue Date, or (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests within 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to Notes not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (iv) any applicable law or interpretations do not permit any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (v) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer does not receive freely transferable Exchange Notes in exchange for tendered Notes (other than as a result of such Holder being an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor), then the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)           The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to file as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 60 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2 and not earlier than 240 days after the Issue Date) with the Commission (the “ Shelf Filing Date ”), and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to

 

4



 

cause to be declared effective, a shelf registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in such registration statement (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ” and, together with any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “ Registration Statement ”); provided, however , that, with respect to Exchange Notes received by the Initial Purchasers in exchange for Notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment and with respect to Notes or Exchange Notes held by an Exchanging Dealer, the Company and the Guarantor may, if permitted by current interpretations by the staff of the Commission, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Items 9.B and 9.D of Form 20-F, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this subsection (a) with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provision herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(b)           The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be used by Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities for a period ending on the earliest of (i) two years from the Issue Date, (ii) the date on which all the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto and (iii) the date on which the Notes become eligible for resale without volume restrictions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (in any such case, such period being called the “ Shelf Registration Period ”).

 

(c)           Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the Guarantor will ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto when it becomes effective, and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto when it becomes effective (in either case, other than with respect to information included therein in reliance upon or in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for use therein (the “ Holders’ Information ”)) does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus (in either case, other than with respect to Holders’ Information), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

3.    Additional Interest .  (a)  If (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission within 240 days after the Issue Date or the Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or before the Shelf Filing Date, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 250 days after the Issue Date or the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective within 60 days of the Shelf Filing Date, (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 270 days after the Issue Date and a Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed, or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective within 60 days after the Shelf Filing Date but shall thereafter cease to be

 

5



 

effective (at any time that the Company and the Guarantor are obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof) or use of the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus shall be suspended for one or more periods longer than permitted pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “ Registration Default ”), the Company and the Guarantor will be jointly and severally obligated to pay additional cash interest to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, during the period of one or more such Registration Defaults, in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder during the first 90-day period following such Registration Default, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum during each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum of .50% per annum, until each Registration Default has been cured.  Such additional interest shall not be payable under more than one of clauses (i) through (iv) at any given time.  Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of additional interest will cease.  As used herein, the term “ Transfer Restricted Securities ” means each Note until the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which such Note has been exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Note in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) the date on which it has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iii) the date on which it is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(a), neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required to pay additional interest to a particular Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities if such Holder failed to comply with its obligations to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph of Section 1 or failed to provide the information required to be provided by it, if any, pursuant to Section 4(n).

 

(b)           The Company shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent under the Indenture promptly upon the happening of each and every Registration Default. The additional interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Notes in the manner specified in the Indenture.  For the purposes described in this Section 3, neither the Company nor the Guarantor may act as Paying Agent.  Each obligation to pay additional interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the date of the applicable Registration Default.

 

(c)           The parties hereto agree that the additional interest provided for in this Section 3 constitutes a reasonable estimate of, and is intended to constitute all of, the damages that will be suffered by Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities by reason of the failure of (i) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective or available for use or (iii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective and the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated, in each case to the extent required by this Agreement.

 

(d)           The Company and the Guarantor may, by notice to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that are the subject of the Shelf Registration Statement at such time in accordance with Section 10(b) hereof, suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the use of the related prospectus for up to four periods of up to 30 consecutive days during any 365–day period, but for no more than 90 days in the aggregate during any 365-day period, if any event shall occur or be pending as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable judgment of the board of directors of the Company or the Guarantor upon advice of

 

6



 

counsel, to suspend the use of the Shelf Registration Statement pending public announcement of such event and, if necessary, to amend the Shelf Registration Statement or amend or supplement any related prospectus or prospectus supplement in order that each such document not include any untrue statement of fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, without incurring any obligation to pay additional interest pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.  Any such period during which the Company and the Guarantor fail to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective and usable for offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Securities is referred to as a “ Suspension Period .”  A Suspension Period shall commence on and include the date on which the Company or the Guarantor gives written notice to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that are the subject of the Shelf Registration Statement at such time of such suspension pursuant to this Section 3(d), and shall end when each such Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities either receives copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus or is advised in writing by the Company or the Guarantor that use of the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement may be resumed.

 

4.    Registration Procedures .  In connection with any Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)           The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably propose; and (ii) if requested by any Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 9.B and 9.D of Form 20-F, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

(b)           The Company shall advise each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer that has provided in writing to the Company a telephone number, facsimile number or address for notices, and the Holders (if applicable) and, if requested by any such person, confirm such advice in writing (which advice pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) of this Section 4(b) shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

 

(i)            when any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

 

(ii)           of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

 

(iii)          of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

 

7



 

 

(iv)          of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Notes or the Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

 

(v)           of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein in order that the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact equired to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

(c)           The Company and the Guarantor will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement.

 

(d)           The Company will furnish (or otherwise make publicly available on the website of the Commission) to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post–effective amendment thereto including, if any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

 

(e)           The Company will, during the Shelf Registration Period, promptly deliver to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request; and the Company and the Guarantor consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

(f)            The Company will furnish (or otherwise make publicly available on the website of the Commission) to each Initial Purchaser and each Exchanging Dealer, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post–effective amendment thereto, including,  if any Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer or any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

 

(g)           The Company will, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and such other persons that are required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons may reasonably request; and the Company and the Guarantor consent to the use of such

 

8



 

prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons, as applicable, as aforesaid.

 

(h)           Prior to the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor will use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, or cooperate with the Holders of Notes or Exchange Notes included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, such Notes or Exchange Notes for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holder reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement; provided that the Company and the Guarantor will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(i)            The Company and the Guarantor will cooperate with the Holders of Notes or Exchange Notes to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Notes or Exchange Notes to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders thereof may request in writing prior to sales of Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(j)            If any event contemplated by Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) occurs during the period for which the Company and the Guarantor are required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor will promptly prepare and file with the Commission a post–effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Notes or Exchange Notes from a Holder, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(k)           The Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Notes and the Exchange Notes, not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, and will provide the Trustee with global certificates for the Notes or the Exchange Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

 

(l)            The Company and the Guarantor will make generally available to its security holders promptly after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

 

(m)          The Company and the Guarantor will cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act as required by applicable law in a timely manner.

 

(n)           The Company may require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company or their counsel such information concerning the Holder and the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Shelf

 

9



 

Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Transfer Restricted Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

 

(o)           In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered pursuant thereto agrees by acquisition of such Transfer Restricted Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii) through (v), such Holder will discontinue disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) or until advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed.  If the Company shall give any notice under Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) during the period that the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement (the “ Effectiveness Period ”), such Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) (if an amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no amended or supplemental prospectus is required).

 

(p)           In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement involving an underwritten offering, the Company and the Guarantor shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and Exchange Notes being sold or the managing underwriters (if any) shall reasonably request in order to facilitate any disposition of Notes and Exchange Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, including, without limitation, (i) causing its counsel to deliver an opinion in customary form, (ii) causing its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and (iii) causing its independent public accountants to provide a comfort letter or letters in customary form.

 

(q)           In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement involving an underwritten offering, the Guarantor shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of, and Special Counsel (as defined below) acting for, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and Exchange Notes being sold and any underwriter participating in any disposition of Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Guarantor and its material subsidiaries that are reasonably requested and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to have its officers, directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such representative, Special Counsel or any such underwriter (an “ Inspector ”) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement; provided that any such records, documents, properties and such information that is designated in writing by the Company and the Guarantor, reasonably and in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such records, documents, properties or information shall be kept confidential by any such representative, underwriter or Special Counsel and shall be used only in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, unless such information has become available (not in violation of this Agreement) to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying

 

10



 

obligation of confidentiality, and except that such representative, underwriter or Special Counsel shall have no liability, and shall not be in breach of this provision, if disclosure of such confidential information is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by applicable law.  Each such person will be required to agree or acknowledge that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the basis for any market transactions in the securities of the Company or the Guarantor unless and until such is made generally available to the public through no fault or action of such person not otherwise permitted under this Section 4(q).  Each such Holder of Notes will be required to further agree that it will, upon learning that disclosure of confidential information is necessary, give notice to the Company to allow the Company at its expense to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of such confidential information.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 4(q) to the contrary, such representative, underwriter or Special Counsel shall be entitled to use such confidential information, to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate, for purposes of establishing any due diligence or other defense under applicable law in connection with any action or claim arising from or relating to any Registration Statement or related prospectus or this Agreement.

 

5.    Registration Expenses .  The Company and the Guarantor will bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 and the Company and the Guarantor will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of attorneys (in addition to the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with state or other securities or blue sky qualification of any of the Notes or Exchange Notes) chosen by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes to be sold pursuant to each Registration Statement (the “ Special Counsel ”) acting for the Initial Purchasers or Holders in connection therewith.  Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement.

 

6.    Indemnification .  (a)  In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement or in connection with any prospectus delivery pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement by an Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, as applicable, each of the Company and the Guarantor shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (including, without limitation, any such Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer), its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7 as a Holder) from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, without limitation, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Notes or Exchange Notes), to which that Holder may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of

 

11



 

the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company and the Guarantor shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any Registration Statement or any prospectus forming a part thereof or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information or information supplied by any Initial Purchasers or Exchanging Dealer expressly for inclusion therein; and provided further , that with respect to any such untrue statement in or omission from any related preliminary prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action received Notes or Exchange Notes to the extent that such loss, claim, damage, liability or action of or with respect to such Holder results from the fact that both (A) a copy of the final prospectus was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Notes or Exchange Notes to such person and (B) the untrue statement in or omission from the related preliminary prospectus was corrected in the final prospectus unless, in either case, such failure to deliver the final prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with Section 4(d), 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g); and provided, further , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action results from the use by such Holder of a prospectus otherwise than in connection with an offer or sale of Notes or Exchange Notes.  Each Holder acknowledges that the indemnity agreement in this subsection (a) does not extend to any liability which such Holder might have under Section 5(b) of the Securities Act by reason of the fact that such Holder sold Notes or Exchange Notes to a person to whom there was not sent or given, at or prior to written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the prospectus.

 

(b)           In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantor and their respective affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6(b) and Section 7 as the Company), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information furnished to the Company by such Holder, and shall reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending or preparing

 

12



 

to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

 

(c)           Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b), notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) or harmed by such failure; and provided further , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6.  If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than the reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel for the indemnified party will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (3) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties.  It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties.  Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b), shall use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim.  No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested that an indemnifying party reimburse the indemnified party for fees

 

13



 

and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this Section 6(c), the indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by the indemnifying party of such request and (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement; provided that an indemnifying party shall not be liable for any such settlement effected without its consent if such indemnifying party (1) reimburses such indemnified party in accordance with such request to the extent it considers, in good faith, to be reasonable and (2) provides written notice to the indemnified party substantiating the unpaid balance as unreasonable, in each case prior to the date of settlement.  No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

7.    Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or 6(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor from the offering and sale of the Notes, on the one hand, and a Holder with respect to the sale by such Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and such Holder on the other hand with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and a Holder on the other hand with respect to such offering and such sale shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Notes (before deducting expenses) received by or on behalf of the Company as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, on the one hand, and the total proceeds received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Notes or Exchange Notes, on the other hand, bear to the total gross proceeds from the sale of the Notes or Exchange Notes.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to the Company and the Guarantor or information supplied by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand or to any Holders’ Information supplied by such Holder on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss,

 

14



 

claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 7 and subject to the limitations described herein, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, an indemnifying party that is a Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Notes or Exchange Notes sold by such indemnifying party to any purchaser exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

8.    Rules 144 and 144A .  Each of the Company and the Guarantor shall use its reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner so long as necessary to permit sales of such Holder’s securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A.  The Company and the Guarantor covenant that they will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4) in the event that the Company or the Guarantor ceases to be a company subject to or in compliance with Schedule 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act).  Upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Company and the Guarantor shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

9.    Underwritten Registrations .  If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and such Holders shall be responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts in connection therewith.

 

No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

10.    Miscellaneous .  (a)  Amendments and Waivers .  The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be

 

15



 

given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes, taken as a single class.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Notes or Exchange Notes are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(b)           Notices .  All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand–delivery, first–class mail, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery at the addresses set forth below (unless such party notifies the other parties hereto in writing of an alternative address):

 

(1)           if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10(b), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Initial Purchasers at the addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

 

(2)           if to an Initial Purchaser, at the addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

 

(3)           if to the Company, at the address of the Company set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

 

(4)           if to the Guarantor, at the address of the Guarantor set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given:  when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; one business day after being delivered to a next–day air courier; five business days after being deposited in the mail; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if sent by telecopier.

 

(c)           Successors And Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company, the Guarantor and their respective successors, assigns and transferees, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Exchange Notes in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.  If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Exchange Notes in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Exchange Notes shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Exchange Notes, such person shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by, and to perform its obligations under, this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

 

(d)           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or by telecopier) and by the parties hereto

 

16



 

in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(e)           Definition of Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “business day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading, and (b) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

(f)            Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(g)           Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

(h)           Consent to Jurisdiction .  The Guarantor irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York state or U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in any suit, action or proceeding relating to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.  The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or U.S. federal court.  The Guarantor also hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to venue or the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(i)            Appointment of Agent for Service of Process .  The Guarantor hereby (i) irrevocably designates and appoints its principal executive offices at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York 10606 (together with any successor, the “ Authorized Agent ”), as its agent upon which process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding described in the first sentence of Section 10(h) hereof and represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation and (ii) agrees that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Guarantor mailed or delivered to its Secretary at its registered office at 2 Church Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Guarantor in any such suit or proceeding.  The Guarantor further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding.

 

(j)            Foreign Taxes .  All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Agreement shall be paid free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature, imposed by Bermuda or any other jurisdiction in which the Guarantor is located or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto (collectively, “Taxes”).  If any Taxes are required by law to be deducted or withheld in connection with such payments, the Guarantor will increase the amount paid so that the full amount of such payment is received by the Holders.

 

(k)           Judgment Currency .  If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than U.S. dollars, the

 

17



 

parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures a Holder could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in the City of New York on the business day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligation of the Guarantor with respect to any sum due from it to any Holder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. dollars, be discharged only if and to the extent that on the first business day following receipt by such Holder of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, such Holder may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency. If the U.S. dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to such Holder hereunder, the Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Holder against such loss. If the U.S. dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to such Holder hereunder, such Holder agrees to pay to the Guarantor an amount equal to the excess of the U.S. dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to such Holder hereunder.

 

(l)            Remedies .  In the event of a breach by the Company or the Guarantor or by any Holder of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement, each Holder or the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages (other than the recovery of damages for a breach by the Company or the Guarantor of their obligations under Sections 1 or 2 hereof for which additional interest has been paid pursuant to Section 3 hereof), will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement.

 

(m)          No Inconsistent Agreements .  Each of the Company and the Guarantor represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has not entered into, shall not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, (ii) it has not previously entered into any agreement which remains in effect granting any registration rights with respect to any of its debt securities to any person and (iii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities, it shall not grant to any person the right to request the Company to register any debt securities of the Company under the Securities Act unless the rights so granted are not in conflict or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(n)           No Piggyback on Registrations .  Neither the Company nor any of its security holders (other than the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in such capacity) shall have the right to include any securities of the Company in any Registered Exchange Offer other than Transfer Restricted Securities.

 

(o)           Severability .  The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision,

 

18



 

covenant or restriction.  It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

19



 

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

 

By

 /s/ MORRIS KALEF

 

 

Name: Morris Kalef

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED

 

 

 

By

/s/ WILLIAM M. WELLS

 

 

Name: William M. Wells

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

 

 

 

By

/s/ J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC.

 

 

 

By

/s/ SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC.

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION

 

 

 

By

/s/ CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

20





 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

[LETTERHEAD OF WINSTON & STRAWN]

 

 

May 2, 2003

 

 

Bunge Limited

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

50 Main Street, 6th Floor

White Plains, NY 10606

 

 

 

Re:

Registration Statement on Form F-4 relating to 7.80% Senior Notes due 2012

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This opinion letter is furnished to you in connection with a Registration Statement on Form F-4 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), of the issuance and exchange of up to $200,000,000 original principal amount of 7.80% Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Exchange Senior Notes”) of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Bunge Limited Finance” or the “Company”), and the guarantee of the obligations represented by the Exchange Senior Notes (the “Guarantee” and, together with the Exchange Senior Notes, the “Securities”) by Bunge Limited, a company organized with limited liability under the laws of Bermuda (“Bunge” or the “Guarantor” and, together with Bunge Limited Finance, the “Companies”).

 

The Securities are to be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2002 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), which Indenture includes the Guarantee of the Notes. The Securities are to be issued in an exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) for a like aggregate original principal amount of 7.80% Senior Notes due 2012 currently outstanding (the “Outstanding Notes”) in accordance with the terms of a Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002 (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement”) by and among the Company, the Guarantor, and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein) relating to the Outstanding Notes, which is filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement.



 

We are acting as United States counsel for the Company and the Guarantor in connection with the issuance by the Company and the Guarantor of the Securities. We have examined signed copies of the Registration Statement. We have also examined and relied upon the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Company, as provided to us by the Company, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Company, as restated and/or amended to date, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary for purposes of rendering the opinions hereinafter set forth. We have assumed the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Guarantor of the Indenture.

 

In our examination of the foregoing documents, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

 

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the state laws of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, including the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported decisions interpreting those laws, and the federal laws of the United States of America.

 

Our opinions as expressed herein are subject to the following qualifications and comments:

 

(a) The enforceability of the Securities and the obligations of the Companies thereunder and the availability of certain rights and remedial provisions provided for in the Securities is subject to (1) the effect of applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, conservatorship, and moratorium laws, and is subject to limitations imposed by other laws and judicial decisions relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, (2) the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity) upon the availability of injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, including, without limitation, where (i) the breach of such covenants or provisions imposes restrictions or burdens upon a debtor and it cannot be demonstrated that the enforcement of such remedies, restrictions or burdens is reasonably necessary for the protection of a creditor; (ii) a creditor’s enforcement of such remedies, covenants or provisions under the circumstances, or the manner of such enforcement, would violate such creditor’s implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, or would be commercially unreasonable; or (iii) a court having jurisdiction finds that such remedies, covenants or provisions were, at the time made, or are in application, unconscionable as a matter of law or contrary to public policy, and (3) possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

(b) We express no opinion with respect to the applicability or effect of state securities or “blue sky” laws with respect to the registration and qualification of the Securities.



 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Exchange Senior Notes, when executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee in the manner provided by the Indenture and issued and delivered against surrender of the Outstanding Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture and the Exchange Offer, will be binding and valid obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, and that the Guarantee, when the Exchange Senior Notes are issued, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture and the Exchange Offer, will be the binding and valid obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

 

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters. This opinion letter is based upon currently existing statutes, rules, regulations and judicial decisions.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601 (b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act and to the use of our name therein and in the related Prospectus under the caption “Legal Matters”. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ WINSTON & STRAWN

 

 

 

WINSTON & STRAWN

 

 





Ex. 5.2 Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman


[LETTERHEAD OF CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN]

 

 

2 May 2003

 

Bunge Limited

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

50 Main Street — Suite 635

White Plains

NY 10606

U.S.A.

 

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Bunge Limited (the “Company”)

 

We have acted as special legal counsel in Bermuda to the Company in connection with a registration statement on Form F-4 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on 1 May 2003 (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.80% senior notes due 2012 of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (“BLFC”) (the “Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company pursuant to an exchange offer by BLFC and the Company for a like principal amount of BLFC’s outstanding 7.80% senior notes due 2012, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company, that have not been registered under the Securities Act.

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement and a facsimile copy of an indenture dated as of 15 October 2002 (the “Indenture” and, together with the Registration Statement, the “Documents”, each of which terms do not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) among BLFC as issuer, the Company as guarantor and The Bank of New York as trustee, which Indenture includes the guarantee of the Notes by the Company as set forth therein.  We have also reviewed the memorandum of association and the bye-laws of the Company, each certified by the Assistant Secretary of the Company on 28 April 2003,  certified extracts of resolutions passed at a meeting of the directors of the Company held on 30 September 2002 (the “Minutes”), and such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinions set forth below.

 

We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) that where a document has

 



 

been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention, (c) the capacity, power and authority of each of the parties to the Indenture, other than the Company, to enter into and perform its respective obligations under the Indenture, (d) the due execution of the Indenture by each of the parties thereto, other than the Company, and the delivery thereof by each of the parties thereto, (e) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than Bermuda, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein, (f) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Documents and other documents reviewed by us, (g) that the Minutes remain in full force and effect and have not been rescinded or amended, (h) the validity and binding effect under the laws of the State of New York (the “Foreign Laws”) of the Indenture in accordance with its terms, (i) that none of the parties to the Indenture has carried on or will carry on activities, other than the performance of its obligations under the Indenture , which would constitute the carrying on of investment business in or from within Bermuda and that none of the parties to the Indenture , other than the Company, will perform its obligations under the Indenture in or from within Bermuda , (j) that on the date of entering into the Indenture the Company was, and after entering into the Indenture is, able to pay its liabilities as they become due.

 

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda.  This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Bermuda.  This opinion is addressed to the Company and BLFC solely for the benefit of the Company and BLFC and for the purpose of the registration of the Notes as described in the Registration Statement and is neither to be transmitted to any other person, or relied upon by any other person or for any other purpose nor quoted nor referred to in any public document nor filed with any governmental agency or person without our prior written consent.

 

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.                            The Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda government authority or to pay any Bermuda government fees or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda).

 

2.                            The Company has taken all corporate action required to authorise its execution, delivery and performance of the Indenture. The Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption “Enforcement of Civil Liabilities” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN

 

CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN

 





Ex. 8.1 Tax Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman


[LETTERHEAD OF CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN]

 

 

 

 

2 May 2003

 

Bunge Limited

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

50 Main Street — Suite 635

White Plains

NY 10606

U.S.A.

 

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Bunge Limited (the “Company”)

 

We have acted as special legal counsel in Bermuda to the Company in connection with a registration statement on Form F-4 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on 2 May 2003 (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.80% senior notes due 2012 of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (“BLFC”) (the “Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company pursuant to an exchange offer by BLFC and the Company for a like principal amount of BLFC’s outstanding 7.80% senior notes due 2012, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company, that have not been registered under the Securities Act.

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement and a facsimile copy of an indenture dated as of 15 October 2002 (the “Indenture” and, together with the Registration Statement, the “Documents”, each of which terms do not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) among BLFC as issuer, the Company as guarantor and The Bank of New York as trustee, which Indenture includes the guarantee of the Notes by the Company as set forth therein.  We have also reviewed the memorandum of association and the bye-laws of the Company, each certified by the Assistant Secretary of the Company on 28 April 2003,  certified extracts of resolutions passed at a meeting of the directors of the Company held on 30 September 2002 (the “Resolutions”), and such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinions set forth below.

 

We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and

 

 



 

completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention, (c) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than Bermuda, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein, (d) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, and (e) that the Minutes remain in full force and effect and have not been rescinded or amended.

 

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda.  This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Bermuda.  This opinion is addressed to the Company and BLFC solely for the benefit of the Company and BLFC and for the purpose of the registration of the Notes as described in the Registration Statement and is neither to be transmitted to any other person, or relied upon by any other person or for any other purpose nor quoted nor referred to in any public document nor filed with any governmental agency or person without our prior written consent.

 

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the statements under the caption “Taxation - Bermuda Tax Considerations” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Bermuda law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Taxation - Bermuda Tax Considerations” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN

 

CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN



EXHIBIT 8.2

[SHEARMAN & STERLING LETTERHEAD]

May 2, 2003

 

Bunge Limited
Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special federal income tax counsel to Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and special United States federal income tax counsel to Bunge Limited, a Bermuda company (the “Guarantor”), in connection with the preparation and filing by the Company and the Guarantor of a Registration Statement on Form F-4 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

Pursuant to the Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor are offering to exchange up to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 7.80% senior notes due 2012, unconditionally guaranteed as to payments of principal and interest by the Guarantor, which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Notes”) for any and all of its unregistered 7.80% senior notes due 2012, unconditionally guaranteed as to payments of principal and interest by the Guarantor, that were issued on October 15, 2002 (“Offering”).

We hereby confirm that the discussion under the caption “Taxation — Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as such discussion represents legal conclusion or statements of United States federal income tax law, subject to the limitations and conditions set forth therein, constitutes our opinion as to the material United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of the Notes for unregistered senior notes and the ownership and disposition of the Notes in the context of the Offering.

No opinion is expressed as to any other matter, including any aspects of state, local or non-United States tax law.  This opinion is based on current United States federal income tax law and administrative practice, and we do not undertake to advise you as to any future changes in such law or practice that may affect our opinion unless we are specifically



 

retained to do so.  We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us in the Registration Statement under the captions “Legal Matters.”  In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ SHEARMAN & STERLING

 

 

 

2





Exhibit 10.1

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made and entered into as of the Effective Time, by and between Bunge Limited, a Bermuda corporation, ( “Seller” ), and Solae Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Purchaser” ).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Central Soya, Purchaser and E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company ( “DuPont” ) have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement on an even date herewith (the “LLC Agreement” ) which contemplates the transactions to be consummated hereby;

 

WHEREAS, Seller is the controlling shareholder of Bunge Brasil S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Brazil and Bunge Brazil S.A. is the sole shareholder of Bunge Alimentos S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Brazil;

 

WHEREAS, Bunge Alimentos S.A. currently owns all right, title and interest in and to the Brazilian Assets;

 

WHEREAS, prior to the Closing, Bunge Alimentos S.A. will contribute the Brazilian Assets to its Wholly Owned Affiliate, Solae do Brasil Ind. Com. Alimentos Ltda., a corporation organized under the laws of Brazil ( “Solae Brasil” );

 

WHEREAS, prior to the Closing, Bunge Alimentos S.A. will deliver Solae Brasil’s shares to Bunge Brasil S.A. by way of a capital reduction so that Bunge Brasil S.A. will be the sole shareholder of Solae Brasil;

 

WHEREAS, prior to the Closing, Seller will cause Bunge Brasil S.A. to spin-off the shares of Solae Brasil into Solae do Brasil Holdings S.A., a to-be formed corporation organized under the laws of Brazil ( “Solae Brasil Holdings” ) (the “Spin-Off” );

 

WHEREAS, after the Spin-Off and prior to the Closing, Seller will own all right, title and interest in and to the Shares and Solae Brasil Holdings will be the sole shareholder of Solae Brasil;

 

WHEREAS, at the Closing, Purchaser will purchase from Seller, and Seller will sell to Purchaser, all right, title and interest in and to the Shares.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and representations, warranties, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01           Definitions.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

 

“Actions” is defined in Section 5.01(e).

 

“Adjustment Amount” is defined in Section 2.04(a).

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person (ii) any officer, director, general partner, member or trustee of such Person or (iii) any Person who is an officer, director, general partner, member or trustee of any Person described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, none of Seller or Central Soya shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of DuPont.  For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” or “under common control with” shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble.

 

“Applicable Law” means all applicable laws, statutes, treaties, rules, codes,

ordinances, regulations, standards, permits, certificates, orders, interpretations and licenses of any Governmental Authority and judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, orders or like action of any court, arbitrator or other judicial or quasi-judicial tribunal of competent jurisdiction (including those pertaining to health, safety of the environment or otherwise).

 

“Assumed Liabilities” means (a) all debts, liabilities and obligations arising out of the operations of Solae Brasil Holdings and/or Solae Brasil, but only to the extent that any such debt, liability or obligation is for, relates to and arises during time periods after the Closing Date and (b) all debts, liabilities and obligations of Solae Brasil Holdings and/or Solae Brasil existing immediately prior to the Closing and listed as Assumed Liabilities on Schedule 1.01(a) .

 

“Audit Statement” is defined in Section 2.04(a).

 

“Brazilian Assets” is defined in Section 5.01(f)(v).

 

“Central Soya” means Central Soya Company, Inc., an Indiana corporation and an indirect subsidiary of Seller.

 

“Claim Notice” is defined in Section 8.04.

 

2



 

“Claims” means all rights, claims, credits, causes of action or rights of setoff.

 

“Closing” means Seller’s sale to Purchaser, and Purchaser’s purchase from Seller, of the Shares.

 

“Closing Date” means date on which the Closing actually takes place.

 

“Damages” means any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, direct damages, penalties, fines, assessments (whether criminal or civil), Claims, injuries, suits, judgments, costs, expenses (including without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses and costs of litigation), disbursements or demands whatsoever, howsoever arising.

 

“DuPont” is defined in the recitals.

 

“Excluded Liabilities” means (a) all debts, liabilities and obligations listed as Excluded Liabilities on Schedule 1.01(a) and (b) all debts, liabilities and obligations of Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings and/or Solae Brasil other than the Assumed Liabilities.

 

“Excluded Tax Liabilities” means any liability for Tax arising with respect to Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil that is incurred during, or is attributable to, any Pre-Closing Tax Period, Seller’s Income Taxes or any other Tax payable by Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil to the extent that such other Tax is payable as a result of an inaccuracy in a representation or warranty set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.

 

“Finance Loans” means the loans to the Purchaser from DuPont for Purchaser’s purchase of the Shares and the acquisition of the minority ownership interest in Solae Brasil Holdings which Finance Loans shall be at rates not greater than market rates and on terms reasonable and customary for a similar third party loan.

 

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, county, municipal, foreign, international, regional or other governmental authority, agency, board, bureau, body or instrumentality.

 

“Holdings Assets” means the assets owned by Solae Brasil Holdings.

 

“Indemnified Party” is defined in Section 8.04.

 

“Indemnifying Party” is defined in Section 8.04.

 

“Intellectual Property” means patents, trade marks, service marks, logos, trade names, internet domain names, rights in designs, copyright (including rights in computer software), database rights, semi-conductor topography rights, utility models, rights in know-how and other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including applications for registration, and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or

 

3



 

similar effect anywhere in the world owned by Seller (or its Affiliates) that are necessary to own, operate or use the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, claim, charge, security interest, title defect or encumbrance of any kind with respect to any asset, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, or the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement, other than any Permitted Lien.

 

“LLC Agreement” is defined in the recitals.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means any events, changes, circumstances or effects that, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Solae Brasil Holdings, Solae Brasil, the Shares, the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets, or on Seller’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (a) any events, changes, circumstances or effects related to general economic, regulatory or political conditions or from terrorist acts, declared or undeclared war or other hostilities or (b) events, changes, circumstances or effects that affect the general industry in which Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil operate or the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets are used.

 

“Maximum Purchaser Cost” is defined in Section 6.04(b).

 

“Minority Interest” means all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Solae Brasil Holdings other than the Shares.

 

“Ordinary Course” is defined in Section 2.04(a).

 

“Permits means all licenses, permits, registrations, authorizations or approvals from any Governmental Authority or public or self-regulatory body.

 

“Permitted Lien” means any of the following: (a) Liens for Taxes accrued but not yet due or for Taxes the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate provision has been made, (b) any Lien that, either individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the asset which is subject to the Lien and (c) statutory carriers’, warehousemen’s workmen’s or mechanics’ Liens or other like Liens with respect to any asset incurred in the Ordinary Course that are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith.

 

“Person” means an individual, partnership (general or limited), limited liability company, corporation, statutory trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

 

“Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax period ending on or before the close of business on the Closing Date, or, in the case of any Tax period that includes, but does not end on, the Closing Date, the portion of such period up to and including the Closing Date.

 

“Purchase Period” is defined in Section 6.04(a).

 

4



 

“Purchase Price” is defined in Section 2.02.

 

“Purchaser” is defined in the preamble.

 

“Seller” is defined in the preamble.

 

“Seller’s Income Taxes” means any Tax that is based on, or measured by, net income, in whole or in part, and that is payable by Seller, for any period, or Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil, for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (including, without limitation, any such Tax for which Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil has liability as a transferee, or under Treas. Reg. Section 1.1502-6 (or any provision of state, local or foreign law comparable to Section 1.1502-6)).

 

“Seller Indemnitee” means Seller, any of its Affiliates (other than Purchaser) and any of their directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

 

“Shares” means 677,563,283 ordinary shares representing approximately eighty-two point twenty-three percent (82.23%) of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Solae Brasil Holdings.

 

“Solae Brasil” is defined in the recitals.

 

“Solae Brasil Holdings” is defined in the recitals.

 

“Spin-Off” is defined in the recitals.

 

“Taxes” means all taxes of any kind, including without limitation, those on, or measured by or referred to as net income, alternative or other minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, capital, paid-up capital, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, environmental or windfall profits tax, customs, duties or similar fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority, domestic or foreign, in respect of such Taxes.

 

“Tender Offer” is defined in Section 6.04(a).

 

“Tender Offer Costs” is defined in Section 6.04(c).

 

“Tender Offer Price” is defined in Section 6.04(a).

 

Section 1.02           Certain References.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Agreement to articles, sections, paragraphs, clauses, recitals and schedules are to the same contained in or attached to this Agreement.

 

5



 

ARTICLE II

 

PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES

 

Section 2.01           Purchase and Sale.   On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Purchaser shall purchase from Seller, and Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Shares.

 

Section 2.02           Purchase Price.   The price per Share of the Shares shall be $ 0.377515 United States Dollars.  Simultaneously with the purchase and sale of the Shares as provided in Section 2.01, Purchaser shall pay to Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by Seller (which account shall have been designated by Seller at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing Date) an amount in cash equal to Two Hundred Fifty-Five Million Seven Hundred Ninety Thousand Three Hundred and Two United States Dollars ($255,790,302) (the “Purchase Price” ).

 

Section 2.03           Closing .  The Closing shall take place at the offices of Potter Anderson & Corroon LLP, Hercules Plaza, 1313 N. Market St., Wilmington, DE 19801 no later than five (5) business days after the date when each of the conditions specified in Articles III and IV hereof has been fulfilled (or waived by the party entitled to waive that condition) or on such other date and time and/or at such other place mutually designated by Seller and Purchaser.  Subject to the provisions of Article VII, failure to consummate the Closing on the date and time and at the place determined pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall not result in the termination of this Agreement and will not relieve any party of any obligation under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.04           Treatment of Assumed Liabilities.

 

(a)           Purchaser, Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil shall be responsible and liable for their respective Assumed Liabilities.  Within the ninety (90) day period following the Closing Date, Central Soya and DuPont (jointly or individually) shall be permitted to conduct an audit of the Seller’s and each of Solae Brasil Holdings’ and Solae Brasil’s books, records, financial statements and other accounting information directly relating to (i) the Assumed Liabilities listed on Schedule 1.01(a) and (ii) Solae Brasil Holdings’ or Solae Brasil’s  inventory, receivables or other liabilities to determine if, at and prior to the Closing, (A) such books, records, financial statements and other accounting information were maintained, and such Assumed Liabilities, inventory, receivables and other liabilities were incurred, paid, acquired, maintained and/or collected, by the Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business, consistent with their respective past practices (the “Ordinary Course” ) and (B) the balances in Solae Brasil Holdings’ and Solae Brasil’s Assumed Liabilities, inventory, receivables and other liabilities accounts are consistent with balances maintained in the Ordinary Course (subject only to adjustment for seasonality and material changes in economic and business conditions).  Within thirty (30) days following such audit, DuPont or Central Soya may deliver to Seller a statement (an “Audit Statement” ) setting forth in reasonable detail each case in which DuPont and/or Central Soya believes in good faith that

 

6



 

Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings and/or Solae Brasil (1) failed to maintain such books, records, financial statements or other accounting information in the Ordinary Course, (2) failed to incur, pay, acquire, maintain and/or collect such Assumed Liabilities, inventory, receivables or other liabilities in the Ordinary Course or (3) failed to maintain balances in such Assumed Liabilities, inventory, receivables or other liabilities accounts at levels consistent with the Ordinary Course (adjusted for seasonality and material changes in economic and business conditions) and each adverse monetary effect such failure had on such Assumed Liabilities, receivables, inventories or other liabilities (each, an “Adjustment Amount” ).  Within thirty (30) days following Seller’s receipt of an Audit Statement, Seller shall notify Purchaser, DuPont and Central Soya of any dispute it may have with respect to each Adjustment Amount reflected in such Audit Statement and such disputes shall be submitted to the Board of Managers for resolution.  If the Board of Managers is unable to unanimously agree upon a resolution to all or any of such disputes within fifteen (15) days following their submission, the remaining disputes shall be submitted for resolution to a nationally recognized independent accounting firm that is not the primary auditor of any of the Members and that is unanimously chosen by the Board of Managers, whose resolution shall be final and binding on the parties.  If the Board of Managers is unable to unanimously agree upon such an accounting firm, DuPont and Central Soya shall each select such an accounting firm and such accounting firms shall select a third nationally recognized independent accounting firm, that is not the primary auditor of any of the Members, to resolve the disputes.

 

(b)           If Purchaser, or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Purchaser incurs or suffers any actual Damages arising out of or relating to any Adjustment Amount as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.04(a) above, Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser and any other Person directly or indirectly owned by Purchaser from such actual Damages.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PURCHASER’S CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING

 

Purchaser’s obligation to purchase the Shares and to take the other actions required to be taken by Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by Purchaser, in whole or in part):

 

Section 3.01           Continuation of the Company.   DuPont, Central Soya and Purchaser shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered the LLC Agreement and taken such other actions as shall be necessary for the continuation of Purchaser as a limited liability company duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3.02           Consents and Approvals.   All of the consents and approvals listed on Schedule 5.02(f) , if any, shall have been obtained.

 

Section 3.03           Filings and Registrations.   All of the filings and registrations listed on Schedule 5.02(c) , if any, shall have been made.

 

7



 

Section 3.04           No Adverse Proceedings; No Prohibition .   There shall be no Action threatened, filed or pending against Seller, Purchaser, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil which seeks to restrain, prohibit or invalidate the transactions contemplated hereunder, or would, if adversely determined to Seller, Purchaser, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil, constitute a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the consummation nor the performance of any of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time) result in a material violation of any Applicable Law, except for such material violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.05           No Destruction .  Since July 1, 2002, except as may be disclosed in Schedule 5.01(f) , no destruction of, damage to, or loss of, any Brazilian Asset (whether or not insured) that has not been repaired or replaced in excess of $250,000 shall have occurred.

 

Section 3.06           No Material Adverse Effect .   Since July 1, 2002, no event or occurrence that would result in a Material Adverse Effect or would reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred.

 

Section 3.07           Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.   All of Seller’s representations and warranties in this Agreement must be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and in each case except for breaches as to matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.08           Seller’s Performance.   All of the covenants and obligations that Seller is required to perform or to comply with pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects, and in each case except for noncompliance as to matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.09           Seller’s Deliveries .  Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser certificates representing the Shares, duly endorsed (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers), for transfer of the Shares to Purchaser, together with any stock transfer stamps or receipts for any transfer taxes required to be paid thereon as a result of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.  Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser a certificate executed by an authorized officer of Seller and dated as of the Closing Date certifying that (a) each of Seller’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date and (b) attached hereto is a true and complete copy of the resolutions adopted by its governing body authorizing Seller’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other document or instrument which is to be delivered by it in connection with this Agreement and Seller’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded, or amended and are in full force and effect.

 

8



 

 

Section 3.10           Finance Loan . Central Soya’s designees on the Board of Managers of Purchaser shall have approved the Finance Loan.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

SELLER’S CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING

 

Seller’s obligation to sell the Shares and to take the other actions required to be taken by Seller at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by Seller, in whole or in part):

 

 Section 4.01          Continuation of the Company.   DuPont, Central Soya and Purchaser shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered the LLC Agreement and taken such other actions as shall be necessary for the continuation of Purchaser as a limited liability company duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 4.02           Consents and Approvals.   All of the consents and approvals listed on Schedule 5.01(m) , if any, shall have been obtained.  

 

Section 4.03           Filings and Registrations.   All of the filings and registrations listed on Schedule 5.01(d) , if any, shall have been made.

 

Section 4.04           No Adverse Proceedings; No Prohibition .   There shall be no Action threatened, filed or pending against Seller, Purchaser, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil which seeks to restrain, prohibit or invalidate the transactions contemplated hereunder, or would, if adversely determined to Seller, Purchaser, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil, have a material adverse effect on Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Neither the consummation nor the performance of any of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time) result in a material violation of any Applicable Law, except for such material violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a material adverse effect on Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 4.05           Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.   All of Purchaser’s representations and warranties in this Agreement must be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and in each case except for breaches as to matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a material adverse effect on Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 4.06           Purchaser’s Performance.   All of the covenants and obligations that Purchaser is required to perform or to comply with pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects, and in each case except for noncompliance as to matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a material adverse effect on Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions

 

9



 

contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 4.07           Purchaser’s Deliveries .  Purchaser shall have delivered to Seller the Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by Seller (which account shall have been designated by Seller at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing Date).  Purchaser shall have delivered to Seller a certificate executed by an authorized officer of Purchaser and dated as of the Closing Date certifying that (a) each of Purchaser’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing date as if made on the Closing Date and (b) that attached hereto is a true and complete copy of the resolutions adopted by its governing body authorizing Purchaser’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other document or instrument which is to be delivered by it in connection with this Agreement and Purchaser’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded, or amended and are in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE V

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 5.01           Representations and Warranties of Seller.

 

Seller hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser that as of the date hereof, or as of the Closing, when so expressly provided herein:

 

(a)           Organization.   (i) Seller is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Bermuda with all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted, and (ii) each of Solae Brasil Holdings (at Closing) and Solae Brasil is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Brazil with all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

 

(b)           Qualification.   (i) Seller is duly licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign entity in all jurisdictions in which the property owned or leased by it or the activities conducted by it require it to be so qualified (except where the failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of Seller to perform its obligations under this Agreement), and (ii) each of Solae Brasil Holdings (at Closing) and Solae Brasil is duly licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign entity in all jurisdictions in which the property owned or leased by it or the activities conducted by it require it to be so qualified (except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

(c)           Authority.   (i) Seller has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) the execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by the governing body of Seller, (iii) no other action on the part of Seller or any other Person, whether pursuant to its constituent documents or by law or otherwise, is necessary to authorize Seller to enter into this Agreement, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iv) this

 

10



 

Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and (v) thisAgreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller, in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)           No Violation.   Except as set forth on Schedule 5.01(d) , neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby: (i) requires any filing or registration with, notification to, permission of or any action or order by any Governmental Authority with respect to Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings, Solae Brasil or the Shares, (ii) (A) violates or will violate any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or award or (B) violates or will violate or conflict with any Applicable Law to which Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil (or any of their properties or assets or their businesses) or the Shares are subject as of the Closing Date, (iii) violates or will violate, or conflicts with or will conflict with any provision of, or constitutes a default under the constituent documents of Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil, (iv) conflicts with, violates, breaches or constitutes a material default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a material default) under, requires any consent under, or gives rise to a right to terminate, amend, accelerate, suspend, revoke or cancel any mortgage, contract, agreement, deed of trust, license, lease or other instrument, arrangement, commitment, obligation, understanding or restriction of any kind to which Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil is a party or by which their properties may be subject or bound, or (v) results in the creation or imposition of any Lien in favor of any third party with respect to the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets, and in the case of this clause (iv) above, which conflict, violation, breach, default, liability or obligation, individually or in the aggregate, has or would reasonably be likely to have (1) a Material Adverse Effect or (2) a material adverse effect on the ability of Seller or, following the Closing Date, Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to own the Shares in the manner in which the Shares are currently owned.

 

(e)           Litigation.   Except as set forth on Schedule 5.01(e) , there are no actions, suits, Claims or proceedings ( “Actions” ) pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil, threatened, that relate to Solae Brasil Holdings, Solae Brasil or the Shares which individually or in the aggregate (i) have, or could be reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the ability of Purchaser, following the Closing Date, to own the Shares in the manner in which the Shares were owned and used by Seller immediately prior to the Closing; (ii) could reasonably be expected to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; or (iii) could reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.  There are no Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened, that question or challenge the validity of this Agreement or any action taken or to be taken by Seller pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(f)            Title .

 

(i)            As of the Closing, Seller will own and have good and marketable title to all of the Shares, in each case free and clear of all Liens;

 

(ii)           Immediately following the Closing, Purchaser shall own and have good and marketable title to all of the Shares, in each case free and clear of all Liens;

 

11



 

(iii)          As of the Closing and immediately following the Closing, Solae Brasil Holdings will own and have good and marketable title to one hundred percent (100%) of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Solae Brasil, in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens);

 

(iv)          As of the Closing and immediately following the Closing, Solae Brasil Holdings will own and have good and marketable title to all of the Holdings Assets, in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens);

 

(v)           As of the Closing and immediately following the Closing, Solae Brasil will own and have good and marketable title to all of its assets (the “Brazilian Assets” ) (including, but not limited to, those Brazilian Assets set forth in Schedule 5.01(f) ), in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens);

 

(g)           Taxes.   Each of Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil have duly filed all returns or reports with respect to any Taxes required to be filed by it, which returns or reports are true, correct and complete in all material respects.  Each of Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil have paid all Taxes reflected in such returns and reports and all other Taxes due from it to any Governmental Authority (except for those Taxes properly contested and accrued for).  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.01(g) , there are no Liens for Taxes on any of the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets. All Taxes of each of Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil have been paid by it on or before the due date therefor (except for those Taxes properly contested and accrued for).

 

(h)           Brokers.   Neither Seller nor its Affiliates has incurred or will incur any broker’s, finder’s, investment banking or similar fee in connection with the transactions completed by this Agreement, and neither Seller nor its Affiliates has made any statement or representation that could form the basis for any claim for any such fee.

 

(i)            Permits.   As of the Closing, Seller or its Affiliates will have all Permits that are required for the ownership, use and operation of the Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets (including, without limitation, environmental Permits), except for Permits the absence of which do not have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the Closing, none of Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil will be in default in respect of any Permits, except for defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, do not have and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the Closing, there will be no pending, and none of Solae Brasil Holdings, Solae Brasil or Seller has any knowledge of any threatened, proceedings that could result in the termination or impairment of any Permits with respect to the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets.

 

(j)                                      Intellectual Property .

 

(i)            All material registrations and filings, including maintenance and renewal fees, necessary to preserve the rights of Seller (and its Affiliates) in respect of the Intellectual Property that consist of patents, patent applications, continuations, continuations in part, divisions, reissues, extensions, substitutions and supplemental protection certificates thereof

 

12



 

and registered trademarks and trade names, and recipes have been made and are in good standing;

 

(ii)           No Claims have been made and no proceedings have been instituted or are pending that challenge any material rights with respect to the ownership, use, validity or enforceability of the Intellectual Property.  Neither Seller nor its Affiliates are subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or settlement involving the Intellectual Property;

 

(iii)          The Intellectual Property constitutes all of the intellectual property that is reasonably necessary to own, operate and use the Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets as currently owned, operated and used and constitutes all of the material intellectual property used to own, operate and use the Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets as currently owned, operated and used;

(iv)          Except as set forth in Schedule 5.01(j) , Solae Brasil Holdings owns all right, title and interest in, or has the right to use, its respective part of the Intellectual Property relating to the Holdings Assets;

 

(v)           Except as set forth in Schedule 5.01(j) , Solae Brasil owns all right, title and interest in, or has the right to use, its respective part of the Intellectual Property relating to the Brazilian Assets;

 

(vi)          To each of Solae Brasil Holdings’, Solae Brasil’s and Seller’s knowledge, neither Seller nor its Affiliates nor end users of products have infringed upon or misappropriated any intellectual property rights of any third party in the ownership, operation or use of the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets;

 

(vii)         Neither Seller nor its Affiliates have threatened or instituted a Claim against any Person alleging that such Person infringes the Intellectual Property;

 

(viii)        Except as set forth in Schedule 5.01(j) , neither Seller nor its Affiliates have granted to any Person any options, licenses or agreements relating to the Intellectual Property; and

 

(ix)           Neither Seller nor its Affiliates have agreed to indemnify any Person against any charge of infringement arising out of the ownership, operation or use of the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets.

 

(k)                                   Assets; Shares.

 

 (i)           The Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets constitute all of the assets necessary to operate Seller’s soy protein food ingredients business in Brazil as currently operated by Seller;

 

(ii)           Immediately following the Closing, each of Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil shall have the right to own, operate and use all of their respective Holdings Assets and Brazilian Assets to the same extent they are currently owned, operated and used;

 

13



 

(iii)          As of the Closing, the Shares and the Minority Interest will constitute all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Solae Brasil Holdings;

 

(iv)          No Action has been made or asserted or is pending and, to the knowledge of Solae Brasil Holdings, Solae Brasil or Seller, no Action has been threatened, either (A) based upon or challenging or seeking to deny or restrict the ownership, operation or use by Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil of any of the Holdings Assets of the Brazilian Assets or (B) alleging that any services provided, or products manufactured or sold, or intangible property being licensed or used, with respect to the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets, are being manufactured, sold, provided, licensed or used in violation of any intellectual property rights.

 

(v)           No Action has been made or asserted or is pending and, to the knowledge of Solae Brasil Holdings, Solae Brasil or Seller, no Action has been threatened, based upon or challenging or seeking to deny or restrict Seller’s ownership of the Shares.

 

(l)            Compliance with Applicable Law; Adverse Restrictions .  The operations relating to the Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets are being conducted in material compliance with (i) all applicable Permits and orders, writs, injunctions, judgments, decrees or awards of all courts and (ii) all Applicable Laws.  The Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets are currently owned, operated and used in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws.  Neither Seller nor its Affiliates have received, during the two (2) years prior to the date of this Agreement, any written notice from a Governmental Authority that alleges that Seller or its Affiliates are in violation of any Applicable Law, except for such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m)          Consents; Approvals.   Except as set forth in Schedule 5.01(m) , Seller has obtained all material consents, approvals and authorizations necessary for the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(n)           Ordinary Course; No Destruction; No Material Adverse Effect.   Since July 1, 2002 (i) the Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets have been used and operated in the Ordinary Course, (ii) the Assumed Liabilities listed on Schedule 1.01(a) and Solae Brasil Holdings’ and Solae Brasil’s other liabilities have been incurred and paid in the Ordinary Course, (iii) Solae Brasil Holdings’ and Solae Brasil’s inventory and receivables have been acquired, maintained and/or collected in the Ordinary Course, (iv) except as may be disclosed on Schedule 5.01(f) , no destruction of, or damage to, or loss of, any of the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets (whether or not insured) that has not been repaired or replaced in excess of $250,000 has occurred and (v) no event or occurrence that would result in a Material Adverse Effect or would reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

 

(o)           Books and Records.   Since July 1, 2002, Solae Brasil Holdings, Solae Brasil and Seller have maintained their books and records in the Ordinary Course and in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles then in effect in their jurisdictions.

 

Section 5.02           Representations and Warranties of Purchaser.

 

Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Seller that as of the date hereof:

 

14



 

(a)           Organization.   Purchaser is a limited liability company, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the state of Delaware with all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

 

(b)           Authority.   (i) Purchaser has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) the execution and delivery by Purchaser of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by the governing body of Purchaser, (iii) no other action on the part of Purchaser or any other person or entity, whether pursuant to its constituent documents or by law or otherwise, are necessary to authorize Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iv) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser and (v) this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser, in accordance with its terms.

 

(c)           No Violation.   Except as set forth on Schedule 5.02(c) , neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby: (i) requires any filing or registration with, notification to, permission of or any action or order by any Governmental Authority with respect to Purchaser, (ii) (A) violates or will violate any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or award or (B) violates or will violate or conflict with any Applicable Law to which Purchaser or any of its properties or assets or its businesses are subject as of the Closing Date, (iii) violates or will violate, or conflicts with or will conflict with any provision of, or constitutes a default under the constituent documents of Purchaser, or (iv) conflicts with, violates, breaches or constitutes a material default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a material default) under, requires any consent under, or gives rise to a right to terminate, amend, accelerate, suspend, revoke or cancel any mortgage, contract, agreement, deed of trust, license, lease or other instrument, arrangement, commitment, obligation, understanding or restriction of any kind to which Purchaser is a party or by which its properties may be subject or bound, and in the case of this clause (iv), which conflict, violation, breach, default, liability or obligation, individually or in the aggregate, would have or reasonably be likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(d)           Litigation.   There are no Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened, that relate to Purchaser which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  There are no Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened, that question or challenge the validity of this Agreement or any action taken or to be taken by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(e)           Brokers.   Neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates has incurred or will incur any broker’s, finder’s, investment banking or similar fee in connection with the transactions completed by this Agreement, and neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates has made any statement or representation that could form the basis for any claim for any such fee.

 

15



 

(f)            Consents; Approvals.   Except as set forth on Schedule 5.02(f) , Purchaser has obtained all material consents, approvals and authorizations necessary for the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 6.01           Access; Post Closing Cooperation .  Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, Seller will, and will cause Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil to, afford Purchaser and its authorized representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice to Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil, to the personnel, properties, contracts, books and records, and other documents and data of Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil; provided, however, that such access does not unreasonably disrupt the normal operations of Seller, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil. From and after the Closing, Purchaser will afford Seller, its counsel and accountants, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice and without unreasonable interference with the operation of Purchaser’s business, reasonable access to any books and records in its possession relating to Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil with respect to periods before the Closing Date and the right to make copies and extracts therefrom, to the extent that such access may be reasonably required in connection with (a) the preparation of financial statements and tax returns or in connection with any Tax audit, (b) the determination or enforcement of rights and obligations under this Agreement, (c) compliance with the requirements of any Governmental Authority, (d) the determination or enforcement of the rights and obligations of any indemnified party or (e) in connection with any actual or threatened Action, except to the extent that furnishing any such books or records or portion thereof pursuant to this Section 6.01 would violate any Applicable Law, order, contract or Permit applicable to either party or by which any of their respective assets and properties are bound.

 

Section 6.02           Cooperation.   To the extent that any Permits, Claims or contracts relating to the ownership or use of any of the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets require consent to any of the transactions contemplated hereunder (including, but not limited to, any change of control provisions with respect thereto) or the satisfaction of some other condition as a result of the transactions contemplated hereunder, and such consent has not been obtained or condition satisfied as of the Closing Date, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its commercially reasonable best efforts (including, but not limited to, cooperating with the other in any reasonable arrangement) to enable Seller and its Affiliates to perform their obligations thereunder, and to provide for Purchaser and its Affiliates the benefits thereof, including without limitation, enforcement at reasonable cost, and for the account of Purchaser or its Affiliates (as the case may be), of any and all rights of any of Seller or its Affiliates against the other party thereto arising out of the breach or cancellation thereof by such other party or otherwise. Seller shall promptly pay to Purchaser or its Affiliates (as the case may be) all monies received by Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

16



 

Section 6.03           Confidentiality .   After the Closing, except as otherwise consented to in writing by Purchaser, Seller shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates to not, divulge, furnish or make available to any person (other than Purchaser or its Affiliates) any proprietary or confidential information of Purchaser, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil.  This Section 6.03 shall not apply to any such proprietary information which (i) shall have entered the public domain or become generally available through no act of such Seller, (ii) shall have become available to Seller from a third party whom Seller reasonably believes is not obligated to keep such proprietary information confidential or (iii) shall be required by any Applicable Law, legal process, legal proceeding or any Governmental Authority to be disclosed; provided that Seller shall give reasonably prompt notice of such requirement to Purchaser so that Purchaser may seek an appropriate protective order and shall not make the disclosed information available to other parties unless clause (i) or (ii) above applies thereto.

 

Section 6.04           Buy-out of Minority Interest. (a) After the Closing, Purchaser shall make a stock tender offer for all of the Minority Interest in accordance with Brazilian law (the “Tender Offer” ) at a price per share equal to $0.302012 United States Dollars (the “Tender Offer Price” ).  Purchaser shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days from the commencement of the Tender Offer, or such longer period as all of the Members of Purchaser may agree (the “Purchase Period” ), to purchase the Minority Interest and to minimize any costs associated therewith.

 

(b)  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Purchaser be required to pay in excess of forty-four million two hundred and nine thousand six hundred and eighty-eight United States Dollars ($44,209,688) in connection with the acquisition of the Minority Interest pursuant to the Tender Offer (the “Maximum Purchaser Cost” ).

 

(c)  All of the actual costs in connection with the Tender Offer (excluding the purchase price paid to purchase the Minority Interest in an amount not to exceed the Maximum Purchaser Cost) and any other liabilities incurred by Purchaser in connection with the Tender Offer (including, without limitation, Damages paid to third parties with respect to any of the claims made against Purchaser in connection with the Tender Offer) other than Damages resulting from the negligent acts or omissions of Purchaser (the “Tender Offer Costs” ) shall be borne by Seller.  The Tender Offer Costs shall be paid by Seller to Purchaser within five (5) days following Seller’s receipt of Purchaser’s demand therefore; provided, however, that Purchaser shall not make such a demand prior to the termination of the Purchase Period.

 

Section 6.05           No Closing .  In the event the Closing does not occur on or before June 1, 2003, and unless the parties hereto otherwise mutually agree in writing, Solae Brasil, Seller and Purchaser shall enter into a toll manufacturing agreement which will provide that all production from Solae Brasil’s Esteio, Brasil facility will be sold exclusively to Solae, LLC for resale. The parties agree that the economic terms of the toll manufacturing agreement shall be structured in a manner to provide Purchaser and Solae, LLC, on the one hand and Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil, on the other hand, with the comparable economic terms the parties would have experienced if Purchaser had acquired the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that no portion of the Purchase Price for the Shares shall be paid by Purchaser to Seller until the Closing.

 

17



 

 

Section 6.06           Operation of the Business.  Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Seller shall, and shall cause Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil to, use commercially reasonable best efforts to conduct Solae Brasil Holdings and Solae Brasil’s business (including, but not limited to, such business relating to the Brazilian Assets) in the Ordinary Course. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Solae Brasil shall not, and Seller shall cause Solae Brasil not to, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Brazilian Asset, other than in the Ordinary Course.

 

Section 6.07           Fats and Oils Plant .  In the event of the relocation by Seller or any of its Affiliates of all or any portion of the fats and oils plant currently owned by Bunge Alimentos S.A., located at Esteio, Brazil, Seller or one or more of its Affiliates shall be responsible, held liable and pay for all costs related thereto.

 

Section 6.08           Best Efforts.   Seller shall use its best efforts to obtain the consents set forth on Schedule 5.01(m) and take all other actions necessary to consummate the sale of the Shares on or before May 1, 2003.

 

Section 6.09           Insurance.   Seller shall provide or cause to be provided (a) insurance for the Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets through Seller’s existing property insurance until the Closing (b) general liability insurance for the operations of the Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets through Seller’s existing general liability insurance until the Closing (c) vehicle insurance for vehicles constituting the Holdings Assets or the Brazilian Assets through Seller’s existing vehicle insurance until the Closing and (d) marine coverage for the operations of the Holdings Assets and the Brazilian Assets through Seller’s existing marine coverage until the Closing.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TERMINATION

 

Section 7.01           Termination Events.   This Agreement may, by written notice given prior to or at the Closing, be terminated:

 

(a)           by mutual written agreement of Purchaser and Seller;

 

(b)           by Purchaser upon a material breach by Seller of any covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement of Seller contained in this Agreement which material breach if not cured would have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on Purchaser, and such breach is incapable of being cured or shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days following Seller’s receipt of written notice of such material breach and in each case except for material breaches as to matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on Purchaser;

 

(c)           by Seller upon a material breach by Purchaser of any covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement of Purchaser contained in this Agreement which

 

18



 

material breach if not cured would have a material adverse effect on Purchaser’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such breach is incapable of being cured or shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days following Purchaser ’s receipt of written notice of such material breach;

 

(d)           by Purchaser if the Closing does not occur on or before June 1, 2003 and Solae Brasil, Seller and Purchaser have not entered into the toll manufacturing agreement as contemplated in Section 6.05 on or before July 1, 2003; or

 

(e)           by Purchaser or Seller if a toll manufacturing agreement as contemplated in Section 6.05 is entered into and subsequently terminated (pursuant to the terms of such toll manufacturing agreement).

 

Section 7.02           Effect of Termination. Each party’s right of termination under Section 7.01 hereof is in addition to any other rights it may have under this Agreement or otherwise, and the exercise of a right of termination will not be an election of remedies.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof, all further obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall terminate, except that the obligations in Sections 6.03, 6.05, 6.07 and 9.18 shall survive; provided, however, that if this Agreement is terminated by a party because one or more of the conditions to the terminating party’s obligations under this Agreement is not satisfied as a result of the other party’s fault, the terminating party’s right to pursue all legal remedies will survive such termination unimpaired.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.01           Survival; Indemnification.

 

(a)           The covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of Seller and Purchaser contained herein or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith and any indemnification obligations relating thereto shall survive for a period of three (3) years after the Closing Date; provided, however that, with respect to Taxes, any covenants, agreements, indemnity obligations, representations or warranties shall survive until 180 days after the expiration of the applicable statutory period of limitations (giving effect to any waiver or extension thereof).  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder shall survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to such sentence if notice of the inaccuracy or breach thereof giving rise to such indemnity shall have been given to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought, prior to such time.

 

(b)           Seller hereby agrees to indemnify Purchaser against and to hold it harmless from any and all actual Damages incurred or suffered by Purchaser arising out of or relating to:

 

19



 

(i)            the breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered by Seller pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(ii)           the breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or agreement to be performed by Seller contained in this Agreement; or

 

(iii)          any Excluded Liability.

 

(c)           Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify each Seller Indemnitee against and to hold it harmless from any and all actual Damages incurred or suffered by such Seller Indemnitee arising out of or relating to:

 

(i)            the breach of any representation or warranty made by Purchaser contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(ii)           the breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or agreement to be performed by Purchaser contained in this Agreement; or

 

(iii)          any Assumed Liability.

 

To the extent that a party’s indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 8.01 may be unenforceable because it is violative of any Applicable Law or public policy, the Indemnifying Party will contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under Applicable Law to the payment and satisfaction of all actual Damages incurred by the indemnified party.

 

Section 8.02           Liability Threshold.

 

No indemnification shall be payable by an Indemnifying Party as a result of a claim arising under Section 8.01(b)(i) or 8.01(c)(i) unless the aggregate amount of all such actual Damages thereunder (other than those Damages relating to Taxes) exceeds an amount equal to $1,000,000 and then the Indemnifying Party shall have liability for the full amount of such actual Damages; provided, however, the $1,000,000 aggregate amount shall not apply for claims or Damages related to Tax matters pursuant to Section 8.03.

 

Section 8.03           Tax Indemnification.

 

(a)           Seller shall be responsible for all Excluded Tax Liabilities and shall indemnify each Purchaser against any Damages relating to an Excluded Tax Liability.  Upon the incurrence of any Damages by Purchaser relating to an Excluded Tax Liability, Seller shall indemnify Purchaser against such Damages by paying to Purchaser in U.S. dollars an amount equal to the amount of such Damages.  Purchaser shall deliver to Seller, upon the incurrence of any Damages relating to an Excluded Tax Liability by Purchaser, written notice describing such Damages and stating the amount thereof, the amount of the indemnity payment requested and the first date on which Purchaser is required (without incurring interest or penalties) to make any payment with respect to or as a result of such Damages.

 

20



 

(b)           In the case of any Taxes that are imposed, assessed or asserted on a periodic basis and that are payable for a Taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date, the portion of such Taxes related to or incurred in or attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall (i) in the case of any Tax other than a Tax imposed on, measured by or related to revenue, gross or net income, receipts, gains or compensation, be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire taxable period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire taxable period and (ii) in the case of any Tax imposed on, measured by or related to revenues, gross or net income, receipts, gains or compensation be deemed equal to the amount of such Tax which would be payable if the taxable period ended on the Closing Date.

 

(c)           If Purchaser receives a refund (or reduces its Tax liability by using a credit) of any Tax paid or incurred by Seller in respect of any Pre-Closing Tax Period or any Excluded Tax Liability, Purchaser will pay to Seller the amount of such refund or credit within thirty (30) days of the date on which such refund or credit is received or used by Purchaser.  Purchaser agrees that, upon the request of Seller, Purchaser shall file (at Seller’s expense) a claim for refund (in such form as Seller may reasonably request) of any Tax in respect of the Pre-Closing Tax Period or any Excluded Tax Liability; provided that Purchaser shall not be required to file such a claim if such claim would adversely affect the Tax liability of Purchaser.  Seller shall have the sole right to prosecute such claim for refund (by suit or otherwise) at Seller’s expense and with counsel or other advisor of Seller’s choice reasonably acceptable to Purchaser; provided that Purchaser may participate in the prosecution of such claim at its own expense).  Purchaser agrees that, upon the request of Seller, it will cooperate reasonably with Seller and its advisors in connection therewith.

 

(d)           Purchaser agrees to give prompt notice to Seller of the assertion of any claim, or the commencement of any suit, action, proceeding, audit or assessment in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, or under Section 8.01 hereof relating to an Excluded Tax Liability, and of any Damages (specifying with reasonable particularity the basis therefor), and Purchaser will give Seller such information with respect thereto as it reasonably may request.  Seller may, at its own expense, participate in and, upon notice to Purchaser, assume the defense of any such suit, action, proceeding or audit (insofar as it relates to Damages for which Seller is indemnifying Purchaser under this Article VIII).  Seller (i) shall thereafter consult with Purchaser upon Purchaser’s reasonable request for such consultation from time to time with respect to the portion of such suit, action, proceeding or audit as to which Seller has assumed the defense, and (ii) shall not agree to any settlement or assert any position with respect to any Tax if such settlement or position could adversely affect the Tax liability of Purchaser.  If Seller assumes such defense, Purchaser shall have the right (but not the duty) to participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel or other advisors, at its own expense, separate from the counsel or advisors employed by Seller. Whether or not Seller chooses to defend or prosecute any claim, all of the parties hereto shall reasonably cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof.

 

(e)           If any adjustment shall be made to any Tax return relating to Seller in respect of Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil for any Pre-Closing Tax Period that results in any Tax detriment to Seller (or any Affiliate thereof) with respect to such period, and that results in any Tax benefit to Purchaser for any Taxable period ending after the Closing Date, Seller shall

 

21



 

be entitled to the benefit of such Tax benefit, and Purchaser shall pay to Seller the amount of such Tax benefit at such time or times as (and to the extent that) Purchaser actually realizes such benefit through a refund of Tax or reduction in the amount of Tax that Purchaser otherwise would have had to pay if such adjustment had not been made.

 

(f)            If any adjustment (including any adjustment arising by reason of a refund claim) shall be made to any Tax return relating to Purchaser for any Taxable period after the Closing Date that results in any Tax detriment to Purchaser with respect to such period and that results in any Tax benefit to Seller (or any Affiliate thereof) for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, Purchaser shall be entitled to the benefit of such Tax benefit, and Seller shall pay to Purchaser the amount of such Tax benefit at such time or times as (and to the extent that) Seller (or any Affiliate thereof) actually realizes such benefit through a refund of Tax or reduction in the amount of Tax that Seller or any such Affiliate otherwise would have had to pay if such adjustment had not been made.

 

Section 8.04           Control of Litigation.

 

Each Person entitled to indemnification as provided under Section 8.01 (the “Indemnified Party” ) shall give written notice (the “Claim Notice” ) to the Person from whom the Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party” ) of the assertion of any Claim or the commencement of any suit, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought under Section 8.01 hereof and of any Damages which any such Indemnified Party deems to be within the scope of Section 8.01 within fifteen (15) days following such assertion, commencement or incurrence of Damages of which the Indemnified Party is actually aware and shall give the Indemnifying Party such information with respect thereto as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request.  The Indemnifying Party may, at its option and at its own expense, (a) participate in and (b) upon written notice to the Indemnified Party, within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the Claim Notice, assume the defense of, any such suit, action or proceeding; provided that (i) the counsel of the Indemnifying Party is reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall consult with the Indemnified Party, upon the reasonable request of the Indemnified Party, from time to time with respect to such suit, action or proceeding and (iii) the Indemnifying Party shall not settle or compromise any such suit, action or proceeding without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if the Indemnifying Party reasonably desires to settle or compromise and the Indemnified Party rejects such reasonable settlement or compromise, then the Indemnified Party shall be liable for any and all Damages in excess of the amount of the rejected reasonable settlement or compromise.  If the Indemnifying Party assumes such defense, the Indemnified Party shall have the right (but not the duty) to participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party.  The Indemnifying Party shall be liable for the fees and expenses of counsel employed by the Indemnified Party with respect to any period during which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense of any such action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity is required hereunder; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel employed by the Indemnified Party, in any jurisdiction, except that if the Indemnified Party has a conflict of interest with any other Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party is entitled to have separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Party until such time as the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense.  If the

 

22



 

Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense and the Indemnified Party assumes the defense thereof, (A) the Indemnifying Party shall have the right (but not the duty) to participate in the defense thereof and employ counsel, at its own expense, (B) such Indemnified Party shall consult with the Indemnifying Party, upon the reasonable request of the Indemnifying Party, from time to time with respect to such suit, action or proceeding and (C) the Indemnified Party shall not settle or compromise any such suit, action or proceeding without the consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Section 8.05           Transfer Taxes.

 

Seller shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Taxes imposed on the transfer by Seller of the Shares under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.06           Cooperation on Tax Matters.

 

Seller and Purchaser shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes.  Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s reasonable request) the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.  Purchaser and Seller agree to retain all books and records that are relevant to the determination of the Tax liabilities pertinent to Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil relating to any Pre-Closing Tax Period until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, and to abide by all records retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.01           Notices.

 

Any notice, payment, demand, or communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been delivered, given, and received for all purposes (i) if delivered personally to the Person or to an officer of the Person to whom the same is directed, or (ii) when the same is actually received, if sent either by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by registered or certified mail, postage and charges prepaid, or by facsimile, if such facsimile is followed by a hard copy of the facsimile communication sent promptly thereafter by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by registered or certified mail, postage and charges prepaid, addressed as follows (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

23



 

If to Seller:

 

c/o Bunge Management Services, Inc.

50 Main Street, 6 th Floor

White Plains, NY 10606

Attn: Drew Burke

Facsimile: (914) 684-3417

 

If to Purchaser:

 

Solae Holdings LLC

1034 Danforth Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63102

United States of America

Facsimile: (314) 982-2461

 

Section 9.02           Successors and Assigns and Assignment.

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided , that neither this Agreement nor any of the rights hereunder may be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

Section 9.03           Construction.

 

It is the intent of the parties hereto that every covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party.

 

Section 9.04           Headings.

 

The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.05           Severability.

 

If any one or more provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

Section 9.06           Governing Law.

 

The laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of laws principles thereof, shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms, and the interpretation of the rights and duties arising hereunder.

 

24



 

Section 9.07           Consent to Jurisdiction.

 

Each party hereto (a) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any Delaware or Missouri state court or Federal court sitting in Wilmington, Delaware or St. Louis, Missouri in any action arising out of this Agreement, (b) agrees that all claims in such action may be decided in such court, (c) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum, and (d) consents, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, to the service of process by mail in accordance with Section 9.01 hereof.  A final non-appealable judgment of any such court shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions.  Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law or affect its right to bring any action in any other court.

 

Section 9.08           Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ALL RIGHTS TO IMMUNITY BY SOVEREIGNTY OR OTHERWISE IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 9.09           Counterpart Execution.

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become a binding Agreement when one or more of the counterparts have been signed by Seller and Purchaser and delivered to the other party.

 

Section 9.10           Specific Performance.

 

Each of the parties acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement and that irreparable harm would result if this Agreement were not specifically enforced.  Therefore, the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith. A party’s right to specific performance shall be in addition to all other legal or equitable remedies available to such party.

 

Section 9.11           No Material Impairment.

 

No party hereto shall take any action that could materially impair such party’s ability to perform its duties or obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 9.12           Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement including the exhibits, schedules, other documents and instruments referred to herein, together with the LLC Agreement, constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and their respective Affiliates and contain all of the agreements among such parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.  This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or written, between such parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

25



 

Section 9.13           Waiver of Compliance; Consents.

 

Any failure of a party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the other party; provided, however, that any such waiver may be made only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver and provided, further, that such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of any party hereto, such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent with the requirements for a waiver of compliance as set forth in this Section 9.13, with appropriate notice in accordance with Section 9.01 hereof.

 

Section 9.14           Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

Each Member of Purchaser (other than Seller, Central Soya or their transferees) shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement and shall be entitled to the benefits of Purchaser set forth herein.   Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person, other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

Section 9.15           Amendment and Modification.

 

This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written agreement of each of the parties hereto.

 

Section 9.16           Schedules.

 

All Schedules attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof as if set forth in full herein.

 

Section 9.17           Inconsistency or Conflict.

 

In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the LLC Agreement, the provision of the LLC Agreement shall govern.

 

Section 9.18           Expenses, Etc.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be consummated, all fees and expenses (including all fees of counsel, actuaries and accountants) incurred by any party in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement shall be borne by such party.

 

Section 9.19           Further Assurances.

 

From time to time, at the request of any party hereto and without further consideration, the other party, at its own expense, will execute and deliver such other documents,

 

26



 

and take such other action, as such party reasonably may request in order to consummate more effectively the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the LLC Agreement and to vest in Purchaser good and marketable title to the Shares.

 

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

27



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ BUNGE LIMITED

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

SOLAE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ SOLAE HOLDINGS LLC

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement

 

28



 

Schedule 1.01(a)

 

Liabilities

 

 

29



 

Schedule 5.01(d)

 

Seller Filings; Violations

 

Filing with the Brazilian CVM regarding the Spin-Off

 

Filing with the Brazilian CVM regarding the Tender Offer

 

30



 

Schedule 5.01(e)

 

Seller Actions

 

None.

 

31



 

Schedule 5.01(f)

 

Certain Brazilian Assets

 

LOCATION/ASSET

 

COMMENTS

Esteio, Brazil Facility

 

Excluding fats & oils facilities

 

[JOE B TO PROVIDE]

 

32



 

Schedule 5.01(g)

 

Seller’s Taxes

None.

 

33



 

Schedule 5.01(j)

 

Intellectual Property

 

None.

 

34



 

Schedule 5.01(m)

 

Seller’s Consents; Approvals

 

Consent of the Brazilian CVM regarding the Spin-Off

 

Consent of the Brazilian CVM regarding the Tender Offer

 

35



 

Schedule 5.02(c)

 

Purchaser’s Filings; Violations

 

Filing with the Brazilian CVM regarding the Tender Offer

 

36



 

Schedule 5.02(f)

 

Purchaser Consents; Approvals

 

Consent of the Brazilian CVM regarding the Tender Offer

 

37




Exhibit. 10.2

 

Solae Contribution Agreement

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

SOLAE HOLDINGS LLC

 

THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made as of the Effective Time by and between Central Soya Company, Inc., an Indiana corporation ( “Contributing Member” ), and Solae Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company” ).  This Agreement, the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company of an even date herewith by and among E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company ( “DuPont” ), Contributing Member and the Company (the “LLC Agreement” ) and the Indemnity Agreement of an even date herewith by and between DuPont and the Company are entered into and shall be effective simultaneously with each other as of the date hereof.  Capitalized terms not defined where they appear in the text of this Agreement are defined in Article I hereof.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the DuPont PTI Conversion, DuPont was the owner of 100% of the capital stock of DuPont PTI;

 

WHEREAS, DuPont PTI was converted into the Company upon the execution and filing in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of the DuPont PTI Certificate of Conversion on March 28, 2003;

 

WHEREAS, PTI was converted into Solae, LLC on March 28, 2003;

 

WHEREAS, DuPont, acting as the sole Member of the Company, executed and filed in the Office of the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware the Company Certificate on March 28, 2003;

 

WHEREAS, immediately prior to Contributing Member’s admission as a  Member of the Company, DuPont owned 100% of the Membership Interests of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, after the DuPont PTI Conversion but prior to Contributing Member’s admission as a Member of the Company, the Company caused Solae, LLC to distribute to the Company all of Solae LLC’s membership interests held by Solae, LLC in 8 th Continent, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ( “8 th Continent” ), and thereafter the Company distributed to DuPont all of the membership interests held by the Company in 8 th Continent;

 

WHEREAS, upon entering into the LLC Agreement and making its Capital Contribution pursuant to this Agreement, Contributing Member shall be admitted as a Member of the Company at the Effective Time;

 

WHEREAS, under this Agreement, Contributing Member is contributing the Contributed Property to the Company in exchange for its initial Membership Interest in the Company;

 



 

WHEREAS, Contributing Member wishes to contribute to the Company the Contributed Property in exchange for 28.06% of the total Membership Interests of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, immediately following Contributing Member’s contribution of the Contributed Property as provided in this Agreement, DuPont’s and Contributing Member’s Percentage Interests of the Company shall be equal to 71.94% and 28.06%, respectively;

 

WHEREAS, under the Indemnity Agreement, DuPont is making certain representations and warranties and agreeing to certain obligations to the Company;

 

WHEREAS, as an inducement to DuPont entering into the LLC Agreement and the Indemnity Agreement, Contributing Member desires to make certain representations and warranties and agree to certain obligations to the Company as set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the contribution of the Contributed Property by Contributing Member is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Conveyance Documents.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, Contributing Member and the Company agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER TERMS

 

Section. 1.01                           Definitions.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

 

“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del C. § 18-101, et seq., as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

 

Actions ” is defined in Section 3.01(e).

 

“Adjustment Amount” is defined in Section 2.03(a).

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person (ii) any officer, director, general partner, member or trustee of such Person or (iii) any Person who is an officer, director, general partner, member or trustee of any Person described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, none of Bunge, Contributing Member or their transferees shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of DuPont. For purposes of this definition, the terms “control”, “controlling”, “controlled by” or “under common control with” shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or

 

2



 

otherwise.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

 

“Applicable Law” means all applicable laws, statutes, treaties, rules, codes, ordinances, regulations, standards, permits, certificates, orders, interpretations and licenses of any Governmental Authority and judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, orders or like action of any court, arbitrator or other judicial or quasi-judicial tribunal of competent jurisdiction (including, but not limited to, those pertaining to health, safety of the environment or otherwise).

 

“Assumed Liabilities” means (a) all debts, liabilities and obligations arising out of the operations of the Company or any of the Entities, but only to the extent that any such debt, liability or obligation is for, relates to and arises during time periods after the Effective Time and (b) all debts, liabilities and obligations of Contributing Member (relating to the Contributed Property) or the Entities existing immediately prior to the Effective Time and listed as Assumed Liabilities on Schedule 1.01(a) .

 

“Audit Statement” is defined in Section 2.03(a).

 

“Bellevue Distribution Center Leases” is defined in Section 2.01(c).

 

“Breach” means (a) any breach of any representation or warranty made by Contributing Member contained in this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or any Conveyance Document or in any other document delivered by Contributing Member pursuant to this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Conveyance Documents or (b) the breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or agreement to be performed by Contributing Member contained in this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Conveyance Documents; provided, however, that a Breach shall not be deemed to have occurred at anytime after the three (3) year anniversary of the Effective Time; and provided further that with respect to Tax matters a Breach shall not be deemed to have occurred at anytime after the expiration of the applicable statutory period.

 

“Bunge” means Bunge Limited, a Bermuda corporation and the indirect owner of a least ninety-seven percent (97%) of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Contributing Member.

 

“CS Denmark” means Central Soya European Proteins, A/S, a Danish corporation and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of Central Soya.

 

“CS Dominican” means Distribuidores Del Sol, SA, a Dominican Republic corporation and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of Central Soya.

 

“CS France” means Central Soya European Proteins France S.A., a French Corporation and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of Central Soya.

 

“CS Germany” means CSY Agri-Processing (Deutschland) GmbH, a German corporation and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of Central Soya.

 

“CS Italy” means Central Soya European Lecithins Italia Srl, an Italian

 

3



 

corporation and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of Lecithins Germany.

 

“CS Protomed” means Protomed, Inc., a Delaware corporation in which Contributing Member owns 50,000 Series B Convertible Preferred Shares.

 

“Cash Contribution” is defined in Section 3.03.

 

Claim Notice” is defined in Section 4.03.

 

Claims” means all rights, claims, credits, causes of action or rights of setoff.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble.

 

“Company Certificate” means the certificate of formation of the Company filed on March 28, 2003 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act.

 

Company Indemnitee ” means the Company, any of its Affiliates (other than Contributing Member and its Affiliates, but including the Entities after the Effective Time), and any Member of the Company (other than Contributing Member and its transferees) and any of their directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

 

Contributed Assets” is defined in Section 2.01.

 

“Contributed Property” is defined in Section 2.02.

 

“Contributed Stock” is defined in Section 2.02.

 

“Contributing Member” is defined in the preamble.

 

“Contributing Member Indemnitee” means Contributing Member, any of its Affiliates (other than the Company Indemnitees), and any of their directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

 

“Contribution Date” means the date hereof.

 

“Conveyance Documents” means all of the documents set forth in Schedule 1.01(b) .

 

Damages” means any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, direct damages, penalties, fines, assessments (whether criminal or civil), Claims, injuries, suits, judgments, costs, expenses (including without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses and costs of litigation), disbursements or demands whatsoever, howsoever arising.

 

“DuPont” is defined in the preamble.

 

“DuPont PTI” means DuPont Protein Technologies International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the name of the Company and type of entity that the Company was prior to the DuPont PTI Conversion) and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of DuPont.

 

4



 

“DuPont PTI Certificate of Conversion” means the certificate of conversion of DuPont PTI filed on March 28, 2003 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with 6 Del. C. § 18-214 and 8 Del. C. § 266.

 

“DuPont PTI Conversion” means the conversion of DuPont PTI into the Company on March 28, 2003 pursuant to Section 266 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Section 18-214 of the Act.

 

“Effective Time” means 12:01 A.M. EST on April 1, 2003.

 

“8 th Continent” is defined in the recitals.

 

“Entities” means CS Denmark, CS France, SOGIP, CS Germany, CS Dominican, Stern, Lecithins Germany, Lecithins France, CS Italy and CS Protomed.

 

“Entity Assets” means the assets currently owned by the Entities, including but not limited to, those set forth in Schedule 1.01(c) .

 

“Excluded Liabilities” means (a) all debts, liabilities and obligations listed as Excluded Liabilities on Schedule 1.01(a) and (b) all debts, liabilities and obligations of Contributing Member, the Company and/or the Entities other than the Assumed Liabilities.

 

“Foreign Tax Assessment” is defined in Section 4.04(b).

 

“Foreign Tax Refund” is defined in Section 4.04(d).

 

“Former Member Adjustment Amount” is defined in Section 2.03(b).

 

“Former Member Breach” is defined in Section 3.04.

 

“Former Member Liability” means any Former Member Excluded Liability, Former Member Breach, Former Member Adjustment Amount, Former Member US Tax Assessment, Former Member Foreign Tax Assessment or Former Member Transfer Tax Assessment.

 

“Former Member Excluded Liability” is defined in Section 2.04.

 

“Former Member Foreign Tax Assessment” is defined in Section 4.04(b).

 

“Former Member Transfer Tax Assessment” is defined in Section 4.05.

 

“Former Member US Tax Assessment” is defined in Section 4.04(a).

 

“Gibson City Distribution Center Lease” is defined in Section 2.01(b).

 

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, county, municipal, foreign, international, regional or other governmental authority, agency, board, bureau, body or

 

5



 

instrumentality.

 

“Indebtedness” is defined in Section 3.03.

 

“Indemnified Party” is defined in Section 4.03.

 

Intellectual Property ” means patents, trade marks, service marks, logos, trade names, internet domain names, rights in designs, copyrights (including rights in computer software), database rights, semi-conductor topography rights, utility models, rights in know-how and other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including applications for registration, and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar effect anywhere in the world owned by Contributing Member (or its Affiliates) that are necessary to own, operate or use the Contributed Assets or Entity Assets as currently owned, operated and used; provided, however, that Intellectual Property shall not include the name, logo, trade name and internet domain name of Contributing Member and any intellectual property containing the name “Central Soya”; provided further that the Company and the Entities shall have the right to use the name “Central Soya” on a royalty-free basis for a period of three (3) months following the Effective Time, or such longer period as Contributing Member and the Company shall agree upon in writing for purposes of selling existing inventory and transferring and transitioning the Contributed Property.

 

“Lecithins France” means Central Soya European Lecithin France SARL, a French corporation and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of Lecithins Germany.

 

“Lecithins Germany” means Central Soya European Lecithins GmbH & CO KG, a German limited partnership and a ninety-six percent (96%) owned Affiliate of CS Germany and a four percent (4%) owned affiliate of Stern.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, claim, charge, security interest, title defect or encumbrance of any kind with respect to any asset, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, or the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement, other than any Permitted Lien.

 

LLC Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

 

Material Adverse Effect means any event, change, circumstance or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, has a material adverse effect on the Contributed Assets, the Entity Assets, the Contributed Stock or any of the Entities, or on Contributing Member’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (a) any events, changes, circumstances or effects related to general economic, regulatory or political conditions or from terrorist acts, declared or undeclared war or other hostilities or (b) events, changes, circumstances or effects that affect the general industry in which Contributing Member or the Entities operate or the Contributed Property or the Entity Assets are used.

 

“Ordinary Course” is defined in Section 2.03(a).

 

Permits” means all licenses, permits, registrations, authorizations or approvals from any Governmental Authority or public or self-regulatory body.

 

6



 

“Permitted Lien” means any of the following: (a) Liens for Taxes accrued but not yet due or for Taxes the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate provision has been made, (b) any Lien that, either individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the asset which is subject to the Lien and (c) statutory carriers’, warehousemen’s workmen’s or mechanics’ Liens or other like Liens with respect to any asset incurred in the Ordinary Course that are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith.

 

Person” means an individual, partnership (general or limited), limited liability company, corporation, statutory trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

 

Pre-Effective Time Tax Period ” means any Tax period ending before the Effective Time, or, in the case of any Tax period that includes, but does not end on, the Effective Time, the portion of such period prior to the Effective Time.

 

“PTI” means Protein Technologies International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the name of Solae, LLC and type of entity that Solae, LLC was prior to its conversion) and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of DuPont PTI.

 

“SOGIP” means SOGIP, SA, a French corporation and a seventy-five percent (75%) owned Affiliate of Central Soya.

 

“Solae, LLC” means Solae, LLC, the Delaware limited liability company resulting from the conversion of PTI, and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company.

 

“Stern” means Stern Lecithin Verwaltungs, a German corporation and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of CS Germany.

 

“Taxes” means all taxes of any kind, including without limitation, those on, or measured by or referred to as net income, alternative or other minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, capital, paid-up capital, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, environmental or windfall profits tax, customs, duties or similar fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority, domestic or foreign, in respect of such Taxes.

 

“Transfer Taxes” is defined in Section 4.05.

 

“Transfer Tax Assessment” is defined in Section 4.05.

 

“US Tax Assessment” is defined in Section 4.04(a).

 

“US Tax Refund” is defined in Section 4.04(c).

 

Warranties” is defined in Section 2.01(h).

 

7



 

Section 1.02                              Certain References.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Agreement to articles, sections, paragraphs, clauses, recitals and schedules are to the same contained in or attached to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

CONTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRIBUTED PROPERTY

BY CONTRIBUTING MEMBER AND TREATMENT OF LIABILITIES

 

Section 2.01                                 Contribution of the Contributed Assets.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the LLC Agreement, at the Effective Time, in accordance with the LLC Agreement, Contributing Member hereby grants, conveys, assigns, transfers and delivers to the Company, as a Capital Contribution, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), all of Contributing Member’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following assets (the “Contributed Assets” ):

 

(a)                                   all of the assets described on Schedule 2.01(a) hereto;

 

(b)                                  that certain lease agreement dated April 6, 1992, between Contributing Member (as lessee) and Universal Financial Services, L.P. (as lessor) relating to the Gibson City Distribution Center (the “Gibson City Distribution Center Lease” )’

 

(c)                                   those certain lease agreements dated December 1, 1999, and May 1, 2000, between Contributing Member (as lessee) and Universal Financial Services, L.P. (as lessor) relating to the Bellevue Distribution Center (the “Bellevue Distribution Center Leases” );

 

(d)                                  accounts receivable of Contributing Member (and its Affiliates) relating to the Contributed Assets;

 

(e)                                   to the extent legally transferable, all Claims of Contributing Member (and its Affiliates) against third parties relating to the Contributed Assets or the Contributed Stock, including without limitation, unliquidated rights under manufacturers’ and vendors’ warranties but excluding all amounts representing reimbursements for items paid by Contributing Member;

 

(f)                                     to the extent legally transferable, any Permits relating to the use or operation of the Contributed Assets;

 

(g)                                  originals or copies of all books of account, records, files and papers, whether in hard copy or computer format, used exclusively or held for use exclusively in connection with or exclusively relating to the Contributed Assets or the Contributed Stock, including without limitation, engineering information, manuals and data, and in respect of information relating to Taxes, only such information that is necessary for the preparation or defense of any tax returns to be filed by the Company after the Contribution Date;

 

8



 

(h)                                  to the extent legally transferable, all rights of Contributing Member (and its Affiliates) under or pursuant to warranties, representations and guarantees made by suppliers or manufacturers in connection with the Contributed Assets, the servicing of the Contributed Assets provided to Contributing Member (or its Affiliates) or products, materials, equipment or components relating to the Contributed Assets (collectively, the Warranties” ) , but excluding any rights to receive amounts under the Warranties representing reimbursements for items paid by Contributing Member;

 

(i)                                      to the extent legally transferable, all  rights of Contributing Member (and its Affiliate) under or pursuant to contracts or other agreements (whether oral or written) relating to the Contributed Assets, but excluding any rights to receive amounts under such contracts or other agreements representing reimbursements for items paid by Contributing Member; and

 

(j)                                      to the extent cash has not been retained as provided in Section 3.03, cash in an amount equal to the Indebtedness at the Effective Time.

 

Section 2.02                                 Contribution of the Contributed Stock

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the LLC Agreement, on the Effective Time, in accordance with the LLC Agreement, Contributing Member hereby grants, conveys, assigns, transfers and delivers to the Company, as a Capital Contribution, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), all of Contributing Member’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following: (the “Contributed Stock” , and together with the Contributed Assets, the “Contributed Property” ):

 

(a)                                   all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of CS Denmark;

 

(b)                                  all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of CS France;

 

(c)                                   187,500 shares of SOGIP, constituting seventy-five percent (75%) of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of SOGIP;

 

(d)                                  all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of CS Germany;

 

(e)                                   all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of CS Dominican, (except for a total of six (6) shares; certificates for which have been endorsed in blank); and

 

(f)                                     50,000 Series B Convertible Preferred Shares of CS Protomed.

 

Section 2.03                                 Treatment of Assumed Liabilities.

 

(a)                                   The Company and the Entities shall be responsible and liable for their respective Assumed Liabilities.  Within the ninety (90) day period following the Contribution Date, Contributing Member and DuPont (jointly or individually) shall be permitted to conduct an audit of Contributing Member’s and each of the Entities’ books, records, financial statements and other accounting information directly relating to (i) the Assumed Liabilities listed on Schedule 1.01(a)

 

9



 

and (ii) Contributing Member’s or the Entities’ inventory, receivables or other liabilities to determine if, on and prior to the Effective Time, (A) such books, records, financial statements and other accounting information were maintained, and such Assumed Liabilities, inventory, receivables and other liabilities were incurred, paid, acquired, maintained and/or collected, by Contributing Member or the Entities, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business, consistent with their respective past practices (the “Ordinary Course” ) and (B) the balances in Contributing Members’ and each of the Entities’ Assumed Liabilities, inventory, receivables and other liabilities accounts are consistent with balances maintained in the Ordinary Course (subject only to adjustment for seasonality and material changes in economic and business conditions).  Within thirty (30) days following such audit, DuPont and/or Contributing Member may deliver to the Members a statement (an “Audit Statement” ) setting forth in reasonable detail each case in which DuPont and/or Contributing Member believes in good faith that Contributing Member or any of the Entities (1) failed to maintain such books, records, financial statements or other accounting information in the Ordinary Course, (2) failed to incur, pay, acquire, maintain and/or collect such Assumed Liabilities, inventory, receivables or other liabilities in the Ordinary Course or (3) failed to maintain balances in such Assumed Liabilities, inventory, receivables or other liabilities accounts at levels consistent with the Ordinary Course (adjusted for seasonality and material changes in economic and business conditions) and each adverse monetary effect such failure had on such Assumed Liabilities, receivables, inventories or other liabilities (each, an “Adjustment Amount” ).  Within thirty (30) days following a Member’s receipt of an Audit Statement, the Member shall notify the Company and the other Members of any dispute it may have with respect to each Adjustment Amount reflected in such Audit Statement and such disputes shall be submitted to the Board of Managers for resolution.  If the Board of Managers is unable to unanimously agree upon a resolution to all or any of such disputes within fifteen (15) days following their submission, the remaining disputes shall be submitted for resolution to a nationally recognized independent accounting firm that is not the primary auditor of any of the Members and that is unanimously chosen by the Board of Managers, whose resolution shall be final and binding on the parties.  If the Board of Managers is unable to unanimously agree upon such an accounting firm, DuPont and Contributing Member shall each select such an accounting firm and such accounting firms shall select a third nationally recognized independent accounting firm, that is not the primary auditor of any of the Members, to resolve the disputes.

 

(b)                                  If the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any actual Damages arising out of or relating to any Adjustment Amount as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.03(a) above, there shall be a special allocation to the Capital Account of Contributing Member pursuant to Section 3.3(r) of the LLC Agreement and Contributing Member shall make an Additional Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.3(v) of the LLC Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Adjustment Amount at a time at which Contributing Member is not a Member of the Company (a “Former Member Adjustment Amount” ), Contributing Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, Solae, LLC and any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company from such actual Damages pursuant to Section 4.01(b) hereof.

 

Section 2.04                                 Treatment of Excluded Liabilities.

 

If the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by

 

10



 

the Company incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Excluded Liability, there shall be a special allocation to the Capital Account of Contributing Member pursuant to Section 3.3(i) of the LLC Agreement and Contributing Member shall make an Additional Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.3(v) of the LLC Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Excluded Liability at a time at which Contributing Member is not a Member of the Company (a “Former Member Excluded Liability” ), Contributing Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, Solae, LLC and any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company from such actual Damages pursuant to Section 4.01(b) hereof.

 

Section 2.05                                 Conveyance Documents .

 

To further effect the contribution of the Contributed Property as contemplated by this Article II, Contributing Member shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all of the Conveyance Documents and all such additional documents or instruments of assignment, transfer or conveyance, in each case dated as of the Contribution Date, as may be necessary or appropriate to transfer to the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Contributed Property.

 

Section 2.06                                 Effect of Contributions .

 

In exchange for its initial Capital Contribution of the Contributed Property (a) Contributing Member shall receive 28.06% of the total Membership Interests of the Company and (b) the Capital Account of Contributing Member shall be credited as set forth in the LLC Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

Section 3.01                                 Contributing Member Representations and Warranties .

 

Contributing Member represents and warrants to the Company that as of the Effective Time:

 

(a)                                   Organization.   (i) Contributing Member is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Indiana, (ii) CS Denmark is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Denmark; (iii) CS France is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of France, (iv) SOGIP is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of France, (v) CS Germany is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Germany, (vi) CS Dominican is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Dominican Republic, Stern is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Germany, (vii) Lecithins Germany is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Germany, (viii) Lecithins France is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of France, (ix) CS Italy is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Italy and (x) CS Protomed is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Delaware.  Each

 

11



 

of Contributing Member and the Entities has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

 

(b)                                  Qualification.   (i) Contributing Member is duly licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign entity in all jurisdictions in which the property owned or leased by it or the activities conducted by it require it to be so qualified (except where the failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of Contributing Member to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Conveyance Documents), and (ii) each of the Entities is duly licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign entity in all jurisdictions in which the property owned or leased by it or the activities conducted by it require it to be so qualified (except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

(c)                                   Authority.   (i) Contributing Member has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Conveyance Documents and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (ii) the execution and delivery by Contributing Member of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Conveyance Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized by its governing body, (iii) no other action on the part of Contributing Member or any other Person, whether pursuant to its constituent documents or by law or otherwise, is necessary to authorize Contributing Member to enter into this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Conveyance Documents, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (iv) each of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Conveyance Documents has been duly executed and delivered by Contributing Member and (v) each of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Conveyance Documents is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Contributing Member, enforceable against Contributing Member, in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)                                  No Violation.   Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01(d) , neither the execution nor delivery by Contributing Member of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Conveyance Documents, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby: (i) requires any filing or registration with, notification to, permission of or any action or order by any Governmental Authority with respect to Contributing Member, the Entities or the Company, (ii) (A) violates or will violate any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or award or (B) violates or will violate or conflict with any Applicable Law to which Contributing Member or the Entities or any of their properties or assets or their businesses are subject as of the Effective Time, (iii) violates or will violate, or conflicts with or will conflict with any provision of, or constitutes a default under the constituent documents of Contributing Member or the Entities, (iv) conflicts with, violates, breaches or constitutes a material default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a material default) under, requires any consent under, or gives rise to a right to terminate, amend, accelerate, suspend, revoke or cancel any, mortgage, contract, agreement, deed of trust, license, lease or other instrument, arrangement, commitment, obligation, understanding or restriction of any kind to which Contributing Member or the Entities is a party or by which their assets or properties may be subject or bound, or (v) results in the creation or imposition of any Lien in favor of any third party with respect to the Contributed Assets, the Entity Assets or the Contributed Stock, and in the case of clause (iv) above, which conflict, violation, breach, default, liability or obligation, individually or in the aggregate, has or would reasonably be likely to have (A) a Material

 

12



 

Adverse Effect or (B) a material adverse effect on (1) the ability of Contributing Member or, following the Effective Time, the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or any Conveyance Document or to own and operate the Contributed Assets or the Contributed Stock in the manner in which the Contributed Assets and the Contributed Stock are currently owned and operated by Contributing Member or (2) the ability of any of the Entities to own and operate the Entity Assets in the manner in which the Entity Assets are currently owned and operated by the Entities.

 

(e)                                   Litigation.   Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01(e) , there are no actions, suits, claims or proceedings (“Actions”) pending or, to the knowledge of Contributing Member, the Entities or Bunge, threatened, that relate to the Contributed Assets, the Entity Assets or the Contributed Stock or any of their other assets or properties which individually or in the aggregate (i) have, or could reasonably be likely to have, a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company, following the Effective Time, to own and use the Contributed Assets or the Contributed Stock in the manner in which the Contributed Assets and the Contributed Stock are currently owned and used or on the ability of any of the Entities to own and use the Entity Assets in the manner in which the Entity Assets are currently owned and used or (ii) could reasonably be expected to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Conveyance Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.  There are no Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Contributing Member or Bunge, threatened, that question or challenge the validity of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Conveyance Documents or any action taken or to be taken by Contributing Member pursuant to this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Conveyance Documents or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(f)                                     Title .

 

(i)                                      Contributing Member owns and has good and marketable title to all of the Contributed Assets (including, but not limited to, those set forth in Schedule 2.01(a) ), in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens);

 

(ii)                                   Contributing Member owns, in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), (A) one hundred percent (100%) of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of: CS Denmark, CS France, CS Germany and CS Dominican (other than six (6) shares in CS Dominican; certificates for which have been endorsed in blank), (B) 187,500 shares of SOGIP (constituting seventy-five percent (75%) of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of SOGIP) and (C) 50,000 Series B Convertible Preferred Shares of CS Protomed.  CS Germany owns, in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), (A) one hundred percent (100%) of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Stern and (B) ninety-six percent (96%) of all of the partnership interest of Lecithins Germany.  Stern owns four percent (4%) of all of the partnership interest of Lecithins Germany, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).  Lecithins Germany owns, in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), one hundred percent (100%) of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Lecithins France and CS Italy;

 

(iii)                             Each of the Entities owns and has good and marketable title to

 

13



 

their respective Entity Assets, in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens);

 

(iv)                               Immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Conveyance Documents, the Company will own the Contributed Property free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens); and

 

(v)                               Immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Conveyance Documents, each of the Entities will own all of their respective Entity Assets free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).

 

(g)                                  Taxes .  Each of Contributing Member and the Entities have duly filed all returns or reports with respect to any U.S. federal, state, local and foreign Taxes required to be filed by it, which returns or reports were true, correct and complete in all material respects.  Each of Contributing Member and the Entities have paid all Taxes reflected in such returns and reports and all other Taxes due from it to any Governmental Authority (except for those Taxes properly contested and accrued for).  Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.01(g) , there are no Liens for Taxes on any of the Contributed Assets or the Contributed Stock.  All Taxes of each of Contributing Member and the Entities have been paid by it on or before the due date therefor (except for those Taxes properly contested and accrued for).

 

(h)                                  Brokers .  Neither Bunge nor Contributing Member has incurred or will incur any broker’s, finder’s, investment banking or similar fee in connection with the transactions completed by this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Conveyance Documents, and neither Bunge nor Contributing Member has made any statement or representation that could form the basis for any claim for any such fee.

 

(i)                                      Permits .  Contributing Member or its Affiliates have all Permits that are required for the ownership, use and operation of the Contributed Assets and the Entity Assets (including, without limitation, environmental Permits), except for Permits the absence of which do not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither Contributing Member nor the Entities are in default in respect of any Permits, except for defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, do not and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There are no pending, and none of Contributing Member, the Entities or Bunge has any knowledge of any threatened, proceedings that could result in the termination or impairment of any Permits with respect to the Contributed Assets or the Entity Assets.

 

(j)                                      Intellectual Property .

 

(i)                                      All material registrations and filings, including maintenance and renewal fees, necessary to preserve the rights of Contributing Member (and its Affiliates) in respect of the Intellectual Property that consist of patents, patent applications, continuations, continuations in part, divisions, reissues, extensions, substitutions and supplemental protection certificates thereof and registered trademarks and trade names, and recipes have been made and are in good standing;

 

14



 

(ii)                                   No Claims have been made and no proceedings have been instituted or are pending that challenge any material rights with respect to the ownership, use, validity or enforceability of the Intellectual Property.  Neither Contributing Member nor its Affiliates are subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or settlement involving the Intellectual Property;

 

(iii)                                The Intellectual Property constitutes all of the intellectual property that is reasonably necessary to own, operate and use the Contributed Assets and the Entity Assets as currently owned, operated and used and constitutes all of the material intellectual property used to own, operate and use the Contributed Assets and the Entity Assets as currently owned, operated and used;

 

(iv)                               Except as set forth in Schedule 3.01(j) , Contributing Member owns all right, title and interest in, or has the right to use, that part of the Intellectual Property relating to the Contributed Assets, the ownership of which is to be conveyed to the Company under this Agreement free of all Liens, and currently has the right to use all of such Intellectual Property;

 

(v)                                  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.01(j) , the Entities own all right, title and interest in, or have the right to use, their respective part of the Intellectual Property relating to the Entity Assets;

 

(vi)                               To each of Contributing Member’s, the Entities’ and Bunge’s knowledge, neither Contributing Member nor its Affiliates nor end users of products have infringed upon or misappropriated any intellectual property rights of any third party in the ownership, operation or use of the Contributed Assets or the Entity Assets;

 

(vii)                            Neither Contributing Member nor its Affiliates have threatened or instituted a Claim against any Person alleging that such Person infringes the Intellectual Property;

 

(viii)                         Except as set forth in Schedule 3.01(j) , neither Contributing Member nor its Affiliates have granted to any Person any options, licenses or agreements relating to the Intellectual Property; and

 

(ix)                              Neither Contributing Member nor its Affiliates have agreed to indemnify any Person against any charge of infringement arising out of the ownership, operation or use of the Contributed Assets or the Entity Assets.

 

(k)                                   Contributed Assets and Entity Assets .

 

(i)                                   The Contributed Assets and the Entity Assets constitute all of the assets necessary for Bunge and its Affiliates to operate that portion of their business being contributed to the Company as such portion is currently operated by Contributing Member and its Affiliates.

 

(ii)                                   The Gibson City Distribution Center Lease and the Bellevue Distribution Center Leases are in full force effect and are fully assignable to the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto and there are no material breaches of any such agreements by any of the parties thereto.

 

15



 

(iii)                                After the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Conveyance Documents, the Company shall have the right to own, operate and use the Contributed Assets to the same extent they are currently owned, operated and used.

 

(iv)                               After the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Conveyance Documents, each of the Entities shall have the right to own, operate and use their respective Entity Assets to the same extent they are currently owned, operated and used.

 

(v)                                  No Action has been made or asserted or is pending and, to the knowledge of Contributing Member and Bunge, no Action has been threatened, either (A) based upon or challenging or seeking to deny or restrict the ownership, operation or use of any of the Contributed Assets or the Entity Assets or (B) alleging that any services provided, or products manufactured or sold, or intangible property being licensed or used, with respect to the Contributed Assets or the Entity Assets, are being manufactured, sold, provided, licensed or used in violation of any intellectual property rights.

 

(l)                                      Compliance with Applicable Law; Adverse Restrictions .  The operations relating to the Contributed Assets and the operations related to the Entity Assets are being conducted in material compliance with (i) all applicable Permits and orders, writs, injunctions, judgments, decrees or awards of all courts and (ii) all Applicable Laws.  The Contributed Property and the Entity Assets are currently owned, operated and used in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws.  Neither Contributing Member nor its Affiliates have received, during the two (2) years prior to the date of this Agreement, any written notice from a Governmental Authority that alleges that Contributing Member or its Affiliates are in violation of any Applicable Law, except for any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m)                                Consents; Approvals .  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01(m), Contributing Member has obtained all material consents, approvals and authorizations necessary for the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Conveyance Documents and the LLC Agreement.

 

(n)                                  Ordinary Course; No Destruction; No Material Adverse Effect .  Since July 1, 2002, (i) the Contributed Assets and the Entity Assets have been used and operated in the Ordinary Course, (ii) the Assumed Liabilities listed on Schedule 1.01(a) and Contributing Member’s and the Entities’ other liabilities have been incurred and paid in the Ordinary Course, (iii) Contributing Member’s and the Entities’ respective inventory and receivables have been acquired, maintained and/or collected in the Ordinary Course, (iv) no destruction of, or damage to, or loss of, any Contributed Asset or Entity Asset (whether or not insured) that has not been repaired or replaced in excess of $250,000 has occurred and (v) no event or occurrence that would result in a Material Adverse Effect or would reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

 

(o)                                  HCS Nutritional Resources, L.L.C .  A certificate of cancellation has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to dissolve HCS Nutritional Resources, L.L.C., a joint venture between Central Soya and Cognis Corporation, and its operations have

 

16



 

been wound up.

 

(p)                                  Books and Records .  Since July 1, 2002, Contributing Member and the Entities have maintained their respective books and records in the Ordinary Course and in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles then in effect in their respective jurisdictions.

 

(q)                                  No Debt . Except as expressly referenced in Section 3.03 hereof, none of Entities has, and none of the Contributed Property or the Entity Assets are subject to, any existing and outstanding indebtedness.

 

Section 3.02                                 Cooperation .

 

To the extent that any Permits, Claims, Warranties or contracts (including, but not limited to, any contracts listed as Contributed Assets in Section 2.01) relating to the ownership or use of any of the Contributed Assets or the Entity Assets (a) cannot be assumed by, or assigned or transferred to, the Company without the consent of another party or the satisfaction of some other condition, and such consent has not been obtained or condition satisfied as of the Effective Time or (b) require consent to any of the transactions contemplated hereunder (including, but not limited to, any change of control provisions with respect thereto) or the satisfaction of some other condition as a result of the transactions contemplated hereunder, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its commercially reasonable best efforts (including, but not limited to, cooperating with the other in any reasonable arrangement) to enable Contributing Member and its Affiliates to perform their obligations thereunder, and to provide for the Company and the Entities the benefits thereof, including without limitation, enforcement at reasonable cost, and for the account of the Company or the Entities (as the case may be), of any and all rights of any of Contributing Member or their Affiliates against the other party thereto arising out of the breach or cancellation thereof by such other party or otherwise. Contributing Member shall promptly pay to the Company or the Entities (as the case may be) all monies received by it or any of its Affiliates in connection with any of the foregoing.  The parties acknowledge and agree that the Bellevue Distribution Center Leases will be assigned as soon as the consent of the lessor thereunder has been obtained and that for the interim period the parties have entered into a sublease with respect to the Bellevue Distribution Center.

 

Section 3.03                                 Cash .  Subject to the remaining clauses of this Section 3.03, the parties acknowledge and agree that immediately prior to Contributing Member entering into this Agreement, Contributing Member caused, to the extent permitted under Applicable Law, all of the cash collected and available to the Entities at the close of business on March 31, 2003 to be distributed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contributing Member shall contribute to the Company on April 1, 2003 an amount equal to the estimated outstanding principal balance (and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) at the close of business on March 31, 2003 of any indebtedness of the Entities to (i) Cereol S.A. or any Affiliate of Cereol S.A. pursuant to intercompany loans in effect at the close of business on March 31, 2003 and (ii) to any third parties in effect at the close of business on March 31, 2003 (the total amount of all such indebtedness, including accrued and unpaid interest thereon, the “Indebtedness” and the amount of such contribution, the “Cash Contribution” ) .  Within two (2) business days after the Effective Time the actual amount of the Indebtedness shall be determined and if the Cash Contribution is less than the actual Indebtedness Contributing Member shall promptly contribute

 

17



 

an amount equal to the shortfall and if the Cash Contribution is more than the actual Indebtedness, the Company shall promptly pay such excess amount to Contributing Member.  Any payment to the Company or distribution from the Company in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be made in U.S. Dollars and the exchange rate shall be calculated utilizing the midrate exchange rates at the close of business on March 31, 2003 New York time as published by Bloomberg without regard to the exchange rate on the date the Indebtedness is paid.

 

Section 3.04                                 Breach .  If the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any actual Damages arising out of or relating to any Breach, there shall be a special allocation to the Capital Account of Contributing Member pursuant to Section 3.3(k) of the LLC Agreement and Contributing Member shall make an Additional Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.3(v) of the LLC Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Breach at a time at which Contributing Member is not a Member of the Company (a “Former Member Breach” ), Contributing Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, Solae, LLC and any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company from such actual Damages pursuant to Section 4.01(b) hereof.

 

Section 3.05                                 HCS Inventory .  If the Company is unable, despite using its commercially reasonable efforts, to sell all of the inventory purchased by the Company from HCS Nutritional Resources, LLC within one (1) year following such purchase, Contributing Member shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the percentage of such inventory then remaining times $328,125.

 

Section 3.06                                 Insurance .   Contributing Member shall provide or cause to be provided insurance for the Contributed Assets and the Entity Assets through Bunge’s existing Property/Business Interruption insurance until May 31, 2003, or adoption of new coverage for all of the Company’s assets, whichever is sooner.  The terms of such insurance shall include a deductible of $1,000,000.  The Company shall pay the first $1,000,000 of any property loss.  Contributing Member or its Affiliates shall charge the Company and the Company shall pay its allocable portion of Bunge’s existing property insurance.  Contributing Member will continue or cause to be continued Bunge’s existing marine coverage for the operations of the Contributed Assets and the Entity Assets until May 1, 2003.  The Company shall pay to Bunge its allocable portion of Bunge’s existing marine coverage.  The Company shall pay all amounts owing under this Section 3.06 to Contributing Member within fifteen (15) days of the Company’s receipt of an invoice therefor.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION; TAXES

 

Section 4.01                                 Survival; Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   The covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of Contributing Member and the Company contained herein or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith and any indemnification obligations contained in this

 

18



 

Article IV shall survive for a period of three (3) years after the Effective Time; provided, however, that with respect to Tax matters, any covenants, agreements, indemnity obligations, representations or warranties shall survive until 180 days after the expiration of the applicable statutory period of limitations (giving effect to any waiver or extension thereof).  Notwithstanding the preceding, any indemnification obligations in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Article IV shall survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to such sentence if notice of such indemnification Claim shall have been given to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought, prior to such time.

 

(b)                                  Contributing Member hereby agrees to indemnify each Company Indemnitee against and agrees to hold it harmless from any and all actual Damages incurred or suffered by such Company Indemnitee arising out of or relating to any Former Member Liability.

 

(c)                                   Contributing Member hereby agrees to indemnify each Company Indemnitee (other than the Company, Solae, LLC or any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company) against and agrees to hold it harmless from any and all actual Damages incurred or suffered by such Person arising out of or relating to any Excluded Liability, Breach or Former Member Liability.

 

To the extent that Contributing Member’s indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 4.01 may be unenforceable because they are violative of any Applicable Law or public policy, Contributing Member shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under Applicable Law to the payment and satisfaction of all actual Damages incurred by the Indemnified Party.

 

Section 4.02                                 Liability Threshold .

 

No indemnification shall be payable by Contributing Member as a result of a claim arising under Section 4.01 unless the aggregate amount of all such actual Damages thereunder exceeds an amount equal to $1,000,000, and then Contributing Member shall have liability for the full amount of such actual Damages.

 

Section 4.03                                 Control of Litigation .

 

Each Person entitled to indemnification as provided under Section 4.01 (the “Indemnified Party” ) shall give written notice (the “Claim Notice” ) to Contributing Member of the assertion of any Claim or the commencement of any suit, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought under Section 4.01 hereof and of any Damages which any such Indemnified Party deems to be within the scope of Section 4.01 within fifteen (15) days following such assertion, commencement or incurrence of Damages of which the Indemnified Party is actually aware and shall give Contributing Member such information with respect thereto as Contributing Member may reasonably request.  Contributing Member may, at its option and at its own expense, (a) participate in and (b) upon written notice to the Indemnified Party, within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the Claim Notice, assume the defense of, any such suit, action or proceeding; provided that (i) the counsel of Contributing Member is reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, (ii) Contributing Member shall consult with the Indemnified Party, upon the reasonable request of the Indemnified Party, from time to time with respect to such suit, action or proceeding and (iii) Contributing Member shall not settle or

 

19



 

compromise any such suit, action or proceeding without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if Contributing Member reasonably desires to settle or compromise and the Indemnified Party rejects such reasonable settlement or compromise, then the Indemnified Party shall be liable for any and all Damages in excess of the amount of the rejected reasonable settlement or compromise.  If Contributing Member assumes such defense, the Indemnified Party shall have the right (but not the duty) to participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by Contributing Member.  Contributing Member shall be liable for the fees and expenses of counsel employed by the Indemnified Party with respect to any period during which Contributing Member has not assumed the defense of any such action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity is required hereunder; provided, however, that Contributing Member shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel employed by the Indemnified Party, in any jurisdiction, except that if the Indemnified Party has a conflict of interest with any other Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party is entitled to have separate counsel at the expense of Contributing Member until such time as Contributing Member assumes the defense.  If Contributing Member does not assume the defense and the Indemnified Party assumes the defense thereof, (A) Contributing Member shall have the right (but not the duty) to participate in the defense thereof and employ counsel, at its own expense, (B) such Indemnified Party shall consult with Contributing Member, upon the reasonable request of Contributing Member, from time to time with respect to such suit, action or proceeding and (C) the Indemnified Party shall not settle or compromise any such suit, action or proceeding without the consent of Contributing Member, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Section 4.04                                 Taxes .

 

(a)                                If, at anytime, the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any US Tax assessment with respect to any Taxes of Contributing Member or any of the Entities relating to or arising from any Pre-Effective Time Tax Period (a “US Tax Assessment” ), there shall be a special allocation to the Capital Account of Contributing Member pursuant to Section 3.3(m) of the LLC Agreement and Contributing Member shall make an Additional Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.3(v) of the LLC Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any US Tax Assessment at a time at which Contributing Member is not a Member of the Company (a “Former Member US Tax Assessment” ), Contributing Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, Solae, LLC and any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company from such Former Member US Tax Assessment pursuant to Section 4.01(b) hereof.

 

(b)                                  If, at anytime, the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any Foreign Tax assessment with respect to any Taxes of Contributing Member or any of the Entities relating to or arising from any Pre-Effective Time Tax Period (a “Foreign Tax Assessment” ), there shall be a special allocation to the Capital Account of Contributing Member pursuant to Section 3.3(o) of the LLC Agreement and Contributing Member shall make an Additional Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.3(v) of the LLC Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any Foreign Tax Assessment at a time at which Contributing Member is not a Member of the Company (a “Former Member Foreign Tax Assessment” ), Contributing Member shall indemnify and hold

 

20



 

harmless the Company, Solae, LLC and any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company from such Former Member Foreign Tax Assessment pursuant to Section 4.01(b) hereof.

 

(c)                                   If, at anytime, the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company receives any US Tax refund with respect to any Taxes of Contributing Member or any of the Entities relating to or arising from any Pre-Effective Time Tax Period (a “US Tax Refund” ), there shall be a special allocation to the Capital Account of Contributing Member pursuant to Section 3.3(w) of the LLC Agreement and the Company shall make a cash distribution pursuant to Section 3.3(aa) of the LLC Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company receives any US Tax Refund at a time at which Contributing Member is not a Member of the Company, the Company shall promptly pay an amount equal to the US Tax Refund to Contributing Member.

 

(d)                                  If, at anytime, the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company receives any Foreign Tax refund with respect to any Taxes of Contributing Member or any of the Entities relating to or arising from any Pre-Effective Time Tax Period (a “Foreign Tax Refund” ), there shall be a special allocation to the Capital Account of Contributing Member pursuant to Section 3.3(y) of the LLC Agreement and the Company shall make a cash distribution pursuant to Section 3.3(aa) of the LLC Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company receives any Foreign Tax Refund at a time at which Contributing Member is not a Member of the Company, the Company shall promptly pay an amount equal to the Foreign Tax Refund to Contributing Member.

 

Section 4.05                                 Transfer Taxes .

 

Contributing Member shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Taxes imposed on any transfers of the Contributed Assets or the Contributed Stock to the Company (the “Transfer Taxes” ).  The Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Taxes imposed on any subsequent transfers of the Contributed Assets after the Effective Time (including, but not limited to, the Company’s transfer of the Contributed Assets to Solae, LLC).  If, at anytime, the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any Tax assessment with respect to any Transfer Taxes (a “Transfer Tax Assessment” ), there shall be a special allocation to the Capital Account of Contributing Member pursuant to Section 3.3(m) of the LLC Agreement and Contributing Member shall make an Additional Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.3(v) of the LLC Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company, Solae, LLC or any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company incurs or suffers any Transfer Tax Assessment at a time at which Contributing Member is not a Member of the Company (a “Former Member Transfer Tax Assessment” ), Contributing Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, Solae, LLC and any other Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company from such Former Member Transfer Tax Assessment pursuant to Section 4.01(b) hereof.

 

21



 

Section 4.06                                 Cooperation on Tax Matters .

 

Contributing Member and the Company shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes.  Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s reasonable request) the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.  The Company and Contributing Member agree to retain all books and records that are relevant to the determination of the Tax liabilities pertinent to the Contributed Assets, the Entity Assets or the Contributed Stock relating to any Pre-Effective Time Tax Period until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, and to abide by all records retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority.

 

ARTICLE V

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 5.01                                 Notices .

 

Any notice, payment, demand, or communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been delivered, given, and received for all purposes (i) if delivered personally to the Person or to an officer of the Person to whom the same is directed, or (ii) when the same is actually received, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by registered or certified mail, postage and charges prepaid, or by facsimile, if such facsimile is followed by a hard copy of the facsimile communication sent promptly thereafter by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by registered or certified mail, postage and charges prepaid, addressed as follows (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

If to Contributing Member:

 

Central Soya Company, Inc.

c/o Bunge Management Services

50 Main Street, 6 th Floor

White Plains, NY 10606

Attention: Andrew J. Burke

Facsimile: (914) 684-3417

 

With a Copy to:

 

Legal Department

Bunge Management Services, Inc.

50 Main Street, 6 th Floor

White Plains, NY 10606

Facsimile: (914) 684-3417

 

If to the Company:

 

22



 

Solae Holdings LLC

1034 Danforth Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63102

United States of America

Facsimile: (314) 982-2461

 

Section 5.02                                 Successors and Assigns and Assignment .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, that neither this Agreement nor any of the rights hereunder may be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

Section 5.03                                 Construction .

 

It is the intent of the parties hereto that every covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party.

 

Section 5.04                                 Headings .

 

The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.05                                 Severability .

 

If any one or more provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

Section 5.06                                 Governing Law .

 

The laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of laws principles thereof, shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms, and the interpretation of the rights and duties arising hereunder.

 

Section 5.07                                 Consent to Jurisdiction .

 

Each party hereto (a) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any Delaware or Missouri State court or Federal court sitting in Wilmington, Delaware or St. Louis, Missouri in any action arising out of this Agreement, (b) agrees that all claims in such action may be decided in such court, (c) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum, and (d) consents, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, to the service of process by mail in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof.  A final non-appealable judgment of any such court shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions. 

 

23



 

Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law or affect its right to bring any action in any other court.

 

Section 5.08                                 Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ALL RIGHTS TO IMMUNITY BY SOVEREIGNTY OR OTHERWISE IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 5.09                                 Counterpart Execution .

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become a binding Agreement when one or more of the counterparts have been signed by Contributing Member and the Company and delivered to the other party.

 

Section 5.10                                 Specific Performance .

 

Each of the parties acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement and that irreparable harm would result if this Agreement were not specifically enforced.  Therefore, the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith. A party’s right to specific performance shall be in addition to all other legal or equitable remedies available to such party.

 

Section 5.11                                 No Material Impairment .

 

No party hereto shall take any action that could materially impair such party’s ability to perform its duties or obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.12                                 Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement including the exhibits, schedules, other documents and instruments referred to herein, together with the LLC Agreement and the Conveyance Documents, constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and their respective Affiliates and contain all of the agreements among such parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.  This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or written, between such parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 5.13                                 Waiver of Compliance; Consents .

 

Any failure of a party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the other party; provided, however, that any such waiver may be made only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver and provided, further, that such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on

 

24



 

behalf of any party hereto, such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent with the requirements for a waiver of compliance as set forth in this Section 5.13, with appropriate notice in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof.

 

Section 5.14                                 Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

Each Member of the Company (other than Contributing Member or its transferees) shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall be entitled to the benefits of the Company set forth herein.  Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person, other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

Section 5.15                                 Amendment and Modification .

 

This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written agreement of each of the parties hereto.

 

Section 5.16                                 Schedules .

 

All Schedules attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof as if set forth in full herein.

 

Section 5.17                                 Inconsistency or Conflict .

 

In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the Conveyance Documents, the provision of this Agreement shall govern. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the LLC Agreement, the provision of the LLC Agreement shall govern.

 

Section 5.18                                 Expenses, Etc .

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be consummated, all fees and expenses (including all fees of counsel, actuaries and accountants) incurred by any party in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the Conveyance Documents shall be borne by such party.

 

Section 5.19                                 Further Assurances .

 

From time to time, at the request of any party hereto and without further consideration, the other party, at its own expense, will execute and deliver such other documents, and take such other action, as such party reasonably may request in order to consummate more effectively the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Conveyance Documents or the LLC Agreement and to vest in the Company good and marketable title to the Contributed Property.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

25



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

CENTRAL SOYA COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ CENTRAL SOYA COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOLAE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ SOLAE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Signature Page to Central Soya Contribution Agreement

 

26



 

Schedule 1.01(a)

 

Liabilities

 

27



 

Schedule 1.01(b)

 

Conveyance Documents

 

1.                     Special Warranty Deeds for the following real estate:

                       Cook Road Fort Wayne, Indiana facility

                       Gibson City, Illinois facility

                       New Bremen, Ohio facility

                       Remington, Indiana facility

 

2.                     General Instrument of Assignment for leases, contracts, permits and other authorizations and for the personal property at:

                       Cook Road Fort Wayne, Indiana facility

                       Gibson City, Illinois facility

                       New Bremen, Ohio facility

                       Remington, Indiana facility

                       Bellevue, Ohio facility (only assets related to soy protein production and lecithin deoiling process)

 

3.                     Share Certificates (if any) with executed Stock Powers or Notarial Deeds (as the case may be) for the following companies:

                       CS Denmark

                       CS France

                       SOGIP

                       CS Germany

                       CS Dominican

                       Protomed

 

4.                     Assignment of Patents and Trademarks

 

5.                     Assignment of the following real estate leases:

                       Lease with Universal Financial Services L.P. for the Bellevue, Ohio distribution warehouse

                       Lease with Universal Financial Services L.P. for the Gibson City, Illinois distribution warehouse

 

6.                     Assignment of vehicle titles (if any)

 

7.                     Instrument of Assumption for the assumption of Assumed Liabilities

 

28



 

Schedule 1.01(c)

 

Certain Entity Assets

 

Aarhus, Denmark Facility

 

Bordeaux, France Facility

 

Central Soya’s European Lecithin Business

 

[ATTACH SCHEDULE]

 

29



 

Schedule 2.01(a)

 

Certain Contributed Assets

 

LOCATION/ASSET

 

COMMENTS

Bellevue, Ohio Facility

 

Excluding the common area and processing division assets, which include white flakes production and standard grade lecithin manufacturing equipment.

 

 

 

Gibson City, Illinois Facility

 

Readily marketable inventories, including soybeans, soybean meal and soybean oil, at Gibson City are not included as Contributed Assets.

 

 

 

New Bremen, Ohio Facility

 

 

 

 

 

Remington, Indiana Facility

 

 

 

 

 

Fort Wayne, Indiana – Cook Road Facility

 

Excluding lab equipment owned by the processing division and leased office furniture and equipment used by the processing division.

 

[ATTACH SCHEDULE]

 

30



 

Schedule 3.01(d)

 

Filings; Violations

 

Antitrust filings in the following countries:

 

United States

 

South Africa

 

Romania

 

Brazil

 

Hungary

 

Germany

 

Italy

 

Bulgaria

 

Ukraine

 

Austria

 

Ireland

 

Consent of Universal Financial Services, LP for Gibson City Distribution Center Lease

 

Consent of Universal Financial Services, LP for Bellevue Distribution Center Leases

 

Consent of Universal Financial Services, LP for (i) that certain Master Equipment Lease Agreement #30022-1 dated as of May 9,

1994, Supplement to Master Equipment Lease Agreement #30022-1 dated as of May 9, 1994, and multiple Certificates of Acceptance thereunder dated as of various dates, (ii) that certain Amended and Restated Equipment Lease Agreement #30004-1 dated as of March 30, 1998, Supplement to Amended and Restated Equipment Lease Agreement #30004-1 dated as of March 30, 1998, and Certificates of Acceptance No. 1 through No. 7 dated as of March 30, 1998 and No. 8 and No. 9 dated as of April 30, 1998, and (iii) that certain Equipment Lease Agreement #30075-1 dated as of August 27, 1998, Supplement to Equipment Lease Agreement #30075-1 dated as of August 27, 1998, and multiple Certificates of Acceptance thereunder dated as of various dates, as amended demising certain leased personal property, all as in the Leases more particularly described.

 

Consent of Sofiproteol to transfer the shares of SOGIP constituting part of the Contributed Stock.

 

31



Schedule 3.01(e)

 

Actions

 

Environmental Protection Agency Notice of Violation dated February 13, 2003 relating to the Gibson City, IL facility.

 

32



 

Schedule 3.01(g)

 

Taxes

None.

 

33



 

Schedule 3.01(j)

 

Intellectual Property

 

(iv)                               The Contributing Member is a joint owner with The University of Pennsylvania of the following patents:

 

U.S. PATENTS

 

TITLE

 

PATENT
NUMBER

 

Issue Date

Method of Making Soybean Bowman-Birk Inhibitor Concentrate and Use of Same as a Human Cancer Preventative and Therapy

 

5,217,717

 

06/08/93

Bowman-Birk Inhibitor Product for Use as An Anticarcinogenesis Agent

 

5,338,547

 

08/16/94

Method of Inhibiting Radiation Induced Weight and Hair Loss

 

5,376,373

 

12/27/94

Bowman-Birk Inhibitor Concentrate Compositions and Methods for the Treatment of Pre-Malignant Tissue

 

5,505,946

 

04/09/96

 

(vi) FOREIGN PATENTS

 

TITLE

 

COUNTRY

 

PATENT
NUMBER

 

ISSUE DATE

Novel Bowman-Birk Inhibitor Product for Use as An Anticarcinogenesis Agent

 

EPO

(entered regional phase in France, Great Britain, Germany, Ireland and Italy)

 

0695188

 

06/06/01

 

(viii)                         Contributing Member has licensed on an exclusive basis all of its interests in the inventions covered by Patent No. 5,338,547; Patent No. 5,376,373; Patent No. 5,505,946; and Patent No. 0695188 to Protomed, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal office in Lake Forest, Illinois, under License Agreement dated November 1, 1996, for use of Bowman-Birk Inhibitor product as a diagnostic agent, pharmaceutical or nutraceutical for humans.

 

34



 

Schedule 3.01(m)

 

Consents and Approvals

 

Antitrust Approvals in the following countries:

 

Brazil

 

Hungary

 

Consent of Universal Financial Services, LP for Bellevue Distribution Center Leases

 

Consent of Sofiproteol to transfer the shares of SOGIP constituting part of the Contributed Stock.

 

 

35




Exhibit 10.3

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

SOLAE HOLDINGS LLC

 

DATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2003

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1.

The Company

 

 

SECTION 1.1.

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.2

Formation

 

SECTION 1.3

Name

 

SECTION 1.4

Purpose; Powers

 

SECTION 1.5

Registered Office

 

SECTION 1.6

Term

 

SECTION 1.7

Filings; Agent for Service of Process

 

SECTION 1.8

Title to Property

 

SECTION 1.9

Payments of Individual Obligations

 

SECTION 1.10

Independent Activities; Transactions with Affiliates

 

SECTION 2.

Members’ Capital Contributions

 

 

SECTION 2.1

Initial Capital Contributions

 

SECTION 2.2

Central Soya Contribution Agreement/DuPont Indemnity Agreement

 

SECTION 2.3

Additional Capital Contributions

 

SECTION 3.

Allocations

 

 

SECTION 3.1

Profits

 

SECTION 3.2

Losses

 

SECTION 3.3

Special Allocations

 

SECTION 3.4

Curative Allocations

 

SECTION 3.5

Loss Limitation

 

SECTION 3.6

Other Allocation Rules

 

SECTION 3.7

Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)

 

SECTION 4.

Distributions

 

 

SECTION 4.1

Net Cash Flow

 

SECTION 4.2

Amounts Withheld

 

SECTION 4.3

Limitations on Distributions

 

SECTION 5.

Role of Members

 

 

SECTION 5.1

Rights or Powers

 

SECTION 5.2

Voting Rights

 

SECTION 5.3

Member Vote and Consent

 

SECTION 5.4

Unanimous Member Consent

 

SECTION 5.5

Withdrawal/Resignation

 

SECTION 5.6

Member Compensation

 

SECTION 5.7

Members Liability

 

SECTION 5.8

Partition

 

SECTION 5.9

Confidentiality

 

i



 

 

SECTION 5.10

Transactions between a Member and the Company

 

SECTION 5.11

Other Instruments

 

SECTION 6.

Management

 

SECTION 6.1

Managers; Board of Managers

 

SECTION 6.2

Meetings of the Board of Managers

 

SECTION 6.3

Board of Managers Powers

 

SECTION 6.4

Duties and Obligations of the Board of Managers

 

SECTION 7.

Protection of Members, Managers and Officers

 

SECTION 7.1

Protected Party

 

SECTION 7.2

General Protection

 

SECTION 7.3

Indemnification and Insurance

 

SECTION 7.4

Amendments to this Section 7

 

SECTION 8.

Representations and Warranties

 

SECTION 8.1

In General

 

SECTION 8.2

Representations and Warranties

 

SECTION 9.

Accounting, Books and Records

 

SECTION 9.1

Accounting, Books and Records

 

SECTION 9.2

Reports; Audits

 

SECTION 9.3

Tax Matters

 

SECTION 10.

Amendments

 

SECTION 10.1

Amendments

 

SECTION 11.

Transfers

 

SECTION 11.1

Restrictions on Transfers

 

SECTION 11.2

Permitted Transfers

 

SECTION 11.3

Conditions to Permitted Transfers

 

SECTION 11.4

Right of First Offer; Certain Transfers; Buy-Out Interest and Change of Control

 

SECTION 11.5

Prohibited Transfers

 

SECTION 11.6

Rights of Unadmitted Assignees

 

SECTION 11.7

Admission of Substituted Members

 

SECTION 11.8

Representations Regarding Transfers; Legend

 

SECTION 11.9

Distributions and Allocations in Respect of Transferred Membership Interest

 

SECTION 11.10

DuPont Transfers; Certain Rights

 

SECTION 12.

Dissolution and Winding Up

 

SECTION 12.1

Dissolution Events

 

SECTION 12.2

Winding Up

 

ii



 

 

SECTION 12.3

Compliance with Certain Requirements of Regulations; Deficit Capital Accounts

 

SECTION 12.4

Deemed Distribution and Recontribution

 

SECTION 12.5

Rights of Members

 

SECTION 12.6

Notice of Dissolution/Termination

 

SECTION 12.7

Allocations during Period of Liquidation

 

SECTION 12.8

Character of Liquidating Distributions

 

SECTION 12.9

The Liquidator

 

SECTION 12.10

Form of Liquidating Distributions

 

SECTION 13.

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 13.1

Costs

 

SECTION 13.2

Notices

 

SECTION 13.3

Binding Effect

 

SECTION 13.4

Construction

 

SECTION 13.5

Time

 

SECTION 13.6

Headings

 

SECTION 13.7

Severability

 

SECTION 13.8

Incorporation by Reference

 

SECTION 13.9

Variation of Terms

 

SECTION 13.10

Governing Law

 

SECTION 13.11

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

SECTION 13.12

Counterpart Execution

 

SECTION 13.13

Specific Performance

 

SECTION 13.14

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1

Certain Grades of Lecithins

 

 

 

 

Schedule 2

Certain Services

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A

Members

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

Managers

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C

Wilmington Forms Statement Package

 

 

 

 

Exhibit D

Prohibited Transferees

 

 

iii



 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of Solae Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is entered into as of the Effective Time, by and among E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, a Delaware corporation, Central Soya Company, Inc., an Indiana corporation and Solae Holdings LLC.  Each of DuPont and Central Soya is identified as a Member on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof and has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be executed as a Member pursuant to the provisions of the Act.

 

WHEREAS, DuPont PTI was converted into the Company upon the execution and filing in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of the Certificate of Conversion on March 28, 2003;

 

WHEREAS, DuPont, acting as the sole member of the Company, executed and filed in the Office of the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware the Certificate on March 28, 2003;

 

WHEREAS, DuPont, acting as the sole member of the Company, entered into an Agreement of Limited Liability Company for the Company on March 28, 2003 (the “Original Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, DuPont desires to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as provided in this Agreement to, inter alia , admit Central Soya as a Member of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, Central Soya desires to become a Member of the Company and contribute the Contributed Property to the Company in exchange for its initial Membership Interest in the Company pursuant to the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, DuPont and Central Soya as the Members of the Company hereby declare this Agreement to be the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company and agree as follows:

 

Section 1:  The Company

 

1.1           Definition s.

 

Capitalized words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

 

“Accepting Offerees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(c) hereof.

 

“Accounting Policies” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(j)(iv) hereof.

 

1



 

“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del C. § 18-101, et seq., as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

 

“Additional Capital Contributions” means, with respect to each Member, the additional Capital Contributions made to the Company by such Member pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, which shall be made in cash only, unless otherwise agreed to by the Members.  In the event Membership Interests are transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Additional Capital Contributions of the transferor to the extent they relate to the transferred Membership Interests.

 

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Allocation Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

 

(i)            Credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Member is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences in Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations; and

 

(ii)           Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of the Regulations.

 

The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

“Advisor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(c) hereof.

 

“Affected Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(v) hereof.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person (ii) any officer, director, general partner, member or trustee of such Person or (iii) any Person who is an officer, director, general partner, member or trustee of any Person described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement and the Related Agreements (including, but not limited to, the Covenant Not to Compete), none of Central Soya, Bunge Limited or their transferees shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of DuPont; and provided, further, that in the case of clause (i) with respect to the use of the term Affiliate in Section 11 hereof as it relates to DuPont or Central Soya, DuPont or Bunge Limited (as the case may be) retains, directly or indirectly, economic exposure to no less than seventy percent (70%) of the equity of such Person.  For purposes of this definition, the terms “control”, “controlling”, “controlled by” or “under common control with” shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Solae Holdings LLC including all Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto, as

 

2



 

amended from time to time.  Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

“Allocation Year” means (i) the period commencing on the Effective Time and ending on December 31, 2003, (ii) any subsequent twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 or (iii) any portion of the period described in clauses (i) or (ii) for which the Company is required to allocate Profits, Losses and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

“Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, a Voluntary Bankruptcy or an Involuntary Bankruptcy.  A “Voluntary Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person (i) the inability of such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or an admission in writing by such Person of its inability to pay its debts generally or a general assignment by such Person for the benefit of creditors, (ii) the filing of any petition or answer by such Person seeking to adjudicate itself as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking for itself any liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of such Person or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking, consenting to, or acquiescing in the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property or (iii) corporate action taken by such Person to authorize any of the actions set forth above.  An “Involuntary Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, without the consent or acquiescence of such Person, the entering of an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or other similar relief under any present or future bankruptcy, insolvency or similar statute, law or regulation, or the filing of any such petition against such Person which petition shall not be dismissed within ninety (90) days, or without the consent or acquiescence of such Person, the entering of an order appointing a trustee, custodian, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of the property of such Person which order shall not be dismissed within ninety (90) days.  This definition shall supersede the events set forth in Section 18-304 of the Act.

 

“Biotech Alliance Agreement” means that certain Biotechnology Alliance Agreement by and between DuPont and Bunge Limited dated as of April 1, 2003.

 

“Board of Managers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.

 

“Bunge Limited” means Bunge Limited, a Bermuda corporation and the indirect owner of at least ninety-seven percent (97%) of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Central Soya.

 

“Bunge Limited Guarantee” means the guarantee agreement of Bunge Limited of an even date herewith guaranteeing Central Soya’s performance under this Agreement and the Related Agreements.

 

“Business” means the current businesses of PTI (immediately prior to the Conversion) and Bunge Limited to be included in the Company relating to operating, managing,

 

3



 

licensing, marketing and/or developing a soy protein ingredients and soy polymers business to manufacture, market and sell, alone or in combination, soy products such as soy protein isolates, soy concentrates, textured soy protein, soy flour, soy lecithin, soy isoflavones and soy meal (but only soy meal produced at those certain existing facilities to be operated by Solae, LLC located at Gibson City, IL and in China (the “Facilities”)),  and high oleic soy oil (but only to the extent required for Solae, LLC to meet its contractual obligations to Environmental Lubricants Manufacturing, Inc., an Iowa corporation), for food ingredients, animal feed from soy meal protein produced at the Facilities, dietary supplements, pharmaceuticals, and soy polymers for various industrial applications (with the exception of packaging applications and printable coatings) and soy protein products and soy polymers for the personal care market in collaboration with DuPont or DuPont’s Affiliates, and any such other lawful business or activity approved by the Members and permissible under the Act.  For the avoidance of doubt, the business of manufacturing, marketing and selling fluid soy milk in North America and soy meal (with the exception of soy meal produced at the Facilities) is excluded from the definition of “Business”.  DuPont and Central Soya acknowledge that Bunge Limited and its Affiliates currently operate oilseed processing and soybean meal and soybean oil businesses that are not part of the Contributed Property, Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil (the “Excluded Bunge Businesses”), and, except as specifically set forth above for soy meal, the definition of “Business” is not intended to cover the Excluded Bunge Businesses.  DuPont and Central Soya further acknowledge that DuPont and its Affiliates currently operate seed research and production businesses which are not part of the current soy ingredient business of PTI to be included in the Company (the “Excluded DuPont Businesses”) and the definition of “Business” is not intended to cover the Excluded DuPont Businesses.  The Excluded DuPont Businesses shall include all activities related to commodity soybean seed research, production and sales.  For purposes of this definition, commodity soybean seeds are soybean seeds that do not have a trait produced through biotechnology or induced mutagenesis that modifies seed protein, oil, starch or isoflavone content or composition.  Further, DuPont and Central Soya do not intend for this definition of “Business” to preclude (i) either DuPont or Bunge Limited from operating, developing and/or expanding businesses that are not included in this definition of “Business” or from incorporating one or more of the types of products included in the Business into other products not included in the Business, (ii) Bunge Limited and its Affiliates from selling certain grades of lecithins as specified in Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, (iii) actions permitted under the Biotech Alliance Agreement and the Research License, (iv) Solae Brasil Holdings or Solae Brasil from operating their businesses and assets during the time period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of the Closing Date (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) or the date that Solae Brasil, Bunge Limited and the Company enter into a toll manufacturing agreement as provided in Section 6.05 of the Share Purchase Agreement (and thereafter as provided in such toll manufacturing agreement) or (v) Bunge or its Affiliates from manufacturing, marketing and selling soybean meal and high oleic soy oil.

 

“Business Day” means a day of the year on which banks are not required or authorized to close in New York, New York.

 

“Buy-Out Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(g) hereof.

 

“Buy-Out Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(g) hereof.

 

4



 

“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the Capital Account maintained for such Member in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)            To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be credited (A) such Member’s Capital Contributions, (B) such Member’s distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 hereof, and (C) the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or which are secured by any Property distributed to such Member.  The principal amount of a promissory note which is not readily traded on an established securities market and which is contributed to the Company by the maker of the note (or a Member related to the maker of the note within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(c)) shall not be included in the Capital Account of any Member until the Company makes a taxable disposition of the note or until (and to the extent) principal payments are made on the note, all in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)(2);

 

(ii)           To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be debited (A) the amount of money and the Gross Asset Value of any Property distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, (B) such Member’s distributive share of Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 hereof, and (C) the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any Property contributed by such Member to the Company; provided, however, that no debit shall be made under this subsection (C) with respect to the assumption of any liability by the Company in connection with any Member’s initial Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof or with respect to the assumption of any liability by the Company in connection with the Conversion;

 

(iii)          In the event a Membership Interest is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred Membership Interest; and

 

(iv)          In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above there shall be taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.

 

The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.  In the event the Board of Managers shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including, without limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Company or any Members), are computed in order to comply with such Regulations, the Board of Managers may make such modification, provided that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributed to any Person pursuant to Section 12 hereof

 

5



 

upon the dissolution of the Company.  The Board of Managers also shall (i) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(q), and (ii) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).

 

“Capital Call” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) hereof.

 

“Capital Contributions” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any Property (other than money) contributed to the Company with respect to the Membership Interest in the Company held or purchased by such Member, including Additional Capital Contributions.

 

“Central Soya” means Central Soya Company, Inc, an Indiana corporation and an indirect subsidiary of Bunge Limited.

 

“Central Soya Adjustment Amount” means any Adjustment Amount as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

“Central Soya Breach” means any Breach as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

“Central Soya Contribution Agreement” means the Contribution Agreement of even date herewith between Central Soya and the Company pursuant to which Central Soya shall contribute the Contributed Property to the Company in exchange for its initial Membership Interest in the Company.

 

“Central Soya Excluded Liability” means any Excluded Liability as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

“Central Soya Foreign Tax Assessment” means any Foreign Tax Assessment as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

“Central Soya Foreign Tax Refund” means any Foreign Tax Refund as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

“Central Soya Grace Period Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) hereof.

 

“Central Soya Purchase Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) hereof.

 

“Central Soya Transfer Tax Assessment” means any Transfer Tax Assessment as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

6



 

“Central Soya US Tax Assessment” means any US Tax Assessment as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

“Central Soya US Tax Refund” means any US Tax Refund as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

“Certificate” means the certificate of formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act to form the Company, as originally executed and amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, as the context requires.

 

“Certificate of Cancellation” means a certificate of cancellation filed in accordance with 6 Del. C. § 18-203.

 

“Certificate of Conversion” means the certificate of conversion filed in accordance with 6 Del. C. § 18-214 and 8 Del. C. § 266 converting DuPont PTI into the Company.

 

“Change of Control” means, with respect to any Member, any transaction or series of transactions (as a result of a tender offer, merger, consolidation or otherwise) that results in, or that is in connection with, any Person (other than an Affiliate of such Member), including a “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) that includes that Person, acquiring “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of forty percent (40%) or more of the aggregate voting power of all classes of stock, voting securities or other indicia of ownership of such Member or any Person (other than an Affiliate of such Member) that possesses “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of forty percent (40%) or more of the aggregate voting power of all classes of stock, voting securities or other indicia of ownership of such Member.

 

“Change of Control Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(i) hereof.

 

“Chairman” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(f) hereof.

 

“Chief Executive Officer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(k)(ii) hereof.

 

“Chief Financial Officer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(k)(iii) hereof.

 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

“Company” means Solae Holdings LLC, the limited liability company continued pursuant to this Agreement and the Certificate.

 

7



 

“Company Minimum Gain” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

“Contributed Property” means the assets and stock contributed by Central Soya to the Company pursuant to the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

“Conversion” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 hereof.

 

“Conveyance Documents” means the Conveyance Documents as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.

 

“Covenant Not to Compete” means the Covenant Not to Compete Agreement of an even date herewith entered into by the Company, DuPont and Bunge Limited.

 

“Damages” means any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, direct damages, penalties, fines, assessments (whether criminal or civil), claims, actions, injuries, suits, judgments, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses and costs of litigation), disbursements or demands whatsoever, howsoever arising.

 

“Deadlock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(k)(i) hereof.

 

“Deadlock Matter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(k)(i) hereof.

 

“Debt” means (i) any indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property as evidenced by a note, bonds, or other instruments, (ii) obligations as lessee under capital leases, (iii) obligations secured by any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind existing on any asset owned or held by the Company whether or not the Company has assumed or become liable for the obligations secured thereby, (iv) any obligation under any interest rate swap agreement, (v) accounts payable and (vi) obligations under direct or indirect guarantees of (including obligations (contingent or otherwise) to assure a creditor against loss in respect of) indebtedness or obligations of the kinds referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), above; provided that Debt shall not include obligations in respect of any accounts payable that are incurred in the ordinary course of the Company’s business and are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

“Depreciation” means, for each Allocation Year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such Allocation Year, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Allocation Year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Allocation Year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such Allocation Year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Board of Managers.

 

8



 

“Dissolution Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(a) hereof.

 

“DuPont” means E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, a Delaware corporation, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

“DuPont Adjustment Amount” means any Assumed Liability Difference as defined in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

“DuPont Breach” means any Breach as defined in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

“DuPont Excluded Liability” means any Excluded Liability as defined in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

“DuPont Foreign Tax Assessment” means any Foreign Tax Assessment as defined in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

“DuPont Foreign Tax Refund” means any Foreign Tax Refund as defined in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

“DuPont Indemnity Agreement” means the indemnity agreement by and between DuPont and the Company of an even date herewith pursuant to which DuPont makes certain representations and warranties and agrees to certain indemnification obligations.

 

“DuPont PTI” means DuPont Protein Technologies International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the name of Solae Holdings LLC and type of entity that Solae Holdings LLC was prior to the Conversion) and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of DuPont.

 

“DuPont Purchase Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(d) hereof.

 

“DuPont Transfer Tax Assessment” means any Transfer Tax Assessment as defined in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

“DuPont US Tax Assessment” means any US Tax Assessment as defined in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

“DuPont US Tax Refund” means any US Tax Refund as defined in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

“Effective Time” means 12:01 A.M. EST on April 1, 2003.

 

“8 th Continent Joint Venture” means 8 th Continent, L.L.C., the joint venture between PTI and General Mills, Inc. for the production and sale of soy milk.

 

“Election Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(f) hereof.

 

9



 

“Entities” means the term “Entities” as defined in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement and the DuPont Indemnity Agreement and any other direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Fair Market Value” means the value as of any time in the then-current market condition, at which the Membership Interest in question would change hands between an unrelated purchaser and seller, each acting at arm’s length and neither under a compulsion to buy or under a compulsion to sell as determined by an independent appraiser unanimously selected by the Board of Managers; provided, however, that in the event the Board of Managers cannot unanimously agree upon an appraiser, each Member shall select an appraiser and such appraisers shall collectively select a third appraiser and such third appraiser shall determine the Fair Market Value in question.

 

“Finance Loans” means the loans to the Company from DuPont for the Company’s purchase of the Shares and the acquisition of the minority ownership interest in Solae Brasil Holdings which Finance Loans shall be at rates not greater than market rates and on terms reasonable and customary for a similar third party loan.

 

“Firm Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a) hereof.

 

“Fiscal Quarter” means (i) the period commencing on the Effective Time and ending on June 30, 2003, (ii) any subsequent three-month period commencing on each of July 1, October 1, January 1 and April 1 and ending on the last date before the next such date and (iii) the period commencing on the immediately preceding January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, as the case may be, and ending on the date on which all Property is distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

 

“Fiscal Year” means (i) the period commencing on the Effective Time and ending on December 31, 2003, (ii) any subsequent twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 and (iii) the period commencing on the immediately preceding January 1 and ending on the date on which all Property is distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

 

“Forced Sale Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(h) hereto.

 

“Forced Sale Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(h) hereto.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board which govern the public financial reporting of United States corporations in effect in the United States of America from time to time.

 

“GCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended.

 

10



 

“Grace Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) hereof.

 

“Gross Asset Value” means with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

 

(i)            The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the fair market value of such asset at the time it is accepted by the Company, unreduced by any liability secured by such asset, as determined by the contributing Member and the Board of Managers provided that the initial Gross Asset Values of the assets contributed to the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof shall be as set forth in such section;

 

(ii)           The Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values unreduced by any liabilities secured by such assets (taking Code Section 7701 (g) into account), as determined by the Board of Managers as of the following times: (A) the acquisition of an additional Interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution other than acquisitions of additional Interests pursuant to the exercise by DuPont of the DuPont Purchase Option or the exercise by Central Soya of the Central Soya Purchase Option or the Central Soya Grace Period Option; (B) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Property as consideration for an Interest in the Company; and (C) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); provided that an adjustment described in clauses (A) and (B) of this paragraph shall be made only if the Board of Managers reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;

 

(iii)          The Gross Asset Value of any item of Company assets distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the fair market value unreduced by any liabilities secured by such assets (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the Board of Managers; and

 

(iv)          The Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and subparagraph (vi) of the definition of “Profits” and “Losses” or Section 3.3(c) hereof; provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (ii) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).

 

If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (ii) or (iv), such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset, for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

 

11



 

“Initial Period” means the time period commencing on the Effective Time and ending at 12:01 a.m. Eastern Standard time on the day immediately following the date of the third anniversary of the Effective Time.

 

“Involuntary Bankruptcy” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Bankruptcy.

 

“Issuance Items” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(i) hereof.

 

“License Agreement” means that certain License Agreement by and between DuPont and the Company dated as of April 1, 2003, pursuant to which DuPont licenses the name “Solae” to the Company and the Company has the right to sublicense the use of the name “Solae” to its subsidiaries

 

“Liquidation Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.7 hereof.

 

“Liquidator” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.9(a) hereof.

 

“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Profits” and “Losses.”

 

“Make-Whole Expense” is defined in Section 3.3(u).

 

“Make-Whole Period” is defined in Section 3.3(u).

 

“Manager” means any of the individuals appointed by the Members to serve and vote on the Board of Managers and “Managers” means all of such individuals.

 

“Member” means any Person (i) who is referred to as such on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, or who has become a substituted Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) who has not ceased to be a Member.  “Members” means all such Persons.

 

“Member Nonrecourse Debt” shall have the same meaning as the term “Member nonrecourse debt” in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.

 

“Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Member Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if such Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.

 

“Member Nonrecourse Deductions” has the same meaning as the term “Member nonrecourse deductions” in Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

 

“Membership Interest” or “Interest” means a Member’s entire ownership interest in the Company, its Percentage Interest, and the rights related thereto, including the right to vote

 

12



 

on, consent to, or otherwise participate in any decision or action of or by the Members granted pursuant to this Agreement and the Act.

 

“Net Cash Flow” means all cash, revenues, and funds received by the Company, including Capital Contributions, less the sum of the following to the extent paid or set aside by the Company: (i) all principal and interest payments on indebtedness of the Company and all other sums paid to lenders; (ii) all cash expenditures incurred incident to the normal operation of the Company’s business; (iii) such reserves as the Board of Managers deems reasonably necessary to the proper operation of the Company’s business; and (iv) such reserves as the Board of Managers reasonably deems necessary for the Company’s capital requirements, all as determined by the Board of Managers.

 

“Nonrecourse Deductions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(1) of the Regulations.

 

“Nonrecourse Liability” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(3) of the Regulations.

 

“Non-Transferring Members” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(f) hereof.

 

“Offer Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a) hereof.

 

“Offer Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(b) hereof.

 

“Offer Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a) hereof

 

“Offered Membership Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 hereof.

 

“Offerees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a) hereof

 

“Officers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(k) hereof.

 

“Operating Cash Flow” means the Net Cash Flow of the Company from operations for a taxable year in an amount equal to the taxable income or loss of the Company arising in the ordinary course of the Company’s business and investment activities, increased by tax exempt interest, depreciation, amortization, cost recovery allowances and other noncash charges deducted in determining such taxable income and decreased by:

 

(a)            Principal payments made on any Company indebtedness,

 

(b)           Property replacement or contingency reserves actually established by the Company,

 

13



 

(c)            Capital expenditures when made other than from reserves or from borrowings the proceeds of which are not included in operating cash flow, and

 

(d)                                  Any other cash expenditures (including preferred returns) not deducted in determining such taxable income or loss.

 

“Original Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.

 

“Percentage Interest” means, with respect to any Member as of any date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the total Capital Account of such Member as of such date to the aggregate Capital Account of all Members as of such date rounded to the nearest .01%.  The Percentage Interest of each Member immediately after the Effective Time is set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

“Permitted Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2 hereof.

 

“Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a governmental or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

 

“Proceeding” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a) hereof.

 

“Procurement Agreement” means that certain Procurement Agreement of an even date herewith by and between Bunge Limited and the Company.

 

“Profits” and “Losses” mean, for each Allocation Year, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Allocation Year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):

 

(i)            Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of “Profits” and “Losses” shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

(ii)           Any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of “Profits” and “Losses” shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

 

(iii)          In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross

 

14



 

Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;

 

(iv)          Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the Property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such Property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

 

(v)           In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Allocation Year, computed in accordance with the definition of Depreciation;

 

(vi)          To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s Interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and

 

(vii)         Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any items which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.

 

The amounts of the items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 hereof shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in subparagraphs (i) through (vi) above.

 

“Prohibited Transferees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2 hereof.

 

“Property” means all real and personal property acquired by, or contributed to, the Company, including cash, and any improvements thereto, and shall include both tangible and intangible property.

 

“Protected Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

 

“PTI” means Protein Technologies International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the name of Solae, LLC and type of entity that Solae, LLC was prior to PTI’s conversion pursuant to the provisions of Section 266 of the GCL and Section 18-214 of the Act) and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of DuPont PTI.

 

“PTI Assets” means the assets owned by PTI as described in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

15



 

“Purchase Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(g) hereof.

 

“Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a) hereof.

 

“Reconstitution Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b) hereof.

 

“Regulations” means the income tax regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations are amended from time to time.

 

“Regulatory Allocations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 hereof.

 

“Related Agreements” means the Share Purchase Agreement, the Conveyance Documents, the Central Soya Contribution Agreement, the Covenant Not to Compete, the Bunge Limited Guarantee, the DuPont Indemnity Agreement, any operating agreement with respect to facilities located in Bellevue, Ohio, any agreement for the supply of raw materials by and between the Company and one or more of the Members or their Affiliates, the Biotech Alliance Agreement, the License Agreement, the Finance Loans, the Research License, the Revolving Loan, the Term Sheets, the Procurement Agreement and any material service level agreement by and between the Company and one or more of the Members or their Affiliates.

 

“Research License” means that certain Research License Agreement by and between DuPont and the Company dated as of April 1, 2003.

 

“Restructured Board” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.10 hereof.

 

“Revolving Loan” means the loan made from DuPont to the Company under that Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2003 in a principal amount equal to $25,000,000 United States Dollars granted from DuPont to the Company at the Effective Time; of which $15,000,000 United States Dollars is drawn as of the Effective Time.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“SEC Requirements” means the applicable regulations, rules and requirements promulgated by the United States Securities Exchange Commission.

 

“Seller” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 hereof.

 

“Services” means any business services generally provided by any Member or its Affiliates.

 

“Share Purchase Agreement” means that certain Share Purchase Agreement entered into on or about the Effective Time and pursuant to which Bunge Limited shall sell to the Company, and the Company shall purchase from Bunge Limited, the Shares for a purchase price of US $255,790,302.

 

16



 

“Shares” means, at the Closing (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) 677,563,283 ordinary shares representing approximately eighty-two point twenty-three percent (82.23%) of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Solae Brasil Holdings to be purchased by the Company from Bunge Limited pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement as more particularly described in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

“Solae Brasil” means Solae do Brasil Ind. Com. Alimentos Ltda., a Brazilian corporation and, at the Closing Date (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), a Wholly Owned Affiliate of Solae Brasil Holdings.

 

“Solae Brasil Holdings” means Solae do Brasil Holdings S.A., a to-be formed Brazilian corporation that will be a subsidiary of Bunge Limited and that will own one hundred percent (100%) of Solae Brasil.

 

“Solae, LLC” means Solae, LLC a Delaware limited liability company resulting from the conversion of PTI pursuant to the provisions of Section 266 of the GCL and Section 18-214 of the Act and a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company.

 

“Term Sheets” means those certain Term Sheets entered into by Solae, LLC and Central Soya or its Affiliate on an even date herewith relating to the operation of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ facilities.

 

“Transfer” means, as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary transfer, sale, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition and, as a verb, voluntarily or involuntarily to transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of.

 

“Transferring Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(f) hereof.

 

“Voluntary Bankruptcy” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Bankruptcy.”

 

“Wholly Owned Affiliate” of any Person means an Affiliate of such Person (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the voting stock or beneficial ownership of which is owned directly by such Person, or by any Person who, directly or indirectly, owns one hundred percent (100%) of the voting stock or beneficial ownership of such Person, (ii) an Affiliate to such Person who, directly or indirectly, owns one hundred percent (100%) of the voting stock or beneficial ownership of such Person, and (iii) any Wholly Owned Affiliate of any Affiliate described in clause (i) or clause (ii).

 

1.2           Formation.

 

The Company is the resulting limited liability company from the conversion of DuPont PTI into the Company (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the provisions of Section 266 of the GCL and Section 18-214 of the Act and the filing of the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 28, 2003.  The Members hereby agree to continue the Company as a limited liability company under and

 

17



 

pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  The fact that the Certificate is on file in the office of the Secretary of State, State of Delaware, shall constitute notice that the Company is a limited liability company.  At the Effective Time, Central Soya shall be admitted as a Member of the Company.  The rights and liabilities of the Members shall be as provided under the Act, the Certificate and this Agreement.

 

1.3           Name

 

The name of the Company shall continue to be Solae Holdings LLC and all business of the Company shall continue to be conducted in such name.  The Board of Managers (by unanimous consent) may change the name of the Company upon ten (10) Business Days notice to the Members.

 

1.4           Purpose; Powers.

 

(a)           The purposes of the Company are (i) to own and direct the operation of the Business, (ii) to enter into and perform the Company’s obligations under the Related Agreements, (iii) to own the stock and interests, as the case may be, in the Company’s subsidiaries and to direct the operation of the Company’s subsidiaries, (iv) to engage in such additional activities as the Members may approve and (v) to engage in any and all activities related or incidental to the purposes set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 1.4(a).  The purposes of the Company’s subsidiaries (including, but not limited to, Solae, LLC) shall be limited to the purposes of the Company as set forth in this Section 1.4(a).

 

(b)           The Company has the power to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or in furtherance of the purposes of the Company set forth in Section 1.4(a) hereof and has, without limitation, any and all powers that may be exercised on behalf of the Company by the Board of Managers pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

 

(c)           The Members covenant and agree that they shall not cause the Company in its capacity as the sole member of Solae, LLC or the Entities to cause Solae, LLC or the Entities, as the case may be, to take any actions which would require the consent of the Board of Managers or Members if such actions were to be taken by the Company without first obtaining the same approval of the Board of Managers or the Members, as the case may be, that would have been required if the Company had taken such action.

 

1.5           Registered Office.

 

The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is initially located at The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

1.6           Term.

 

The term of the Company commenced on October 1, 1997, being the date the certificate of incorporation of DuPont PTI was filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the

 

18



 

State of Delaware in accordance with the GCL and shall continue until the winding up and liquidation of the Company and its business is completed following a Dissolution Event, as provided in Section 12 hereof.

 

1.7           Filings; Agent for Service of Process.

 

(a)           The Board of Managers shall take or cause to be taken any and all other actions reasonably necessary to perfect and maintain the status of the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, including the preparation and filing of such amendments to the Certificate and such other assumed name certificates, documents, instruments and publications as may be required by law, including, without limitation, action to reflect:

 

(i)            a change in the Company name;

 

(ii)           a correction of false or erroneous statements in the Certificate or the desire of the Members to make a change in any statement therein in order that it shall accurately represent the agreement among the Members; or

 

(iii)          a change in the time for dissolution of the Company as stated in the Certificate and/or in this Agreement.

 

(b)           The Board of Managers shall execute (or cause to be executed) and cause to be filed original or amended certificates and shall take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary to perfect and maintain the status of the Company as a limited liability company or similar type of entity under the laws of any other jurisdictions in which the Company engages in business.

 

(c)           The registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware shall be The Corporation Trust Company or any successor as appointed by the Board of Managers in accordance with the Act.

 

(d)           Upon the dissolution and completion of the winding up and liquidation of the Company in accordance with Section 12, the Board of Managers shall promptly execute (or cause to be executed) and cause to be filed a Certificate of Cancellation in accordance with the Act and the laws of any other jurisdictions in which the Board of Managers deems such filing necessary or advisable.

 

1.8           Title to Property.

 

All Property owned by the Company shall be owned by the Company as an entity and no Member shall have any ownership interest in such Property in its individual name, and each Member’s Interest in the Company shall be personal property for all purposes.  At all times after the Effective Time, the Company shall hold title to all of its Property in the name of the Company and not in the name of any Member.

 

19



 

1.9           Payments of Individual Obligations.

 

The Company’s credit and assets shall be used solely for the benefit of the Company, and no asset of the Company shall be transferred or encumbered for, or in payment of, any individual obligation of any Member.

 

1.10         Independent Activities ; Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a)           Each Manager shall be required to devote such time to the affairs of the Company as may be necessary to manage and operate the Company, and shall be free to serve any other Person or enterprise in any capacity that such Manager may deem appropriate in his, her or its discretion.

 

(b)           Each Member shall comply, and shall cause its Affiliates to comply, with the terms and conditions of the Covenant Not to Compete.

 

(c)           The Company is authorized to purchase Services from any Member acting on its own behalf, or any Affiliate of any Member, at a price equal to the cost of such Services plus a reasonable profit margin not to exceed five percent  (5%); provided, however, that in no event shall any Member or its Affiliates charge the Company an amount for such Services that exceeds the amount such Member or its Affiliates charges for such Services to unaffiliated third parties.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 1.10(c), the Company is hereby authorized to enter into the Related Agreements and the provisions of this Section 1.10(c) shall not apply to the Finance Loans, the License Agreement, the Research License or the Revolving Loan.  Each of DuPont and Central Soya shall provide or cause to be provided to the Company those Services set forth in Schedule 2 attached hereto and made a part hereof at a price for such Services to be agreed upon by the Company and the applicable provider for a period commencing on the Effective Time and ending April 30, 2003 or such earlier time as definitive agreements related to such Services have been entered into by the Company and the relevant service provider.

 

Section 2:  Members’ Capital Contributions

 

2.1           Initial Capital Contributions.

 

The name, address, initial Capital Contribution, and initial Percentage Interest of each of the Members is as follows:

 

Names and Addresses

 

Initial Capital
Contribution

 

Initial Percentage
Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E. I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company
1007 Market Street
Wilmington, DE  19898
United States of America

 

The PTI Assets described in the DuPont Indemnity Agreement with an agreed upon Gross Asset Value equal to U.S. $1,510,000,000.

 

71.94

%

 

20



 

Attention: Vice President
and General Manager,
DuPont Nutrition & Health
Facsimile: (302) 999-5480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Soya Company, Inc.
c/o Bunge Management Services, Inc.
50 Main St. 6 th Floor
White Plains, NY 10606
United States of America
Attention: Andrew J. Burke
Facsimile: (914) 684-3417

 

The Contributed Property described in the Central Soya Contribution Agreement with an agreed upon Gross Asset Value equal to U.S. $589,000,000.

 

28.06

%

 

2.2           Central Soya Contribution Agreement/DuPont Indemnity Agreement.

 

The contributions made by Central Soya pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Central Soya Contribution Agreement.  Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall enter into the Central Soya Contribution Agreement, and any agreement referred to therein, without requirement of any further act, approval, or vote of any other Person and such agreements shall be deemed to satisfy all requirements of this Agreement.  Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall enter into the DuPont Indemnity Agreement without requirement of any further act, approval, or vote of any other Person and such agreements shall be deemed to satisfy all requirements of this Agreement.  At the Effective Time, DuPont and the Company shall enter into the License Agreement which shall grant to the Company a royalty free license for the Company’s use of the name “Solae” and which shall allow the Company to sublicense the right to use the name “Solae” to its subsidiaries.  At the time DuPont has obtained the registrations for the trademark “Solae” from the US Patent and Trademark Office, DuPont shall transfer such trademark to the Company pursuant to an agreement on terms mutually agreeable to the Company and DuPont for nominal consideration.  For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the value of such trademark has already been included in the valuations set forth in Section 2.1 above and as a result DuPont shall not be entitled to any increase in its Capital Account as a result of such contribution.

 

2.3           Additional Capital Contributions.

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.3, Section 3.3 or pursuant to a Capital Call, the Members may make Additional Capital Contributions only with the written consent of the Members.

 

(b)           The Board of Managers may call for Additional Capital Contributions from the Members in an amount proportional to the Members’ relative Percentage Interests (a “Capital Call”).  Written notice of a Capital Call shall be mailed to each of the Members and each of the Members shall make the Capital Call specified in such notice within

 

21



 

thirty (30) days following such Member’s receipt of such notice.  In the event any Member fails to make all or any portion of its Additional Capital Contributions with respect to a Capital Call, the other Members may make Additional Capital Contributions for their own account in an amount not to exceed such Member’s shortfall in making such Additional Capital Contributions within fifteen (15) days following such failure.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, during the Initial Period and the Grace Period, no payment received by the Company from a Member pursuant to any Capital Call shall be applied by the Company to the principal balances on the Finance Loans unless otherwise consented to by the Members.

 

(c)           During the Initial Period and subject to the limitations of this clause (c), Central Soya or its designated Affiliate shall have the right, upon irrevocable written notice to the Members and the Company, to make Additional Capital Contributions in addition to those contemplated in (b) above in such amounts as Central Soya shall determine (the “Central Soya Purchase Option”) and may, upon prior written notice to the Members and the Company elect to defer payment of such Additional Capital Contribution for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days; provided, however, that (i) neither Central Soya’s Capital Account nor Percentage Interest shall reflect such Additional Capital Contribution until such payment is actually made and (ii) Central Soya shall not, without the prior written consent of the Members, be permitted to make Additional Capital Contributions to the extent such Additional Capital Contributions will result in Central Soya’s Percentage Interest in the Company exceeding forty percent (40%); and provided further, that Central Soya may exercise the Central Soya Purchase Option only on each December 31 during the Initial Period.  Any Additional Capital Contributions contributed by Central Soya pursuant to the Central Soya Purchase Option shall be calculated upon the Capital Accounts of the Members at the applicable December 31, subject to the forty percent (40%) cap provided above, and shall be applied by the Company, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Managers, to the principal balances on the Finance Loans to the extent such balances exist at the time such Additional Capital Contributions are made.  If at the time of payment, the payment of Central Soya’s Additional Capital Contribution pursuant to the Central Soya Purchase Option results in Central Soya’s Percentage Interest exceeding forty percent (40%), the Company shall make a distribution to Central Soya to the extent necessary to make Central Soya’s Percentage Interest in the Company equal to forty percent (40%).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the end of the Initial Period Central Soya has not made sufficient Additional Capital Contributions to increase its Percentage Interest to forty percent (40%), Central Soya may, within three (3) Business Days following its receipt from the Company of the determination of the Capital Accounts of the Members at April 1, 2006 (the “Grace Period”), make an Additional Capital Contribution calculated upon the Capital Accounts of the Members at April 1, 2006 (the “Central Soya Grace Period Option”), subject to the forty percent (40%) cap provided above and may, upon written notice to the Members and the Company during the Grace Period, elect to defer payment of such Additional Capital Contribution for a period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days; provided, however, that neither Central Soya’s Capital Account nor Percentage Interest shall reflect such Additional Capital Contribution until such payment is actually made.  If at the time of payment, the payment of Central Soya’s Additional Capital Contribution pursuant to the Central Soya Grace Period Option results in Central Soya’s Percentage Interest exceeding forty percent (40%), the Company shall make a distribution to Central Soya to the extent necessary to make Central Soya’s Percentage Interest in the Company equal to forty percent (40%).

 

22



 

(d)           In the event Central Soya does not, within the time periods set forth in clause (c), make Additional Capital Contributions in respect of the Central Soya Purchase Option and the Central Soya Grace Period Option in an aggregate amount of at least Three Hundred Million Dollars ($300,000,000), DuPont may make an Additional Capital Contribution (the “DuPont Purchase Option”) upon written notice to the other Members and the Company within thirty (30) Business Days in an amount equal to the difference between Three Hundred Million Dollars ($300,000,000) and the amount of the Additional Capital Contributions made by Central Soya in respect of the Central Soya Purchase Option and the Central Soya Grace Period Option and thus increase its Percentage Interest.  DuPont may elect to defer payment of such DuPont Purchase Option for a period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days; provided, however, that neither DuPont’s Capital Account nor Percentage Interest shall reflect such Additional Capital Contribution until such payment is actually made.

 

Section 3:  Allocations

 

3.1           Profits.

 

After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Sections 3.3 and 3.4, Profits for any Allocation Year shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

 

3.2           Losses.

 

After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Sections 3.3 and 3.4 and subject to Section 3.5, Losses for any Allocation Year shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

 

3.3           Special Allocations.

 

The Following special allocations shall be made in the following order:

 

(a)           Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3, if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Allocation Year, each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Allocation Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Allocation Years) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Member pursuant thereto.  The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with sections 1.704-2(f) (6) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations.  This Section 3.3(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

23



 

(b)           Member Minimum Gain Chargeback.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i) (4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3, if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any Allocation Year, each Member who has a share of the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i) (5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Allocation Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Allocation Years) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i) (4).  Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Member pursuant thereto.  The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i) (4) and 1.704-2(j) (2) of the Regulations.  This Section 3.3(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i) (4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(c)           Qualified Income Offset.  In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of the Regulations, items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of the Member as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 3.3(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that the Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Section 3 have been tentatively made as if this Section 3.3(c) were not in this Agreement.

 

(d)           Gross Income Allocation.  In the event any Member has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Allocation Year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 3.3(d) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Section 3 have been made as if Section 3.3(c) and this Section 3.3(d) were not in this Agreement.

 

(e)           Nonrecourse Deductions.  Nonrecourse Deductions for any Allocation Year shall be specially allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

 

(f)            Member Nonrecourse Deductions.  Any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Allocation Year shall be specially allocated to the Member who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i) (1).

 

24



 

(g)           Section 754 Adjustments.  To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset, pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Member in complete liquidation of such Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment to Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in accordance with their interests in the Company in the event Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Member to whom such distribution was made in the event Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

 

(h)           Allocations Relating to Taxable Issuance of Company Membership Interests.  Any income, gain, loss or deduction realized as a direct or indirect result of the issuance of Membership Interests by the Company to a Member (the “Issuance Items”) shall be allocated among the Members so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such Issuance Items, together with all other allocations under this Agreement to each Member shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member if the Issuance Items had not been realized.

 

(i)            Allocations Relating to the Excluded Central Soya Liabilities.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Excluded Central Soya Liability, the amount of actual Damages suffered or incurred by the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Excluded Central Soya Liability, an amount equal to the actual amount of Damages suffered or incurred by such Person times Central Soya’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.

 

(j)            Allocations Relating to the Excluded DuPont Liabilities.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Excluded DuPont Liability, the amount of actual Damages suffered or incurred by the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Excluded DuPont Liability, an amount equal to the actual amount of Damages suffered or incurred by such Person times the Company’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.

 

(k)           Allocations Relating to a Central Soya Breach.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Central Soya Breach, the amount of actual

 

25



 

Damages suffered or incurred by the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Central Soya Breach, an amount equal to the actual amount of Damages suffered or incurred by such Person times Central Soya’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.

 

(l)            Allocations Relating to a DuPont Breach.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any DuPont Breach, the amount of actual Damages suffered or incurred by the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any DuPont Breach, an amount equal to the actual amount of Damages suffered or incurred by such Person times the Company’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.

 

(m)          Allocations Relating to a Central Soya US Tax Assessment or Transfer Tax Assessment.   If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any Central Soya US Tax Assessment, the amount of such Central Soya US Tax Assessment shall be specially allocated to Central Soya. If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any Central Soya US Tax Assessment, an amount equal to the actual amount of such Central Soya US Tax Assessment suffered or incurred by such Person times Central Soya’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any Central Soya Transfer Tax Assessment, the amount of such Central Soya Transfer Tax Assessment shall be specially allocated to Central Soya. If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any Central Soya Transfer Tax Assessment, an amount equal to the actual amount of such Central Soya Transfer Tax Assessment suffered or incurred by such Person times Central Soya’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.

 

(n)           Allocations Relating to a DuPont US Tax Assessment or Transfer Tax Assessment.   If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any DuPont US Tax Assessment, the amount of such DuPont US Tax Assessment shall be specially allocated to DuPont. If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any DuPont US Tax Assessment, an amount equal to the actual amount of such DuPont US Tax Assessment suffered or incurred by such Person times the Company’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time) shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any DuPont Transfer Tax

 

26



 

Assessment, the amount of such DuPont Transfer Tax Assessment shall be specially allocated to DuPont.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any DuPont Transfer Tax Assessment, an amount equal to the actual amount of such DuPont Transfer Tax Assessment suffered or incurred by such Person times the Company’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.

 

(o)           Allocations Relating to a Central Soya Foreign Tax Assessment.   If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (as of Effective Time) incurs or suffers any Central Soya Foreign Tax Assessment, an amount equal to the actual amount of such Central Soya Foreign Tax Assessment divided by (1-R), where R equals the then-current applicable US federal tax rate (as a decimal) plus .02, shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any Central Soya Foreign Tax Assessment, an amount equal to the amount that would be specially allocated pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3.3(o) times Central Soya’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.

 

(p)           Allocations Relating to a DuPont Foreign Tax Assessment.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any DuPont Foreign Tax Assessment, an amount equal to the actual amount of such DuPont Foreign Tax Assessment divided by (1-R), where R equals the then-current applicable US federal tax rate (as a decimal) plus .02, shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any DuPont Foreign Tax Assessment, an amount equal to the amount that would be specially allocated pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3.3(o) times the Company’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.

 

(q)           Allocations Relating to Brazil Taxes.  If the Company incurs a Brazilian tax on the sale of the Shares of Solae Brasil Holdings (or any successor to Solae Brasil Holdings) to a Person other than a Member (or an Affiliate of a Member) and there is a Brazilian tax imposed on such sale that exceeds the amount of Brazilian tax that would have been imposed had Bunge Limited transferred the Shares to the Company in a manner that would have resulted in a Brazilian tax basis to the Company in the Shares equal to the purchase price of the Shares, the excess amount of Brazilian tax as determined by the difference between the Brazilian Central Banks Foreign Capital Registry for Solae Brasil Holdings as of the Closing and $255,790,302 shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss directly to Central Soya; provided, however that if such a proposed sale or sales would trigger a special allocation to Central Soya as provided in this Section 3.3(q) in excess of $500,000 individually or in the aggregate, such proposed sale shall not be entered into or consummated without the prior written consent of Central Soya.

 

(r)            Allocations relating to a Central Soya Adjustment Amount.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time)

 

27



 

incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Central Soya Adjustment Amount, the amount of actual Damages suffered or incurred by the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any Central Soya Adjustment Amount, an amount equal to the actual amount of Damages suffered or incurred by such Person times Central Soya’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.

 

(s)           Allocations relating to a DuPont Adjustment Amount.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any DuPont Adjustment Amount, the amount of actual Damages suffered or incurred by the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, incurs or suffers any Damages arising out of or relating to any DuPont Adjustment Amount, an amount equal to the actual amount of Damages suffered or incurred by such Person times the Company’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.

 

(t)            Allocations Relating to the PTI Pension Plan.  To the extent that the termination liability incurred by the Company or Solae, LLC with respect to the “Protein Technologies International Retirement Plan” exceeds the value of the pension trust assets contained in such plan as of the Effective Time, and, subject to Applicable Law, unless DuPont funds such shortfall within sixty (60) days of the determination of same by making a contribution directly to such pension plan, the amount of such excess shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to DuPont.

 

(u)           Allocations Relating to Solae Brasil Holdings.  For that period of time commencing on the date that the Company has paid the Purchase Price under the Share Purchase Agreement, paid the Tender Offer Price (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) to the holders of all of the shares tendered in the Tender Offer and paid the Consideration (as defined in the Procurement Agreement) under the Procurement Agreement (the “Make-Whole Period”), an amount equal to the amount that Solae Brasil Holdings is required to distribute to the holders of the minority ownership interest in Solae Brasil Holdings and not to the Company during the Make-Whole Period divided by (1-R), where R equals the then-current applicable US federal tax rate (as a decimal) plus .02, shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya (the “Make-Whole Expense”); provided, however, that during such period, the Company shall not cause Solae Brasil Holdings to issue a dividend in an aggregate amount in excess of the net cash flow of Solae Brasil.  If the Company is not able to acquire one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of Solae Brasil Holdings by the end of the Purchase Period (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), and the Company incurs or suffers any Damages (other than the Make-Whole Expense and other than Damages resulting from the negligent acts or omissions of the Company and its Affiliates) arising out of or relating to the fact that the Company does not own one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Solae Brasil Holdings, the amount of actual Damages (other than the Make-Whole Expense

 

28



 

and other than Damages resulting from the negligent acts or omissions of the Company and its Affiliates) suffered or incurred by the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate shall be specially allocated as an expense or a loss to Central Soya.

 

(v)           Effect of Certain Expense or Loss Special Allocations.  Upon the occurrence of any special allocation as described in Sections 3.3(i) through (u) above, the Company shall notify the Member whose Capital Account is affected by such special allocation (the “Affected Member”) in writing of such special allocation within thirty (30) days of its occurrence.  Within five (5) days following the Affected Member’s receipt of such notice, the Affected Member shall notify the Company of any dispute it may have with respect to such special allocation and the dispute shall be submitted to the Board of Managers for resolution.  If the Board of Managers is unable to unanimously agree upon a resolution to such dispute within fifteen (15) days following its submission, the dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a nationally recognized independent accounting firm that is not the principle auditor of any of the Members that is unanimously chosen by the Board of Managers, whose resolution shall be final and binding on the parties.  If the Board of Managers is unable to unanimously agree upon such an accounting firm, DuPont and Central Soya shall each select such an accounting firm and such accounting firms shall select a third nationally recognized independent accounting firm, that is not the principle auditor of any of the Members, to resolve the dispute.  The fees of such accounting firms shall be borne by the Members in an inverse proportion as they may prevail on the disputes resolved by such accounting firms. Within thirty (30) days following the final determination of the special allocation as provided in this Section 3.3(v), the Affected Member shall make an Additional Capital Contribution in cash equal to the amount of such special allocation; provided, however, that for purposes of calculating the Affected Member’s Percentage Interest during the period beginning on the date of such special allocation and ending upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Affected Member’s Additional Capital Contribution as provided in this Section 3.3(v) or (ii) the expiration of the thirty (30) day period following the Affected Member’s receipt of written notice of such special allocation, the Affected Member’s Additional Capital Contribution as provided in this Section 3.3(v) shall be deemed to have been made on the date of such special allocation.

 

(w)          Allocations Relating to a Central Soya US Tax Refund.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) receives a Central Soya US Tax Refund, the amount of such Central Soya US Tax Refund shall be specially allocated as income to Central Soya.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, receives any Central Soya US Tax Refund, an amount equal to the actual amount of such Central Soya US Tax Refund received by such Person times Central Soya’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as income to Central Soya.

 

(x)            Allocations Relating to a DuPont US Tax Refund.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) receives a DuPont US Tax Refund, the amount of such DuPont US Tax Refund shall be specially allocated as income to DuPont.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, receives any DuPont US Tax Refund, an amount equal to the actual amount of such DuPont US Tax Refund received by such Person times the

 

29



 

Company’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as income to DuPont.

 

(y)           Allocations Relating to a Central Soya Foreign Tax Refund.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) receives any Central Soya Foreign Tax Refund, an amount equal to the actual amount of such Central Soya Foreign Tax Refund divided by (1-R), where R equals the then-current applicable US federal tax rate (as a decimal) plus .02, shall be specially allocated as income to Central Soya.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, receives any Central Soya Foreign Tax Refund, an amount equal to the amount that would be specially allocated pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3.3(y) times Central Soya’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as income to Central Soya.

 

(z)            Allocations Relating to a DuPont Foreign Tax Refund.  If the Company or any Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company (determined as of the Effective Time) receives any DuPont Foreign Tax Refund, an amount equal to the actual amount of such DuPont Foreign Tax Refund divided by (1-R), where R equals the then-current applicable US federal tax rate (as a decimal) plus .02, shall be specially allocated as income to DuPont.  If any Person directly or indirectly owned by the Company, other than a Wholly Owned Affiliate of the Company, receives any DuPont Foreign Tax Refund, an amount equal to the amount that would be specially allocated pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3.3(z) times the Company’s direct or indirect ownership percentage of such Person (as of the Effective Time), shall be specially allocated as income to DuPont.

 

 

(aa)         Effect of Certain Income Special Allocations.  Upon the occurrence of any special allocation as described in Sections 3.3(w) through (z) above, the Company shall notify the Members in writing of such special allocation within thirty (30) days of its occurrence.  Within five (5) days following the Members’ receipt of such notice, the Members shall notify the Company of any dispute they may have with respect to such special allocation and the dispute shall be submitted to the Board of Managers for resolution.  If the Board of Managers is unable to unanimously agree upon a resolution to such dispute within fifteen (15) days following its submission, the dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a nationally recognized independent accounting firm that is not the principle auditor of any of the Members that is unanimously chosen by the Board of Managers, whose resolution shall be final and binding on the parties.  If the Board of Managers is unable to unanimously agree upon such an accounting firm, DuPont and Central Soya shall each select such an accounting firm and such accounting firms shall select a third nationally recognized independent accounting firm, that is not the principle auditor of any of the Members, to resolve the dispute.  The fees of such accounting firms shall be borne by the Members in an inverse proportion as they may prevail on the disputes resolved by such accounting firms.  Within thirty (30) days following the final determination of the special allocation as provided in this Section 3.3(aa), the Company shall make a cash distribution in an amount equal to the amount of such special allocation to the Member whose Capital Account is affected by such special allocation (the “Affected Member”); provided, however, that for purposes of calculating the Affected Member’s Percentage Interest

 

30



 

during the period beginning on the date of such special allocation and ending upon the cash distribution as provided in this Section 3.3(aa), the distribution as provided in this Section 3.3(aa) shall be deemed to have been made on the date of such special allocation.

 

(bb)         Special Income Allocation.  At the end of each calendar quarter, a special allocation of income shall be allocated to DuPont in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the average daily outstanding principal balances during that quarter of the Finance Loans outstanding times the difference obtained by subtracting the rates for the Finance Loans for that quarter from a rate established by an independent financial institution as consented to by DuPont and Central Soya (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) divided by 360 and times the actual number of days in the quarter and (ii) the average daily outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loan during the quarter times the difference obtained by subtracting the rate for the Revolving Loan for that quarter from a rate established by an independent financial institution as consented to by DuPont and Central Soya (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) divided by 360 and times the actual number of days in the quarter.  The amounts so allocated pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be distributed to DuPont no later than five (5) business days following the end of the quarter.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining DuPont’s Capital Account, the foregoing distribution shall be deemed to have been made at the time the special allocation was made pursuant to this Section 3.3(bb).  The Members hereby acknowledge and agree that the clauses of this Section 3.3(bb) shall also apply to any other loans from DuPont to the Company, unless the Members otherwise agree.

 

(cc)         No Allocations.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no allocations shall be made to the Capital Accounts of DuPont or Central Soya for any amounts contributed or distributed to DuPont or Central Soya, as the case may be, as a result of Section 3.03 of the Central Soya Contribution Agreement or Section 3.03 of the DuPont Indemnity Agreement, as the case may be.

 

(dd)         To the extent any allocation made under this section 3.3 may be more properly classified for income tax purposes as having occurred at the Member level, the characterization of such allocation as an item of “income”, “expense”, or  “loss” of the Company shall not necessarily control the characterization of such item for income tax purposes.

 

3.4           Curative Allocations.

 

The allocations set forth in Sections 3.3(a) through (g) and 3.5 (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Regulations.  It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Section 3.4. Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3 (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Board of Managers shall make such offsetting special allocations of Company income, gain, loss or deduction in whatever manner it determines appropriate so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Member’s Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not part of this Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3(h).

 

31



 

3.5           Loss Limitation.

 

Losses allocated pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof shall not exceed the maximum amount of Losses that can be allocated without causing any Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any Allocation Year.  In the event some but not all of the Members would have Adjusted Capital Account Deficits as a consequence of an allocation of Losses pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, the limitation set forth in this Section 3.5 shall be applied on a Member by Member basis and Losses not allocable to any Member as a result of such limitation shall be allocated to the other Members in accordance with the positive balances in such Member’s Capital Accounts so as to allocate the maximum permissible Losses to each Member under Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations.

 

3.6           Other Allocation Rules.

 

(a)           For purposes of determining the Profits, Losses, or any other items allocable to any period, Profits, Losses, and any such other items shall be determined on a daily basis pro-rata to Allocation Year pursuant to Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

 

(b)           The Members are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Section 3 and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3 in reporting their shares of Company income and loss for income tax purposes.

 

(c)           Solely for purposes of determining a Member’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a) (3), the Members’ interests in Company profits are in proportion to their Percentage Interests.

 

To the extent permitted by Section 1.704-2(h) (3) of the Regulations, the Managers shall endeavor to treat distributions of Net Cash Flow as having been made from the proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability or a Member Nonrecourse Debt only to the extent that such distributions would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit for any Member.

 

3.7           Tax Allocations : Code Section 704(c).

 

The Members will work together in good faith to eliminate, to the extent reasonably possible, any adverse impact to both Members for allocations under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder on an agreed-to net present value, and, to the extent practical, on a year-over-year basis.  The Members in good faith mutually will make these allocation determinations by August 1, 2003.  If the Members are unable to agree to these allocations by August 1, 2003, each Member will appoint two (2) representatives who will meet by August 15, 2003, with appropriate representatives, to finalize any unresolved determinations relating to Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

 

Allocations pursuant to this Section 3.7 are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any

 

32



 

Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items, or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 4:  Distributions

 

4.1           Net Cash Flow.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 12 hereof and unless otherwise agreed to by the Members, Net Cash Flow, if any, shall be distributed on an annual basis not later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the end of each Fiscal Year, to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, except that during the period ending two (2) years after the Effective Time, no distribution shall be made to any Member that is in excess of such Member’s Percentage Interest of Operating Cash Flow.

 

4.2           Amounts Withheld.

 

All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state, local or foreign tax law with respect to any payment, distribution or allocation to the Company or the Members shall be treated as amounts paid or distributed, as the case may be, to the Members with respect to which such amount was withheld pursuant to this Section 4.2 for all purposes under this Agreement.  The Company is authorized to withhold from payments and distributions, or with respect to allocations to the Members, and to pay over to any federal, state and local government or any foreign government, any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any other federal, state or local law or any foreign law, and shall allocate any such amounts to the Members with respect to which such amount was withheld.

 

4.3           Limitations on Distributions.

 

(a)           The Company shall make no distributions to the Members except (i) as provided in Section 3.3, this Section 4 or Section 12 hereof, or (ii) as consented to in writing by a majority of the Members.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4 to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to make, and shall not make, any distribution to a Member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, all liabilities of the Company, other than liability to Members on account of their Capital Contributions, would exceed the fair market value of the Company’s assets.

 

Section 5:  Role Of Members

 

5.1           Rights or Powers.

 

The Members shall not have any right or power to take part in the management or control of the Company or its business and affairs or to act for or bind the Company in any way.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Members have all of the rights and powers specifically set forth in this Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, in the Act.

 

33



 

5.2           Voting Rights.

 

No Member has any voting or consenting right except with respect to those matters specifically reserved for a Member vote or consent which are set forth in this Agreement and as required by the Act.  Each Member’s respective percentage of the total voting or consenting rights of all of the Members shall be equal to such Member’s respective Percentage Interest at the time of a vote or written consent.

 

5.3           Member Vote and Consent.

 

(a)           Whenever the vote or consent of Members is permitted or required under this Agreement, such vote or consent may be given in person at a meeting by a duly authorized representative, in writing or by facsimile.

 

(b)           Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Members who have an interest (economic or otherwise) in the outcome of any particular matter upon which the Members vote or consent, may vote or consent upon any such matter and their vote or consent, as the case may be, shall be counted in the determination of whether the particular matter is approved by the Members.  The Members shall be entitled to vote or consent in a manner consistent with their own interests when such interests are not, or may not be, consistent with the interests of the Company or the Members as a whole.

 

5.4           Unanimous Member Consent

 

No action may be taken by the Company (whether by the Board of Managers, or otherwise) in connection with any of the following matters without the unanimous consent of the Members:

 

(a)                                   Acts in contravention of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  Any acquisitions by the Company (by purchase, contribution or exchange) in excess of 20% of the fair market value of the Company’s total assets (except with respect to the Shares);

 

(c)                                   Disposition or divestiture by the Company of all or substantially all of the Business;

 

(d)                                  Issuance or incurrence of Debt by the Company in excess of 20% of the fair market value of the total assets of the Company;

 

(e)                                   Issuance of additional Membership Interests by the Company (which shall not be deemed to include the issuance of additional Interests to an existing Member made pursuant to a Capital Call, the issuance of additional Interests to Central Soya upon the proper exercise of the Central Soya Purchase Option or the Central Soya

 

34



 

Grace Period Option or the issuance of additional Interests to DuPont upon the proper exercise of the DuPont Purchase Option);

 

(f)                                     Redemptions of Membership Interests by the Company;

 

(g)                                  Mergers or consolidations of the Company with or into any other Person;

 

(h)                                  Voluntary Bankruptcy of the Company;

 

(i)                                      Possession or use of Company Property or any other property used by the Company, whether real or personal, for other than a Company purpose;

 

(j)                                      Change in the tax treatment of the Company;

 

(k)                                   Amendment of this Agreement;

 

(l)                                      A material change in the nature or scope of the Business;

 

(m)                                Any transaction between the Company and any Member or Affiliate of any Member; or

 

(n)                                  Any transaction to liquidate or dissolve the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any point in time after the Grace Period, Central Soya’s Percentage Interest (including the Percentage Interest, if any, of Bunge Limited and its Affiliates) (i) is less than twenty percent (20%), then the taking of any action in connection with any or all of the matters set forth in clauses (a) through (n) above shall require only the consent of Members having a Percentage Interest in excess of fifty percent (50%); provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be amended (without the unanimous consent of the Members) to amend or eliminate Sections 1.4(c), 3.3(i) through 3.3(cc), 6.1(h), 6.3(a)(xiii), 11.2 or 11.4 (provided, however, that for purposes of Central Soya’s right of first offer as provided in Section 11.4, the Offer Period shall be thirty (30) days); and provided, further, that the Company shall not enter into any transaction with a Member (or Affiliate of a Member) that is not on an arm’s length basis without the consent of the Members.

 

5.5           Withdrawal/Resignation.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 (including, but not limited to, Section 4.3(a)), Section 11, or Section 12 hereof, no Member shall demand or receive a return on or of its Capital Contributions or withdraw from the Company without the consent of the Members.  Except as otherwise provided in the Act or this Agreement, upon resignation, any resigning Member is entitled to receive only the distribution to which he or she is entitled under this Agreement, and shall not be entitled to receive the fair value of its Membership Interest in the Company as of the date of resignation.  Under circumstances requiring a return of any Capital

 

35



 

Contributions, no Member has the right to receive Property other than cash except as may be specifically provided herein.

 

5.6           Member Compensation.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Related Agreements or any other written agreement between the Company and one or more of the Members, no Member shall (a) receive any interest or drawing with respect to its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account or for services rendered on behalf of the Company, or otherwise, in its capacity as a Member, or (b) have any priority over any other Member for any return of its Capital Contributions or Capital Account or any distributions made pursuant to Section 4 hereof; provided, however, that the restriction contained in this Section 5.6 shall not apply to loans (as distinguished from Capital Contributions) which a Member has made to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, if any.

 

5.7           Members Liability.

 

No Member shall be liable under a judgment, decree, or order of a court, or in any other manner for the Debts or any other obligations or liabilities of the Company.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Member shall be liable only to make its Capital Contributions and shall not be required to restore a deficit balance in its Capital Account or to lend any funds to the Company or, after its Capital Contributions have been made, to make any additional contributions, assessments or payments to the Company; provided that a Member may be required to repay distributions made to it as provided in Section 18-607 of the Act.  In exercising its rights as a Member, the fiduciary duties of each Member to the Company or to the other Members (if and to the extent such a duty exists by statute, in equity, at common law or otherwise) are hereby restricted and modified to the fullest extent permitted by law and such Member shall be permitted to consider or not consider any interests or factors in connection with any decision or vote by the Members hereunder as such Member desires to consider including, without limitation, its own interests with no duty or obligation to consider the interests of the Company or any other Member.

 

5.8           Partition.

 

While the Company remains in effect or is continued, each Member agrees and waives its rights to have any Property partitioned, or to file a complaint or to institute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity to have any Property partitioned, and each Member, on behalf of itself, its successors and its assigns hereby waives any such right.

 

5.9           Confidentiality.

 

Except as contemplated hereby or required by a court of competent authority, so long as the Company remains in existence and for a period of five (5) years following any termination of this Agreement or the dissolution of the Company, each Member shall keep confidential and shall not disclose to others and shall use its reasonable best efforts to prevent its Affiliates and any of its, or its Affiliates’, present or former employees, agents, and

 

36



 

representatives from disclosing to others without the prior written consent of the Members any confidential information which (i) pertains to this Agreement or the Related Agreements, any negotiations pertaining hereto or thereto, any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the Business, or (ii) pertains to confidential or proprietary information of any Member or the Company.  No Member shall use, and each Member shall use its reasonable best efforts to prevent any Affiliate of such Member from using, any information which (i) pertains to this Agreement or the Related Agreements, any negotiations pertaining hereto or thereto, any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the Business, or (ii) pertains to the confidential or proprietary information of any Member or the Company, except in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Related Agreements.  The term “confidential information” is used in this Section 5.9 to describe information which is confidential, non-public or proprietary in nature, was provided to such Member or its representatives by the Company, any other Member, or such Persons’ agents, representatives and employees, and relates either directly, or indirectly to the Company, the business of any other Member, or the Business.  Information which (i) is available, or becomes available, to the public through no fault or action by such Member, its agents, representatives or employees, (ii) becomes available on a non-confidential basis from any source other than the Company, any other Member, or such Persons’ agents, representatives or employees and such source is not prohibited from disclosing such information, or (iii) is already known to the receiving party before receipt from the other party as evidenced by the receiving party’s written records, shall not be deemed confidential information.

 

5.10         Transactions between a Member and the Company.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein (including, without limitation, Section 1.10 (c)), in the Related Agreements, or by applicable law, any Member may, but shall not be obligated to, lend money to the Company, act as surety for the Company and transact other business with the Company and shall have the same rights and obligations when transacting business with the Company as a Person who is not a Member.  A Member, any Affiliate thereof or any employee, stockholder, agent, director or officer of any Member or any Affiliate thereof, may also be an employee or be retained as an agent of the Company.  The existence of these relationships and acting in such capacities will not result in a Member being deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Company or otherwise affect the limited liability of such Member.

 

5.11         Other Instruments .

 

Each Member hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company within five (5) days after receipt of a written request therefor, such other and further reasonable documents and instruments, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney and other instruments and to take such other action as the Board of Managers deems necessary, useful or appropriate to comply with any laws, rules or regulations as may be necessary to enable the Company to fulfill its responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

Section 6:  Management

 

6.1           Managers; Board of Managers.

 

37



 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the management of the Company shall be vested in a Board of Managers appointed by the Members as provided in Sections 6.1(b) and 6.1(c) hereof (the “Board of Managers”).  Except as expressly set out in Sections 1.4, 2.3, 4.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.9, 6.1(c), 9.3, 11.1, 11.2 or 12.1 of this Agreement, no Member shall have the power to approve, consent to, vote on or otherwise manage the activities, policies or the business of the Company or the other Members, nor will a Member’s approval or consent be required for any activity taken by the Company or another Member, and the Board of Managers shall have the power to approve and manage the activities, policies and business of the Company by a majority vote of the Managers.

 

(b)           The number of Managers on the Board of Managers shall be four (4) unless otherwise provided herein.  DuPont and Central Soya, by signing this Agreement, hereby appoint the Persons identified on Exhibit B hereto as the Managers of the Company until their successors are appointed, each such Manager being deemed appointed by the Member set forth opposite the name of such Manager.

 

(c)           Except as otherwise provided herein, during the Initial Period and the Grace Period, each of DuPont and Central Soya shall have the right to appoint one-half (1/2) of the Managers to serve on the Board of Managers.  DuPont and Central Soya shall appoint Managers, other than the Managers identified on Exhibit B as provided in Section 6.1(b) above, by delivering to the Company a written statement appointing their Manager or Managers and setting forth such Manager’s or Managers’ business address and telephone number.  Each of DuPont and Central Soya shall have the right to appoint one (1) non-voting advisor to the Board of Managers (the “Advisor”), with the consent of the other Members.  In no event shall an Advisor be considered or deemed to be a “Manager” (as that term is used in this Agreement) and the Advisors shall not have any right to vote on, consent to or otherwise approve any activity or policy of the Company or any activity or policy taken or adopted by the Members or the Board of Managers with respect to the Company.

 

(d)           A Manager or Advisor may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the written notice of the Member that appointed such Manager or Advisor, delivered to the Company, notifying of such removal and appointing the Person who shall fill the position of the removed Manager or Advisor.

 

(e)           In the event any Manager or Advisor dies or is unwilling or unable to serve in the appointed capacity, the Member that appointed such Manager or Advisor shall promptly appoint a successor to such Manager or Advisor.

 

(f)            The Board of Managers shall have a Chairman (the “Chairman”).  The Chairman shall be one of DuPont’s appointees to the Board of Managers as determined by DuPont.  DuPont hereby appoints J. Erik Fyrwald as the initial Chairman of the Board of Managers.

 

(g)           Except as provided in Section 6.1(k)(i) of this Agreement, each Manager shall have one (1) vote.

 

38



 

(h)           Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if at anytime following the Grace Period, Central Soya’s Percentage Interest shall be less than twenty percent (20%), the terms of all of the current Managers appointed by Central Soya, and the term of the current Advisor appointed by Central Soya, shall cease; provided, however, that as long as Central Soya’s Percentage Interest is greater than ten percent (10%) but less than twenty percent (20%), there shall be one (1) Manager appointed by Central Soya to remain on the Board of Managers.  Any vacancy on the Board of Managers created as a result of a reduction in Central Soya’s Percentage Interest pursuant to this Section 6.1(h) shall be filled by a Manager appointed by DuPont.

 

(i)            In performing his or her duties as a Manager, each Manager shall have a fiduciary duty to act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Company, and with such care as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.  Such fiduciary duties shall include, but not be limited to, the duty to safekeep all of the Property of the Company and to use the same for the exclusive benefit of the Company generally, and to otherwise act in good faith with respect to the Company generally, which shall be construed to prohibit a Manager from acting in any manner intentionally or specifically directed at harming the Company.  In performing his or her duties as a Manager, the fiduciary duties of each Manager to a Member or the Members (whether existing by statute, in equity, at common law or otherwise) are hereby restricted and modified to the fullest extent permitted by law to consist of the duty to safekeep all of the Property of the Company and to use the same for the benefit of the Company and to otherwise act in good faith with respect to the Company generally, which shall be construed to mean and to permit acting in any manner and considering or not considering any interests or factors in connection with any transaction or matter whatsoever as such Manager desires with no duty to consider the interests of any Member so long as such Manager acts in a manner that he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interest of the Company and does not act in a manner intentionally or specifically directed solely at harming a Member.  A Manager of the Company who performs his/her duties in accordance with this Section 6.1(i) shall not have any liability by reason of being or having been a Manager of the Company.  A Manager does not, in any way, guarantee the return of the Members’ Capital Contributions or a Profit for the Members from the operations of the Company.  A Manager shall not be liable to the Company or any Member for any loss or damage sustained by the Company or any Member unless the loss or damage shall have been the result of fraud, deceit, or willful misconduct.  A Manager shall not have any personal liability for the repayment of any Capital Contributions of any Member.  No Manager shall be liable under a judgment, decree, or order of a court, or in any other manner for the Debts or any other obligations or liabilities of the Company.

 

(j)            The Board of Managers shall have the power to create committees of the Board of Managers with such powers and authority as shall be delegated to such committees by the Board of Managers, provided that no such delegation shall prevent the Board of Managers from acting with respect to delegated matters.  In addition, the Board of Managers shall have the power to delegate authority to such officers, employees, agents, and representatives of the Company as it may from time to time deem appropriate and any action taken by such Persons or Persons must be approved in the same manner as would be required for the Board of Managers to approve such action directly.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and

 

39



 

except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Board of Managers reserves the following powers and authority to itself:

 

(i)            To set the overall policy and vision of the Company in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(ii)           Subject to Section 6.1(k) hereof, to elect, appoint or terminate any officers of the Company;

 

(iii)          To approve the business and strategic plans and annual operating and financing plans of the Company, including annual investment budgets;

 

(iv)          To approve and modify the accounting policies of the Company (the “Accounting Policies”); provided that at all times during the term of this Agreement the Accounting Policies are in accordance with GAAP and SEC Requirements; and provided further that the Company shall provide each Member with prior notice of any modification to the Accounting Policies.  If the Board of Managers receives written notice from a Member prior to any modification of the Accounting Policies that such modification as proposed would have a material adverse effect on such Member, the Board of Managers shall reconsider such proposed modification in light of such material adverse effect;

 

(v)           To approve from time to time the location of the Company’s headquarters;

 

(vi)          Subject to the provisions of Section 1.3, to approve any changes to the name of the Company or any names under which it shall do business;

 

(vii)         To determine the banking, financing, capital and risk investment policies of the Company and further in that regard:

 

(1)           To grant financial authorization (including the opening and closing of bank accounts and to designate signatories for such accounts) to any Manager or officer of the Company;

 

(2)           To approve the purchase of liability and other insurance to protect the Company’s property and business;

 

(3)           To approve the ethics, safety and health, treatment of people and environmental policies of the Company;

 

(4)           To approve the acquisition or disposition of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights and licenses thereof; and

 

(5)           To approve the internal control standards that enable the Company to operate effectively, efficiently and ethically.

 

40



 

(k)           The Members hereby create the offices of Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (collectively, the “Officers”).  The responsibilities of the Officers shall be as set forth in this Section 6.1(k), and as determined by the Board of Managers.

 

(i)            Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.10 hereof, DuPont shall have the sole power to appoint the Chairman.  In the event the Board of Managers is not able to reach a decision on any matter properly brought before it because the votes of the Managers thereof result in a tie vote (a “Deadlock Matter”), a deadlock shall be deemed to exist (a “Deadlock”).  Upon the occurrence of a Deadlock, the Chairman shall have the power and right in his or her sole and absolute discretion to resolve the Deadlock by approving or disapproving the Deadlock Matter.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Deadlock shall exist when an express unanimous consent of the Board of Managers is required hereunder or under the Related Agreements.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Chairman shall not be entitled to break a Deadlock with respect to the Board of Managers’ decision to retain the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as provided in Section 6.1(k)(iv) below.

 

(ii)           Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.10 hereof, DuPont shall have the power to designate and appoint the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Chief Executive Officer”), subject to the approval of the Board of Managers.  The Board of Managers shall determine the necessary qualifications for the office of Chief Executive Officer and the Person designated and appointed for such office shall meet such qualifications.  The Board of Managers shall determine the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

(iii)          Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.10 hereof, Central Soya shall have the power to designate and appoint the Chief Financial Officer of the Company who shall report to the Chief Executive Officer (the “Chief Financial Officer”), subject to the approval of the Board of Managers.  The Board of Managers shall determine the necessary qualifications for the office of Chief Financial Officer and the Person designated and appointed for such office shall meet such qualifications.  The Board of Managers shall determine the powers and duties of the Chief Financial Officer; provided, however, that the powers and duties of the Chief Financial Officer shall be substantially consistent with those powers and duties of similarly situated Persons that are customary to the industry in which the Company operates.

 

(iv)          If, after the Initial Period, the Business is not operating within eighty percent (80%) of the Company’s business plan with respect to the Company’s operating income and return on investment (as those terms are defined in the business plan), the Board of Managers shall remove and replace the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer unless the Board of Managers unanimously agrees to retain such Officers.  Upon the removal of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Board of Managers shall search for successors to such Officers and may, in its discretion, engage the services of a search firm to assist with its search efforts.

 

41



 

The search for such successors shall not be limited to employees of DuPont, Central Soya, or their respective Affiliates; provided, however, that DuPont, Central Soya and their respective Affiliates may nominate and recommend to the Board of Managers candidates to replace such removed Officers.

 

(v)           The Company’s compensation structure shall be designed to maximize the performance of the Company and all incentive compensation paid to employees of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Officers) shall be based upon the Company’s performance.

 

(vi)          The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer shall be responsible for conducting, in the name and on behalf of the Company, the day-to-day business and affairs of the Company.

 

(vii)         The Board of Managers shall have the power to create such other officer positions with such powers as it deems appropriate as shall be determined by the Board of Managers consistent with the terms of this Agreement.  The Board of Managers shall have the power to appoint persons to fill such officer positions.

 

(l)            The terms of the Related Agreements are hereby approved and each Manager is hereby authorized to execute and deliver the Related Agreements on behalf of the Company.

 

6.2           Meetings of the Board of Managers.

 

(a)           The Board of Managers shall hold regular meetings no less frequently than once every Fiscal Quarter and the Chairman shall establish meeting times, dates and places and requisite notice requirements (not shorter than those provided in Section 6.2(c) below) and adopt rules or procedures consistent with the terms of this Agreement.  Unless otherwise approved by the Chairman, each regular meeting of the Board of Managers will be held at the Company’s principal place of business.

 

(b)           At all meetings of the Board of Managers, the presence of at least one Manager appointed by Central Soya and one Manager appointed by DuPont shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 6.1(k)(i) hereof), the Board of Managers shall act by the majority vote of the Managers at any meeting at which a quorum is present.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Managers, the Managers present thereat may adjourn and reschedule the meeting to a date no earlier than five (5) days thereafter with notice in accordance with Section 6.2(c).  At the rescheduled meeting, the Managers present thereat shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

(c)           Special meetings of the Board of Managers may be called only by the Chairman.  Notice of each such meeting shall be given to each Manager on the Board of Managers by telephone, telecopy, telegram or similar method (in each case, notice shall be given

 

42



 

at least seventy-two (72) hours before the time of the meeting) or sent by first-class mail (in which case notice shall be given at least five (5) days before the meeting), unless a longer notice period is established by the Board of Managers.  Each such notice shall state (i) the time, date, place (which shall be at the principal office of the Company unless otherwise agreed to by all Managers) or other means of conducting such meeting and (ii) the purpose of the meeting to be so held.  No actions other than those specified in the notice may be considered at any special meeting unless unanimously approved by the Managers.  Any Manager may waive notice of any meeting in writing before, at, or after such meeting.  The attendance of a Manager at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when a Manager attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not properly called.

 

(d)           Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Managers, or any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Managers, may be taken at a meeting held by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.  Participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.2, the Board of Managers may take without a meeting any action that may be taken by the Board of Managers under this Agreement if such action is approved by the unanimous written consent of the Managers.

 

6.3           Board of Managers Powers.

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including but not limited to Section 5.4 hereof), all powers to control and manage the Business and affairs of the Company shall be exclusively vested in the Board of Managers and the Board of Managers may exercise all powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate or this Agreement directed or required to be exercised or done by one or more of the Members and in so doing shall have the right and authority to take all actions which the Board of Managers deems necessary, useful or appropriate for the management and conduct of the Business, including exercising the following specific rights and powers:

 

(i)            Conduct its business and/or its Affiliates’ businesses, carry on their operations and have and exercise the powers granted by the Act in any state, territory, district or possession of the United States, or in any foreign country which may be necessary or convenient to effect any or all of the purposes for which it is organized;

 

(ii)           Acquire by purchase, lease, or otherwise any real or personal property which may be necessary, convenient, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company;

 

(iii)          Operate, maintain, finance, improve, construct, own, grant operations with respect to, sell, convey, assign, mortgage, and lease any real estate and

 

43



 

any personal property necessary, convenient, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company;

 

(iv)          Execute, or authorize any officer or officers to execute, any and all agreements, contracts, documents, certifications, and instruments necessary or convenient in connection with the management, maintenance, and operation of the Business, or in connection with managing the affairs of the Company, including, executing amendments to this Agreement and the Certificate in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, both as Managers and, if required, as attorney-in-fact for the Members pursuant to any power of attorney granted by the Members to the Managers;

 

(v)           Borrow money and issue evidences of indebtedness necessary, convenient, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company, and secure the same by mortgage, pledge, or other lien on any Company assets;

 

(vi)          Execute, in furtherance of any or all of the purposes of the Company, any deed, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, mortgage note, promissory note, bill of sale, contract, or other instrument purporting to convey or encumber any or all of the Company assets;

 

(vii)         Prepay in whole or in part, refinance, recast, increase, modify, or extend any liabilities affecting the assets of the Company and in connection therewith execute any extensions or renewals of encumbrances on any or all of such assets;

 

(viii)        Distribute funds to the Members by way of cash income, return of capital, or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and perform all matters in furtherance of the objectives of the Company or this Agreement;

 

(ix)           Contract on behalf of the Company for the employment and services of employees and/or independent contractors, such as lawyers and accountants;

 

(x)            Engage in any kind of activity and perform and carry out contracts of any kind (including contracts of insurance covering risks to Company assets and Manager liability) necessary or incidental to, or in connection with, the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company, as may be lawfully carried on or performed by a limited liability company under the laws of each state in which the Company is then formed or qualified;

 

(xi)           Take, or refrain from taking, all actions, not expressly prescribed or limited by this Agreement, as may be necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company;

 

44



 

(xii)          Institute, prosecute, defend, settle, compromise, and dismiss lawsuits or other judicial or administrative proceedings brought on or in behalf of, or against, the Company or any Manager in connection with activities arising out of, connected with, or incidental to this Agreement, and to engage counsel or others in connection therewith;

 

(xiii)         Institute or prosecute lawsuits or other judicial or administrative proceedings brought against the Members in connection with activities arising out of, connected with, or incidental to this Agreement, and to engage counsel or others in connection therewith; provided, however that if one or more Managers believes in good faith that the Company should institute or prosecute a lawsuit or other judicial or administrative proceeding against a Member, the matter shall first be submitted to the Chief Executive Officers of each of the Members for resolution.  In the event such Chief Executive Officers are unable to agree upon a resolution within sixty (60) days following such submission, the issue whether or not to institute or prosecute such lawsuit or other judicial or administrative proceeding shall be submitted to a vote of the Managers appointed by the Member(s) who is not the subject of the proposed lawsuit or proceeding and shall be approved upon the affirmative vote of a majority of such Managers;

 

(xiv)        Employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other interests in or obligations of any Person, or direct or indirect obligations of the United States or of any government, state, territory, government district or municipality or of any instrumentality of any of them;

 

(xv)         Indemnify a Manager or former Manager, and to make any other indemnification that is authorized by this Agreement in accordance with the Act;

 

(xvi)        Establish policies and guidelines for the hiring of employees to permit the Company to act as an operating company with respect to its Business, and adopt appropriate management incentive plans and employee benefit plans; and

 

(xvii)       Appoint, contract, or remove the external independent accountants responsible for auditing the books and records of the Company, and opining on the integrity of the financial statements prepared by the Company to meet external reporting requirements.

 

6.4           Duties and Obligations of the Board of Managers.

 

(a)           Except as may be provided in the Related Agreements, the Board of Managers shall cause the Company to conduct its business and operations separate and apart from that of any other Person, including, without limitation, (i) segregating Company assets and bank accounts and not allowing funds or other assets of the Company to be commingled with the funds or other assets of, held by, or registered in the name of, any other Person, (ii) maintaining books and financial records of the Company separate from the books and financial records of any

 

45



 

other Person, and observing all Company procedures and formalities, including, without limitation, maintaining minutes of meetings and acting on behalf of the Company only pursuant to due authorization of the Members, (iii) paying its liabilities from assets of the Company, (iv) conducting its dealings with third parties in its own name and as a separate and independent entity, (v) maintaining its assets in such a manner that minimizes the cost and difficulty of segregating, ascertaining or otherwise identifying its assets from those of any other Person, and (vi) abiding by all formalities under the Act with respect to causing the Company’s financial statements to be prepared in accordance with GAAP and in a manner that indicates the separateness of the Company and the Company’s assets and liabilities from any other Person.

 

(b)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Board of Managers shall take all actions which may be necessary or appropriate (i) for the continuation of the Company’s valid existence as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Members or to enable the Company to conduct the business in which it is engaged and (ii) for the accomplishment of the Company’s purposes, including the acquisition, development, maintenance, preservation, and operation of Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable laws and regulations.  The Board of Managers shall cause the Company to implement the core values and policies of the Members regarding safety, health, environment, ethics and treatment of people in a manner which preserves the underlying objectives of the core values and policies and optimizes the operating performance of the Company.

 

Section 7:  Protection of Members,

Managers, and Officers .

 

7.1           Pro tected Party.

 

As used in this Agreement, the term “Protected Party” refers to the Members, the Managers, the Advisors and the officers of the Company.

 

7.2           General Protection.

 

(a)           A Protected Party shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to the matters the Protected Party reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, Profits or Losses of the Company or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Members might properly be paid pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

 

(b)           To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Protected Party has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any other Protected Party, a Protected Party acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company, to any other Protected Party or to any third party for its good faith reliance on the

 

46



 

provisions of this Agreement.  The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or expand the duties and liabilities of a Protected Party otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Protected Party to the extent permissible under applicable law.

 

(c)           Whenever in this Agreement a Protected Party is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Protected Party shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires including its own interests and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or any other Person, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Protected Party shall act under such express standard and shall not be subjected to any other or different standard imposed in this Agreement or other applicable law; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Manager’s conduct, the express standards set forth in this Section 7.2(c) shall be governed by Section 6.1(i) hereof.

 

7.3           Indemnification and Insurance

 

(a)           Each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative or otherwise and whether formal or informal (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or the Person of which he or she is the legal representative, is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Manager, officer or other agent of the Company, where the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a Manager, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company; provided, however, that there shall be no indemnification of any such Person as to matters in respect of which it shall be finally adjudged in such action that such Person has committed an act of fraud, deceit, or willful misconduct.

 

(b)           The right to indemnification conferred by this Section 7 shall include the right to require the Company to pay the expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) with respect to a Proceeding initiated against the Company by any Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company unless such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Managers.

 

(c)           The right to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section 7 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Agreement or the Related Agreements, contract, agreement, vote or consent of the Members or disinterested Managers or otherwise.  The Managers are expressly authorized to adopt and enter into indemnification agreements for Managers and officers.

 

(d)           The Board of Managers may cause the Company to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was or has agreed to become a Manager, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the

 

47



 

Company as a Manager, officer, employee or other agent of the Company, against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred in any such capacity or arising out of such status. A Manager shall not be entitled to coverage under the directors’ and officers’ insurance policy of the Member who did not appoint such Manager.

 

7.4           Amendments to this Section 7.

 

No amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 7 shall adversely affect any rights hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the date when such amendment, repeal or modification became effective.

 

Section 8: Representations and Warranties.

 

8.1           In Genera l.

 

As of the date hereof, each of Members hereby makes each of the

representations and warranties applicable to such Member as set forth in Section 8.2, and such warranties and representations shall survive the execution of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years following the Effective Time.

 

8.2                  Representations and Warranties.

 

Each Member hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(a)           Due Incorporation or Formation; Authorization of Agreement .  Such Member is a corporation duly organized or a partnership or limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and has the corporate, partnership, or company power and authority to own its property and carry on its business as owned and carried on as of the date hereof and as contemplated hereby.  Such Member is duly licensed or qualified to do business and in good standing in each of the jurisdictions in which the failure to be so licensed or qualified would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.  Such Member has the corporate, partnership or company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership, or company action.  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Member.

 

(b)           No Conflict with Restrictions; No Default .  Neither the execution, delivery, nor performance of this Agreement nor the consummation by such Member of the transactions contemplated hereby (i) will conflict with, violate, or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions, or provisions of any law, regulation, order, writ, injunction, decree, determination, or award of any court, any governmental department, board, agency, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or any arbitrator, applicable to such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates, (ii) will conflict with, violate, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under any of the terms, conditions, or provisions of the articles of incorporation, bylaws,

 

48



 

partnership agreement or operating agreement of such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates or of any material agreement or instrument to which such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates is a party or by which such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates is or may be bound or to which any of its material properties or assets is subject, (iii) will conflict with, violate, result in a breach of, constitute a default under (whether with notice or lapse of time or both), accelerate or permit the acceleration of the performance required by, give to others any material interests or rights, or require any consent, authorization, or approval under any indenture, mortgage, lease agreement, or instrument to which such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates is a party or by which such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates is or may be bound, or (iv) will result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the material properties or assets of such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates.

 

(c)           Governmental Authorizations .  Any registration, declaration, or filing with, or consent, approval, license, permit, or other authorization or order by, any governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, that is required in connection with the valid execution, delivery, acceptance and performance by such Member under this Agreement or the consummation by such Member of any transaction contemplated hereby has been completed, made, or obtained on or before the Effective Time.

 

(d)           Litigation .  There are no Proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates, threatened against or affecting such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates or any of their properties, assets, or businesses in any court or before or by any governmental department, board, agency, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or any arbitrator which could, if adversely determined (or, in the case of an investigation could lead to any Proceeding, which if adversely determined could) reasonably be expected to materially impair such Member’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of such Member; and such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates has not received any currently effective notice of any default, and such Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates is not in default, under any applicable order, writ, injunction, decree, permit, determination, or award of any court, any governmental department, board, agency, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or any arbitrator which could reasonably be expected to materially impair such Member’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of such Member.

 

(e)           Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act .  Neither Member nor any of its Affiliates is, nor will the Company as a result of any Member holding an Interest therein be, an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.  Neither Member nor any of its Affiliates is, nor will the Company as a result of any Member holding an Interest therein be, a “holding company,” “an affiliate of a holding company,” or a “subsidiary of a holding company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

 

(f)            Investigation .  Each Member is acquiring its Membership Interest based upon its own investigation, and the exercise by such Member of its rights and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will be based upon its own investigation,

 

49



 

analysis, and expertise.  Each Member’s acquisition of its Membership Interest is being made for its own account for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.  Each Member is a sophisticated investor possessing an expertise in analyzing the benefits and risks associated with acquiring investments that are similar to the acquisition of its Membership Interest.

 

Section 9:   Accounting, Books and Records.

 

9.1           Accounting, Books and Records.

 

(a)                  The Company shall keep on site at its principal place of business each of the following:

 

(i)            Separate books of account for the Company which shall show a true and accurate record of all costs and expenses incurred, all charges made, all credits made and received, and all income derived in connection with the conduct of the Company and the operation of the Business in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(ii)           A current list of the full name and last known business, residence, or mailing address of each Member and Manager, both past and present;

 

(iii)          A copy of the Certificate and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which any amendment has been executed;

 

(iv)          Copies of the Company’s federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the later of the five (5) most recent years or all open years;

 

(v)           Copies of this Agreement;

 

(vi)          Copies of any writings permitted or required under Section 18-502 of the Act regarding the obligation of a Member to perform any enforceable promise to contribute cash or property or to perform services as consideration for such Member’s Capital Contribution;

 

(vii)         Unless contained in this Agreement, a statement prepared and certified as accurate by the Board of Managers of the Company which describes:

 

(1)           The amount of cash and a description and statement of the agreed value of the other property or services contributed by each Member and which each Member has agreed to contribute in the future;

 

(2)           The times at which or events on the happening of which any Additional Capital Contributions agreed to be made by each Member are to be made;

 

50



 

(3)           If agreed upon, the time at which or the events on the happening of which a Member may terminate its Membership Interest in the Company and the amount of, or the method of determining, the distribution to which it may be entitled respecting its Membership Interest and the terms and conditions of the termination and distribution;

 

(4)           Any right of a Member to receive distributions, which include a return of all or any part of a Member’s contributions;

 

(5)           Any written consents obtained from Members pursuant to Section 18-302 of the Act regarding action taken by Members.

 

(b)           The Company shall use the accrual method of accounting in preparation of its financial reports and for tax purposes and shall keep its books and records accordingly.  The Company shall use GAAP consistent with those policies used in DuPont’s consolidated financial reporting to shareholders.  Any Member or its authorized representative has the right to have reasonable access to and inspect and copy the contents of such books or records and shall also have reasonable access during normal business hours to such additional financial information, documents, books and records of the Company.  The rights granted to a Member pursuant to this Section 9.1 are expressly subject to compliance by such Member with the safety, security and confidentiality procedures and guidelines of the Company, as such procedures and guidelines may be established from time to time.

 

9.2           Reports; Audits.

 

(a)           In General .  The Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall be responsible for causing the preparation of financial reports of the Company and the coordination of financial matters of the Company with the Company’s accountants.

 

(b)           Periodic and Other Reports .  The Company shall cause to be delivered to each Member the financial statements listed in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below, prepared, in each case (other than with respect to Members’ Capital Accounts, which shall be prepared in accordance with this Agreement) in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (and, if required by any Member or its Wholly Owned Affiliates for purposes of reporting under the Exchange Act, Regulation S-X), and such other reports as any Member may reasonably request from time to time; provided that, if the Board of Managers so determines within thirty (30) days thereof, such other reports shall be provided at such requesting Member’s sole cost and expense.  The quarterly and monthly financial statements referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) below may be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

(i)            As soon as practicable following the end of each Fiscal Year (and in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of such Fiscal Year) and at such time as distributions are made to the Members pursuant to Section 12 hereof following the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related statements of operations, Members’ Capital Accounts and changes therein,

 

51



 

and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, together with appropriate notes to such financial statements and supporting schedules, all of which shall be audited and certified by the Company’s independent accountants in accordance with GAAP, and in each case, to the extent the Company was in existence, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year end (in the case of the balance sheet) and the two (2) immediately preceding Fiscal Years (in the case of the income statements).

 

(ii)           As soon as practicable following the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year (and in any event not later than twenty-five (25) days after the end of each such Fiscal Quarter), a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related statements of operations and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter and for the Fiscal Year to date, all of which shall be reviewed by the Company’s independent accountants in accordance with GAAP, and in each case, to the extent the Company was in existence, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the prior Fiscal Year’s Fiscal Quarter and the interim period corresponding to the Fiscal Quarter and the interim period just completed.

 

(iii)          As soon as practicable following the end of each month during each Fiscal Year (and in any event not later than four (4) Business Days after the end of each such month for the income statement and not later than six (6) Business Days after the end of each month for the balance sheet), a Wilmington Forms Statement Package (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C) of the Company’s results as of the end of such month and for the Fiscal Year to date or such other reasonable financial information as requested in good-faith by a Member, all of which shall be in accordance with GAAP, and in each case, to the extent the Company was in existence, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the prior Fiscal Year’s corresponding month and the interim period corresponding to the month and the interim period just completed.

 

The quarterly or annual statements described in clause (i) and (ii) above shall be accompanied by a written certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company that such statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(c)           Member Audit .  Except as otherwise provided herein, each Member may, at anytime, and at its own expense, conduct or cause to be conducted an independent audit of the financial condition of the Company and/or Solae, LLC; provided, however that such Member provides reasonable prior notice of such audit to the Company and/or Solae, LLC (as the case may be), provides reasonable prior notice of such audit to the other Members and uses its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent such audits from unreasonably interfering with the normal activities or conduct of the Company and/or Solae, LLC (including, but not limited to, those with respect to the Business); and provided further that such Member permits the other Members to participate in such audit (at their expense) and shares the results of such audit with such participating Members.

 

52



 

9.3           Tax Matters.

 

(a)           Tax Elections .  The Board of Managers shall, without any further consent of the Members being required (except as specifically required herein), make any and all elections for federal, state, local, and foreign tax purposes including, without limitation, any election, if permitted by applicable law: (i) to adjust the basis of Property pursuant to Code Sections 754, 734(b) and 743(b), or comparable provisions of state, local or foreign law, in connection with Transfers of Membership Interests and Company distributions; (ii) with the consent of the Members, to extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against the Members with respect to adjustments to the Company’s federal, state, local or foreign tax returns; and (iii) to represent the Company and the Members before taxing authorities or courts of competent jurisdiction in tax matters affecting the Company or the Members in their capacities as Members, and to file any tax returns and execute any agreements, settlements or other documents relating to or affecting such tax matters, including agreements or other documents that bind the Members with respect to such tax matters or otherwise affect the rights of the Company and the Members.   The Members acknowledge that it is the intention of the Company to be treated as a partnership for federal and all relevant state tax purposes.

 

(b)           Tax Information .  Necessary tax information shall be delivered to each Member within a reasonable time after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company.

 

 

Section 10:  Amendments.

 

10.1         Amendment s.

 

Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by any Manager or any Member.  Following such proposal, the Board of Managers shall submit to the Members a verbatim statement of any proposed amendment, provided that counsel for the Company shall have approved of the same in writing as to form, and the Board of Managers shall include in any such submission a recommendation as to the proposed amendment.  The Board of Managers shall seek the written consent of the Members on the proposed amendment.  Subject to the provisions of Section 5.4 hereof, a proposed amendment shall be adopted and be effective as an amendment hereto if it receives the affirmative written consent of Members having a Percentage Interest, in the aggregate, in excess of eighty percent (80%).

 

Section 11:  Transfers.

 

11.1         Restrictions on Transfers.

 

Except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, no Member shall Transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interest.  For the avoidance of any doubt, no Member may pledge or otherwise encumber all or any part of its Membership Interest as security for the payment of a Debt except with the unanimous consent of the Members.  During the Initial Period, no Member shall Transfer its Membership Interest to any Person without the prior written consent of the Members; provided, however, that, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth in Sections 11.3

 

53



 

and 11.4 hereof, such consent shall not be required in connection with a Member’s Transfer of its Membership Interest to one or more of its Affiliates, provided that in the case of Central Soya such Affiliate must also be an Affiliate of Bunge Limited.

 

11.2         Permitted Transfers.

 

Subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth in Sections 11.3 and 11.4 hereof, a Member may, after the Initial Period, Transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interest to (a) any other Member or Affiliate of another Member, (b) any Affiliate of the transferor; provided, however, that if the transferor is Central Soya, such Affiliate must also be an Affiliate of Bunge Limited, (c) the transferor’s administrator or trustee to whom such Membership Interest is transferred involuntarily by operation of law, or (d) any Purchaser in accordance with Section 11.4 hereof, without the consent of the Members (any such Transfer being referred to in this Agreement as a “Permitted Transfer”).  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, at no time shall any Member Transfer its Membership Interest to one or more of the Persons listed in Exhibit D (or the Affiliates of such listed Persons) attached hereto and made a part hereof (“Prohibited Transferees”) without the prior written consent of all of the Members.

 

11.3         Conditions to Permit ted Transfers.

 

A Transfer of a Membership Interest shall not be treated as a Permitted Transfer under Section 11.2 hereof unless and until the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)           Except in the case of a Transfer of a Membership Interest involuntarily by operation of law, the transferor and transferee shall execute and deliver to the Company such documents and instruments of conveyance as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of counsel to the Company to effect such Transfer.  In the case of a Transfer of a Membership Interest involuntarily by operation of law, such Transfer shall be confirmed by presentation to the Company of legal evidence of such Transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel to the Company.  In all cases, the Company shall be reimbursed by the transferor and/or transferee for all costs and expenses that it reasonably incurs in connection with a Transfer of a Membership Interest.

 

(b)           The transferor and transferee shall furnish the Company with the transferee’s taxpayer identification number, sufficient information to determine the transferee’s initial tax basis in the Membership Interest transferred, and any other information reasonably necessary to permit the Company to file all required federal and state tax returns and other legally required information statements or returns.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to make any distribution otherwise provided for in this Agreement with respect to any transferred Membership Interest until it has received such information.

 

(c)           Except in the case of a Transfer of a Membership Interest involuntarily by operation of law, either (i) a transferred Membership Interest shall be registered under the Securities Act, and any applicable state securities laws, or (ii) the transferor shall

 

54



 

provide an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Managers, to the effect that such Transfer is exempt from all applicable registration requirements and that such Transfer will not violate any applicable laws regulating the Transfer of securities.

 

(d)           Except in the case of a Transfer of a Membership Interest involuntarily by operation of law, the transferor shall provide an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Managers, to the effect that such Transfer will not cause the Company to be deemed to be an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

11.4         Right of First Offer; Certain Transfers; Buy-Out Interest and Change of Control.

 

In addition to the other limitations and restrictions set forth in this Section 11, except as permitted by Section 11.2 hereof, no Member shall Transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interest (the “Offered Membership Interest”) unless such Member (the “Seller”) first offers to sell the Offered Membership Interest pursuant to the terms of this Section 11.4.

 

(a)           Offer Notice .  Prior to making any Transfer of a Membership Interest that is subject to the terms of this Section 11.4, the Seller shall give to the Company and each other Member written notice of such proposed Transfer (the “Offer Notice”), which notice shall include an offer (the “Firm Offer”) to sell the Offered Membership Interest to the other Members (the “Offerees”) for a purchase price equal to the purchase price (the “Offer Price”) offered by or to a prospective purchaser (the “Purchaser”) with respect to the Offered Membership Interest, upon the same terms as (or more favorable terms than) those offered by or to the Purchaser; provided that the Firm Offer shall be made without regard to the requirement of any earnest money or similar deposit required of the Purchaser prior to closing, and without regard to any security (other than the Offered Membership Interest) to be provided by the Purchaser for any deferred portion of the Offer Price.

 

(b)           Offer Period .  The Firm Offer shall be irrevocable for a period (the “Offer Period”) ending at 11:59 P.M., local time at the Company’s principal place of business, on the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the day of the Offer Notice.

 

(c)           Acceptance of First Offer .  At any time during the Offer Period, any Offeree may accept the Firm Offer as to all or any portion of the Offered Membership Interest, by giving written notice of such acceptance to the Seller and each other Offeree, which notice shall indicate the maximum portion of the Offered Membership Interest that such Offeree is willing to purchase.  In the event that Offerees (“Accepting Offerees”), in the aggregate, accept the Firm Offer during the Offer Period with respect to all of the Offered Membership Interest, the Firm Offer shall be deemed to be accepted and each Accepting Offeree shall be deemed to have accepted the Firm Offer as to that portion of the Offered Membership Interest agreed to by the Accepting Offerees or, without such agreement, such portion of the Offered Membership Interest that corresponds to the product of each Accepting Offeree’s Percentage Interest multiplied by the Offered Membership Interest; provided, however, that for purposes of this

 

55



 

Section 11.4(c), the term “Percentage Interest” shall be calculated without reference to or inclusion of the Capital Account of the Seller.  If the Offerees, in the aggregate, do not accept the Firm Offer as to all of the Offered Membership Interest during the Offer Period, the Firm Offer shall be deemed to be rejected in its entirety.

 

(d)           Closing of Purchase Pursuant to Firm Offer .  In the event that the Firm Offer is accepted, the closing of the sale of the Offered Membership Interest shall take place within thirty (30) days after the Firm Offer is accepted.  The Seller and all Accepting Offerees shall execute such documents and instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the sale of the Offered Membership Interest pursuant to the terms of the Firm Offer and this Section 11.

 

(e)           Sale If Firm Offer Rejected .  If the Firm Offer is not accepted during the Offer Period in the manner hereinabove provided, the Seller may sell the Offered Membership Interest to the Purchaser at any time within sixty (60) days after the last day of the Offer Period; provided that such sale shall be made on terms no more favorable to the Purchaser than those contained in the Firm Offer; and provided further that such sale complies with the other terms, conditions, and restrictions of this Agreement.  In the event that the Offered Membership Interest is not sold in accordance with the terms of the preceding sentence, the Offered Membership Interest shall again become subject to all of the conditions and restrictions of this Section 11.

 

(f)            Certain Transfers .  In the event a Member (a “Transferring Member”) proposes to Transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interest to a Purchaser (other than an Affiliate of such Member) and the other Members (the “Non-Transferring Members”) do not exercise their right to purchase such Membership Interest as provided for above in this Section 11.4, the Non-Transferring Members shall notify the Transferring Member within the Offer Period of their election to Transfer or not to Transfer all or any portion of their Membership Interests to such Purchaser (“Election Notice”).  If the Non-Transferring Members so elect to Transfer all or any portion of their Membership Interests, then the Transferring Member and the Non-Transferring Members shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to sell the sum of the Percentage Interests of the Transferring Member and the Non-Transferring Members desired to be sold by the Transferring Member and the Non-Transferring Members to such Purchaser.  If, despite using their commercially reasonable best efforts, the Transferring Member and the Non-Transferring Members are unable to sell such sum to such Purchaser, the Transferring Member and the Non-Transferring Members shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Members, use their commercially reasonable best efforts to sell all of the Membership Interests of the Company as provided in Section 11.4(h) below.  If Central Soya, as a Non-Transferring Member, elects not to Transfer any portion of its Membership Interest and the Transferring Member has actually sold the proposed portion of its Membership Interest (plus or minus ten percent (10%) of the proposed portion of its Membership Interest) as provided in this Section 11.4(f), Central Soya shall not exercise its right to make a Purchase Request as provided in Section 11.4(g) below for a period of three (3) years from that date of the Election Notice.

 

(g)           Buy-Out Interest .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.4(f) above, if, following the Initial Period, Central Soya elects to sell its entire Membership Interest

 

56



 

and Central Soya is unable, despite using its commercially reasonable best efforts, to sell all of its Membership Interest  (the “Buy-Out Interest”) to a Purchaser, Central Soya may, on each December 31st following the Initial Period, request that any current Member purchase the Buy-Out Interest (the “Purchase Request”); provided that such Member’s then-current Percentage Interest (including the Percentage Interest of Affiliates of such Member) is at least forty-five percent (45%) (such Member being hereinafter referred to as the “Buy-Out Member”).  Following a Buy-Out Member’s receipt of the Purchase Request, the Buy-Out Member and Central Soya shall negotiate in good faith for a period not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the Purchase Request to enter into a written purchase agreement for such purchase, which purchase agreement shall allow the Buy-Out Member to defer the closing of such purchase for up to one (1) year following the execution of such agreement.

 

(h)                                  Forced Sale .  If the Buy-Out Member and Central Soya are unable to agree upon a purchase price for the Buy-Out Interest within the time period set forth in Section 11.4(g) above or if the Buy-Out Member elects not to purchase the Buy-Out Interest at any price or if the Transferring Member and the Non-Transferring Members are unable to sell the sum of Percentage Interests to a Purchaser as provided in Section 11.4(f) above, and unless otherwise agreed to by the Buy-Out Member and the holder of the Buy-Out Interest, the Members shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to sell all of the Membership Interests of the Company and shall work together in good faith for a period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days for the sale of such Membership Interests (the “Forced Sale Period”).  If, during the Forced Sale Period, any Member receives a bona-fide offer from a Purchaser (other than a Prohibited Transferee) for the purchase of all of the Membership Interests of the Company (the “Forced Sale Offer”), the Members shall either (i) sell all of the Membership Interests pursuant to the Forced Sale Offer or (ii) the Member(s) unwilling to sell its Membership Interest pursuant to the Forced Sale Offer shall offer to purchase the Membership Interest of the Member(s) willing to sell its Membership Interest pursuant to the Forced Sale Offer at a price equal to the price offered in the Forced Sale Offer times the then-current Percentage Interest of such willing Member(s).  If, during the Forced Sale Period, the Members are unable to sell all of the Membership Interests to a Purchaser or no Member(s) receives a Forced Sale Offer, then the Members shall cease efforts to sell such Membership Interests until such time as the procedures set forth in Section 11.4(f) or Section 11.4(g) above are recommenced; provided, however, that Central Soya shall not recommence the procedures set forth in Section 11.4(g) above prior to December 31 st of the next succeeding year.

 

(i)                                      Change of Control .  Upon the Change of Control of a Member (the “Change of Control Member”), the other Members shall have the right to purchase the Change of Control Member’s Membership Interest for an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Interest, and thus increase their Percentage Interests as a result of such purchase; provided that such Members notify the Change of Control Member of their desire to so acquire the Change of Control Member’s Interest within sixty (60) days of such Members becoming actually aware of such Change of Control; and provided further that the Members shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to consummate such acquisition within one hundred eighty (180) days of such Members becoming actually aware of the such Change of Control.

 

57



 

11.5                            Prohibited Transfers.

 

Any purported Transfer of a Membership Interest that is not a Permitted Transfer shall be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever; provided that, if the Company is required by law to recognize a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer, the Membership Interest transferred shall be strictly limited to the transferor’s rights to allocations and distributions as provided by this Agreement with respect to the transferred Membership Interest, which allocations and distributions may be applied (without limiting any other legal or equitable rights of the Company) to satisfy any debts, obligations, or liabilities for damages that the transferor or transferee of such Interest may have to the Company.

 

In the case of a Transfer or attempted Transfer of a Membership Interest that is not a Permitted Transfer, the parties engaging or attempting to engage in such Transfer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other Members from all cost, liability, and damage that any of such indemnified Persons may incur (including, without limitation, incremental tax liabilities, lawyers’ fees and expenses) as a result of such Transfer or attempted Transfer and efforts to enforce the indemnity granted hereby.

 

11.6                            Rights of Unadmitted Assignees.

 

A Person who acquires a Membership Interest but who is not admitted as a substituted Member pursuant to Section 11.7 hereof shall be entitled only to allocations and distributions with respect to such Membership Interest in accordance with this Agreement, and shall have no right to any information or accounting of the affairs of the Company, shall not be entitled to inspect the books or records of the Company, and shall not have any of the rights of a Member under the Act or this Agreement.

 

11.7                            Admission of Substituted Members.

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Section 11, a transferee of a Membership Interest may be admitted to the Company as a substituted Member only upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 11.7:

 

(a)                                   The Membership Interest with respect to which the transferee is being admitted was acquired by means of a Permitted Transfer and such Transfer is not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  The transferee of the Membership Interest (other than, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) below, a transferee that was a Member prior to the Transfer) shall, by written instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Managers (and, in the case of clause (iii) and (iv) below, the transferor Member), (i) make representations and warranties to each non-transferring Member equivalent to those set forth in Section 8, (ii) accept and adopt the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 11, (iii) accept the provisions of the Related Agreements and any other transaction contemplated by or referenced in Section 1.10(c), (iv) assume the obligations of the transferor Member under this Agreement with respect to the transferred Membership Interest and (v) accept, adopt and become a party to the Covenant Not to Compete.  The transferor Member shall be released from all such assumed

 

58



 

obligations except (A) those obligations or liabilities of the transferor Member arising out of a breach of this Agreement, (B) in the case of a Transfer of a Membership Interest to any Person other than a Member or any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates, those obligations or liabilities of the transferor Member based on events occurring, arising or maturing prior to the date of such Transfer, and (C) in the case of a Transfer of a Membership Interest to any of its Wholly Owned Affiliates, any Capital Contribution or other financing obligation of the transferor Member under this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   The transferee pays or reimburses the Company for all reasonable legal, filing, and publication costs that the Company incurs in connection with the admission of the transferee as a Member with respect to the transferred Membership Interest; and

 

(d)                                  Except in the case of a Transfer of a Membership Interest involuntarily by operation of law, if required by the Board of Managers, the transferee (other than a transferee that was a Member immediately prior to such Transfer) shall deliver to the Company evidence of the authority of such Person to become a Member and to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the transferee and transferor shall each execute and deliver such other instruments as the Board of Managers reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to effect, and as a condition to, such Transfer, including amendments to the Certificate or any other instrument filed with the State of Delaware or any other state or governmental authority.

 

11.8                            Representations Regarding Transfers; Legend.

 

(a)                                   Each Member hereby represents, covenants and agrees with the Company for the benefit of the Company and all Members, that (i) it is not currently making a market in Membership Interests and will not in the future make a market in Membership Interests, (ii) it will not Transfer its Membership Interest on an established securities market, a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Code Section 7704(b) (and any Regulations, proposed Regulations, revenue rulings, or other official pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service or Treasury Department that may be promulgated or published thereunder), and (iii) in the event such Regulations, revenue rulings, or other pronouncements treat any or all arrangements which facilitate the selling of Company interests and which are commonly referred to as “matching services” as being a secondary market or substantial equivalent thereof, it will not Transfer any Membership Interest through a matching service that is not approved in advance by the Company.  Each Member further agrees that it will not Transfer any Membership Interest to any Person unless such Person agrees to be bound by this Section 11.8(a) and to Transfer such Membership Interest only to Persons who agree to be similarly bound.

 

(b)                                  Each Member hereby represents and warrants to the Company and the Members that such Member’s acquisition of a Membership Interest hereunder is made principally for such Member’s own account and not for resale or distribution of such Membership Interest.  Each Member further hereby agrees that the following legend may be placed upon any counterpart of this Agreement, the Certificate, or any other document or

 

59



 

instrument evidencing ownership of a Membership Interest, in the event the Board of Managers determines to cause Membership Interests to be certificated:

 

The Company Membership Interest represented by this document has not been registered under any securities laws and the transferability of such Membership Interest is restricted.  Such Membership Interest may not be sold, assigned, or transferred, nor will any assignee, vendee, transferee, or endorsee thereof be recognized as having acquired any such Membership Interest by the issuer for any purposes, unless (1) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to such Membership Interest shall then be in effect and such transfer has been qualified under all applicable state securities laws, or (2) the availability of an exemption from such registration and qualification shall be established to the satisfaction of counsel to the Company.

 

The Membership Interest represented by this document is subject to further restriction as to its sale, transfer, hypothecation, or assignment as set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company and agreed to by each Member.  Said restriction generally provides, among other things, that no Membership Interest may be transferred without first offering to transfer such Membership Interest to the other Members.

 

11.9                            Distributions and Allocations in Respect of Transferred Membership Interest.

 

If any Membership Interest is transferred during any Allocation Year in compliance with the provisions of this Section 11, Profits, Losses, each item thereof, and all other items attributable to the transferred Membership Interest for such Allocation Year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor and the transferee by taking into account their varying Percentage Interests during the Fiscal Year in accordance with Code Section 706(d), using any conventions permitted by law and selected by the Board of Managers.  All distributions on or before the date of such Transfer shall be made to the transferor, and all distributions thereafter shall be made to the transferee.  Solely for purposes of making such allocations and distributions, the Company shall recognize such Transfer not later than the end of the calendar month during which it is given notice of such Transfer, provided that, if the Company is given notice of a Transfer at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Transfer, the Company shall recognize such Transfer as of the date of such Transfer, and provided further that if the Company does not receive a notice stating the date such Membership Interest was transferred and such other information as the Board of Managers may reasonably require within

 

60



 

thirty (30) days after the end of the Allocation Year during which the Transfer occurs, then all such items shall be allocated, and all distributions shall be made, to the Person who, according to the books and records of the Company, was the owner of the Membership Interest on the last day of such Allocation Year.  Neither the Company nor any Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company, nor any Member, shall incur any liability for making allocations and distributions in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.9, whether or not such Person has knowledge of any Transfer of ownership of any Membership Interest.

 

11.10                      DuPont Transfers; Certain Rights.

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Section 11, in the event DuPont Transfers (i) all of its Membership Interests to a substituted Member or (ii) a portion of its Membership Interests to a substituted Member and as a result of such Transfer such substituted Percentage Interest shall be in excess of forty-five percent (45%), such substituted Member shall have the right to exercise all of DuPont’s rights as provided in this Agreement.  In the event DuPont transfers a portion of its Membership Interests to a substituted Member and, as a result of such transfer, DuPont’s and its Affiliates’ Percentage Interest falls below forty-five percent (45%) and such substituted Member’s Percentage Interest is less than forty-five percent (45%), (i) the number of Managers on the Board of Managers shall increase to five (5), or such higher odd number as the Members may agree (the “Restructured Board”), and each Member shall be entitled to appoint the number of Managers equal to such Member’s then-current Percentage Interest times the total number of Managers to constitute the Restructured Board, rounded to the nearest whole number, (ii) the Managers of the Restructured Board shall select the Chairman of the Restructured Board by a majority vote and the power of the Chairman to resolve a Deadlock shall be terminated and (iii) the Restructured Board shall select the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer by a majority vote.

 

Section 12 :  Dissolution And Winding Up

 

12.1                            Dissolution Events.

 

(a)                                   Dissolution. The Company shall dissolve and shall commence winding up and liquidating upon the first to occur of any of the following (each a “Dissolution Event”):

 

(i)                                      The unanimous consent of the Members to dissolve, wind up, and liquidate the Company;

 

(ii)                                   A judicial determination that an event has occurred that makes it unlawful, impossible or impractical to carry on the Business; or

 

(iii)                                At any time there are no Members.

 

The Members hereby agree that, notwithstanding any provision of the Act, the Company shall not dissolve prior to the occurrence of a Dissolution Event.

 

61



 

(b)                                  Reconstitution.  If it is determined, by a court of competent jurisdiction, that the Company has dissolved prior to the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, then within an additional ninety (90) days after such determination (the “Reconstitution Period”), the Members may elect to reconstitute the Company and continue its business on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by forming a new limited liability company on terms identical to those set forth in this Agreement.  Unless such an election is made within the Reconstitution Period, the Company shall liquidate and wind up its affairs in accordance with Section 12.2 hereof.  If such an election is made within the Reconstitution Period, then:

 

(i)                                      The reconstituted limited liability company shall continue until the occurrence of a Dissolution Event as provided in Section 12.1(a);

 

(ii)                                   Unless otherwise agreed to by a majority of the Members, the Certificate and this Agreement shall automatically constitute the Certificate and Agreement of such new limited liability company.  All of the assets and liabilities of the dissolved Company shall be deemed to have been automatically assigned, assumed, conveyed, and transferred to the new limited liability company.  No bond, collateral, assumption or release of any Member’s or the Company’s liabilities shall be required; provided that the right of the Members to select successor Managers and to reconstitute and continue the Business shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel that the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Member and neither the Company nor the reconstituted limited liability company would cease to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue.

 

12.2                            Winding Up.

 

Upon the occurrence of (i) a Dissolution Event or (ii) the determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Company has dissolved prior to the occurrence of a Dissolution Event (unless the Company is reconstituted pursuant to Section 12.1(b) hereof), the Company shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Members, and no Member shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Company’s business and affairs, provided that all covenants contained in this Agreement and obligations provided for in this Agreement shall continue to be fully binding upon the Members until such time as the Property has been distributed pursuant to this Section 12.2 and the Certificate of Cancellation has been filed in accordance with this Agreement and the Act.  The Liquidator shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Company, which winding up and dissolution shall be completed as promptly as possible following the occurrence of the Dissolution Event or the last day on which the Company may be reconstituted pursuant to Section 12.1(b) hereof.  The Liquidator shall take full account of the Company’s liabilities and Property and shall cause the Property or the proceeds from the sale thereof (as determined pursuant to Section 12.9 hereof), to the extent sufficient therefor, to be applied and distributed, to the maximum extent permitted by law, in the following order:

 

62



 

(a)                                   First, to creditors (including Members and Managers who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law) in satisfaction of all of the Company’s Debts and other liabilities (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof), other than liabilities for which reasonable provision for payment has been made and liabilities for distribution to members under Section 18-601 or 18-604 of the Act;

 

(b)                                  Second, except as provided in this Agreement, to Members and former Members of the Company in satisfaction of liabilities for distribution under Sections 18-601 or 18-604 of the Act; and

 

(c)                                   The balance, if any, to the Members in accordance with the positive balance in their Capital Accounts, after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon the dissolution and winding up of the Company, (i) if the “Solae” trademark has not been transferred to the Company in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, the License Agreement and any sublicenses thereunder shall terminate or (ii) if the “Solae” trademark has been transferred to the Company in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, the Company shall transfer and distribute all right, title and interest in and to the name “Solae” to DuPont and neither Central Soya nor any other Member shall have the right to use the name “Solae” or any name confusingly similar thereto; provided, however, that in either case, DuPont shall not use the name “Solae” in any soy ingredients business (other than in connection with the use of the name “Solae” by the 8 th Continent Joint Venture; provided that such name is not used by the 8 th Continent Joint Venture in the Business) for a period of one (1) year following such dissolution and winding up.  No Member or Manager shall receive additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Section 12, unless such Member or Manager is appointed by the Board of Managers to serve as Liquidator pursuant to Section 12.9.

 

12.3                            Compliance with Certain Requirements of Regulations; Deficit Capital Accounts.

 

In the event the Company is “liquidated” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) (2) (ii) (g), distributions shall be made pursuant to this Section 12 to the Members who have positive Capital Accounts in compliance with Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b) (2) (ii) (b) (2).  If any Member has a deficit balance in his Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all Allocation Years, including the Allocation Year during which such liquidation occurs), such Member shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Company with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Company or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.  In the discretion of the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the Members pursuant to this Section 12 may be:

 

(a)                                   Distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the Members for the purposes of liquidating Company assets, collecting amounts owed to the Company, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company.  The assets of any

 

63



 

such trust shall be distributed to the Members from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the Liquidator, in the same proportions as the amount distributed to such trust by the Company would otherwise have been distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof, or

 

(b)                                  Withheld to provide a reasonable reserve for Company liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Company; provided that such withheld amounts shall be distributed to the Members as soon as practicable.

 

12.4                            Deemed Distribution and Recontribution.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12, in the event the Company is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but no Dissolution Event has occurred, the Property shall not be liquidated, the Company’s Debts and other liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Company’s affairs shall not be wound up.  Instead, solely for federal income tax purposes, the Company shall be deemed to have distributed the Property in-kind to the Members, who shall be deemed to have taken subject to all Debts of the Company and other liabilities all in accordance with their respective Capital Accounts.  Immediately thereafter, the Members shall be deemed to have recontributed the Property in-kind to the Company, which shall be deemed to have taken subject to all such liabilities.

 

12.5                            Rights of Members.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Member shall look solely to the Property of the Company for the return of its Capital Contribution and has no right or power to demand or receive Property other than cash from the Company.  If the assets of the Company remaining after payment or discharge of the debts or liabilities of the Company are insufficient to return such Capital Contribution, the Members shall have no recourse against the Company or any other Member or Manager.

 

12.6                            Notice of Dissolution/Termination.

 

(a)                                   In the event a Dissolution Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for the provisions of Section 12.1, result in a dissolution of the Company, the Board of Managers shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Members and to all other parties with whom the Company regularly conducts business (as determined in the discretion of the Board of Managers) and shall publish notice thereof in a newspaper of general circulation in each place in which the Company regularly conducts business (as determined in the discretion of the Board of Managers).

 

(b)                                  Upon completion of the distribution of the Company’s Property as provided in this Section 12, the Company shall be terminated, and the Liquidator shall cause the filing of the Certificate of Cancellation pursuant to Section 18-203 of the Act and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company.

 

12.7                            Allocations during Period of Liquidation.

 

64



 

During the period commencing on the first day of the Fiscal Year during which a Dissolution Event occurs and ending on the date on which all of the assets of the Company have been distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof (the “Liquidation Period”), the Members shall continue to share Profits, Losses, gain, loss and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction in the manner provided in Section 3 hereof.

 

12.8                            Character of Liquidating Distributions.

 

All payments made in liquidation of the interest of a Member in the Company shall be made in exchange for the interest of such Member in Property pursuant to Section 736(b)(1) of the Code, including the interest of such Member in Company goodwill.

 

12.9                            The Liquidator.

 

(a)                                   Definition . The “Liquidator” shall mean a Person or Persons appointed by the Board of Managers to oversee the liquidation of the Company.  If the Board of Managers does not appoint a Liquidator within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, the Board of Managers shall be the Liquidator.

 

(b)                                  Fees . The Company is authorized to pay a reasonable fee to the Liquidator (if the Liquidator is not a Member, an Affiliate of a Member or the Board of Managers) for its services performed pursuant to this Section 12 and to reimburse the Liquidator for its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in performing those services.

 

(c)                                   Indemnification .  The Company shall indemnify, save harmless, and pay all judgments and claims against the Liquidator or any officers, directors, agents or employees of the Liquidator relating to any liability or damage incurred by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by the Liquidator, or any officers, directors, agents or employees of the Liquidator in connection with the liquidation of the Company, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the Liquidator, officer, director, agent or employee in connection with the defense of any action based on any such act or omission, which attorneys’ fees may be paid as incurred, except to the extent such liability or damage is caused by the fraud, intentional misconduct of, or a knowing violation of the laws by the Liquidator which was material to the cause of action.

 

12.10                      Form of Liquidating Distributions.

 

For purposes of making distributions required by Section 12.2 hereof, the Liquidator may determine whether to distribute all or any portion of the Property in-kind or to sell all or any portion of the Property and distribute the proceeds therefrom; provided, however, that all right, title and interest in and to the name “Solae” shall be distributed to DuPont in accordance with Section 12.2 hereof.

 

65



 

Section 13 : Miscellaneous

 

13.1                            Costs.

 

Except as otherwise agreed to by the Members, each Member shall be solely responsible for its own transaction costs (including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees) incurred by such Member in connection with the Conversion, this Agreement and the Related Agreements.

 

13.2                            Notices.

 

Any notice, payment, demand, or communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been delivered, given, and received for all purposes (i) if delivered personally to the Person or to an officer of the Person to whom the same is directed, or (ii) when the same is actually received, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by registered or certified mail, postage and charges prepaid, or by facsimile, if such facsimile is followed by a hard copy of the facsimile communication sent promptly thereafter by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by registered or certified mail, postage and charges prepaid, addressed as follows, or to such other address as such Person may from time to time specify by notice to the Members and Managers:

 

(a)                                   If to the Company:

 

Solae Holdings LLC

1034 Danforth Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63102

United States of America

Facsimile: (314) 982-2461

 

(b)                                  If to the Managers, to the addresses set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof;

 

(c)                                   If to a Member, to the address set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

13.3                            Binding Effect.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, every covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective successors, transferees, and assigns.

 

13.4                            Construction.

 

Every covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any Member.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement and any ambiguity found in this Agreement shall not be construed against a party merely because such party drafted this Agreement.

 

66



 

13.5                            Time.

 

In computing any period of time pursuant to this Agreement, the day of the act, event or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included, but the time shall begin to run on the next succeeding day.  The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, in which event the period shall run until the end of the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

 

13.6                            Headings.

 

Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define, broaden or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

13.7                            Severability.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the succeeding sentence, every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable, and, if any term or provision of this Agreement is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder of this Agreement.  The preceding sentence of this Section 13.7 shall be of no force or effect if the consequence of enforcing the remainder of this Agreement without such illegal or invalid term or provision would be to cause any Member to lose the material benefit of its economic bargain.

 

13.8                            Incorporation by Reference.

 

Every exhibit, schedule, and other appendix attached to this Agreement and referred to herein is not incorporated in this Agreement by reference unless this Agreement expressly otherwise provides.

 

13.9                            Variation of Terms.

 

All terms and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the Person or Persons may require.

 

13.10                      Governing Law.

 

The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms, and the interpretation of the rights and duties arising hereunder, without regard to the conflict of law principles of such laws.

 

13.11                      Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

Each of the Members irrevocably waives to the extent permitted by law, all rights to trial by jury and all rights to immunity by sovereignty or otherwise in any Proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

67



 

13.12                      Counterpart Execution.

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all of the Members had signed the same document.  All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.

 

13.13                      Specific Performance.

 

Each Member agrees with the other Members that the other Members would be irreparably damaged if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms and that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy in such event.  Accordingly, it is agreed that, in addition to any other remedy to which the nonbreaching Members may be entitled under this Agreement, at law or in equity, the nonbreaching Members shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and specifically to enforce the terms and provisions hereof in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having subject matter jurisdiction thereof.

 

13.14                      Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process

 

(a)                                   Each Member and Manager, and any Persons who become a Member or Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement after the date hereof hereby and thereby consents to: (i) the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and any U.S. District Court sitting in Wilmington, Delaware, and (ii) service of process by certified mail to the address required for notices under Section 13.2 hereof.  This Section 13.14 shall not be construed to prevent any party from bringing an action in any other jurisdiction or from serving process by any other legal means.

 

[Signatures follow on separate pages]

 

68



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and entered into this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the day first set forth above.

 

 

 

E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company

 

 

 

By:

/s/ E.I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Soya Company, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ CENTRAL SOYA COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solae Holdings LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ SOLAE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

537967v54

 

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Limited
Liability Company Agreement

 

69



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Certain Grades of Lecithins

 

All non-food grade soybean lecithin produced at Bunge Limited’s crushing plant in La Coruna, Spain.

 

All non-food grade soybean and sunflower seed lecithin produced at Bunge Limited’s crushing plant in Mannheim, Germany.

 

All non-food grade rapeseed lecithin produced at Bunge Limited’s crushing plants in Kruszwica, Poland, Mannheim, Germany and Bruck/Leitha, Austria.

 

All food-grade sunflower seed lecithin produced at Bunge Limited’s crushing plants in Martfu, Hungary (sales are limited only to the extent required to meet Bunge Limited’s obligations under the existing supply contract with Unilever; upon expiration of the Unilever contract, all food-grade sunflower seed lecithin producted at Bunge Limited’s crushing plants in Martfu, Hungary will be sold to the Company or its Affiliates).

 

All non-food grade sunflower seed lecithin produced at Bunge Limited’s crushing plant in Bruck/Leitha, Austria.

 

Also, if Bunge Limited increases its crushing capacity at any of its plants and none of the Company or its Affiliates does not exercise its right of first refusal to purchase all or any portion of the increased volume of lecithins (all types) resulting from the capacity increase, then Bunge Limited can sell such volumes.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all sales of lecithin by Bunge Limited will be restricted exclusively to the animal feed compounding (blending) market or to industrial markets (provided that the Company or its Affiliates shall be given the right of first refusal to market the lecithin sold to industrial markets), except for the sales to Unilever.

 

70



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Certain Services

 

Country

 

Type of Service

Argentina

 

Payroll, Benefits & Office lease via Pioneer Argentina

Brazil (Esteio)

 

Services to be provided by Gaspar

Brazil (Sao Paulo)

 

Services to be provided by Gaspa

South Africa

 

Payroll, Benefits & Office lease via DuPont South Africa

Venezuela

 

Payroll, Benefits & Office lease via DuPont Venezuela

Belgium

 

Office lease and services with Dupont/Pioneer

Bulgaria

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Czech Republic

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Egypt

 

Services of local DuPont employees

France

 

Payroll consultant (tours)

Netherlands

 

Service Agreement with PWC for DPT N.V. Holding Co

Netherlands

 

Marketing services

Poland

 

Marketing services

Romania

 

Marketing services

Russia

 

Marketing services

Spain

 

Marketing services and payroll/benefits

U.K.

 

Offices leases and services – Corby and Stevenage

Canada

 

Marketing services

Australia

 

Service Agreement for Payroll, Benefits, etc. With Scalzo. Office lease with another 3rd Party

China

 

Payroll & benefits from DCH for Beijing, Guangzhou, Luohe and Shanghai

Hong Kong

 

Payroll, benefits & office lease via DCH

India

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Indonesia

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Japan

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Korea

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Malaysia

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Philippines

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Singapore

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Taiwan

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Thailand

 

Services of local DuPont employees

Bellevue, OH

 

Service Agreement for Asset Maintenance

Gibson City

 

Service Agreement with Bunge North America for optional Energy Procurement, Hedging & Consulting Services and Tech Service

 

71



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Members

 

1.                                        E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company

 

2.                                        Central Soya Company, Inc.

 

72



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Managers

 

1.                                 J. Erik Fyrwald

 

 

DuPont

DuPont Agriculture & Nutrition

 

 

 

4417 Lancaster Pike

 

 

 

Chestnut Run Plaza 705

 

 

 

P.O. Box 80705

 

 

 

Wilmington, DE 19880-0705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.                                 Joseph M. Fanelli

 

 

DuPont

DuPont Agriculture & Nutrition

 

 

 

4417 Lancaster Pike

 

 

 

Chestnut Run Plaza 705

 

 

 

P.O. Box 80705

 

 

 

Wilmington, DE 19880-0705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.                                 Andrew J. Burke

 

 

Central Soya

Bunge Management Services, Inc.

 

 

 

50 Main Street 6 th Floor

 

 

 

White Plains, NY 10606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.                                 Carl L. Hausmann

 

 

Central Soya

Bunge Management Services, Inc.

 

 

 

50 Main Street 6 th Floor

 

 

 

White Plains, NY 10606

 

 

 

 

73



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Wilmington Forms Statement Package

 

74



 

EXHIBIT D

 

Prohibited Transferees

 

1.                                         Archer Daniels Midland Company

 

2.                                         Cargill, Incorporated

 

3.                                         Monsanto Company

 

75




 

Exhibit 12.1

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

 

As of and for the Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 

 

(US$ in millions except ratios)

 

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax income from continuing operations before minority interests

 

484

 

264

 

71

 

(16

)

176

 

plus: 

Fixed charges

 

210

 

267

 

273

 

224

 

203

 

 

Amortization of capitalized interest

 

6

 

5

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

 

Distributed income of equity investees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of pre-tax losses of equity investees

 

 

 

 

 

 

less: 

Capitalized interest

 

(6

)

(15

)

(5

)

(6

)

(16

)

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

(5

)

(10

)

 

 

 

 

Minority interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings:

 

689

 

511

 

342

 

205

 

366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized interest

 

6

 

15

 

5

 

6

 

16

 

Expensed interest

 

177

 

225

 

254

 

206

 

180

 

plus: 

Amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized debt expenditures

 

4

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

Estimate of interest within rental expense

 

18

 

16

 

13

 

11

 

6

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

5

 

10

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

210

 

267

 

273

 

224

 

203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Earnings/Fixed Charges(1)

 

3.28

 

1.91

 

1.26

 

0.92

(2)

1.80

 


(1)   For the purpose of determining the Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges, earnings are defined as income before taxes plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest less capitalized interest and preferred stock dividend requirements.  Fixed charges consist of interest expense (capitalized and expensed), amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest factor and preferred stock dividend requirements of majority-owned subsidiaries.

(2)   Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $19 million.



Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ CONSENT

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of Bunge Limited on Form F-4 of our reports dated February 21, 2003 (except Note 29, dated March 17, 2003), (which reports express an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to change in methods of accounting for goodwill and asset retirement obligations in 2002), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Bunge Limited for the year ended December 31, 2002 and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

New York, New York

May 1, 2003

 




Exhibit. 23.2

 

Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ CONSENT

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of Bunge Limited on Form F-4 of our report dated February 14, 2003 on the consolidated financial statements of Cereol S.A. at September 30, 2002 and at December 31, 2001 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes explanatory paragraphs referring to the basis of presentation of the 2001 consolidated financial statements of Cereol S.A. as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements; and to claims and litigation in progress described in Note 15.c to the consolidated financial statements), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Bunge Limited for the year ended December 31, 2002 and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/ DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU

 

Paris, France

April 30, 2003

 




Exhibit 25

 

Statement of Eligibility of Trustee

 

 

FORM T-1

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2)           
o

 


 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York

 

13-5160382

(State of incorporation
if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

 

 

 

One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.

 

10286

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

 


 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

26-002-1554

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

 

Bunge Limited

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Bermuda

 

N/A

(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

 

 

 

50 Main Street White Plains, New York

 

10606

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

 


 

7.80% Senior Notes due 2012

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 



 

1.             General information.  Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

 

(a)           Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

 

Address

 

 

 

Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York

 

2 Rector Street, New York, N.Y.  10006, and Albany, N.Y. 12203

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank of New York

 

33 Liberty Plaza, New York, N.Y.  10045

 

 

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

Washington, D.C. 20429

 

 

 

New York Clearing House Association

 

New York, New York 10005

 

(b)           Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

2.             Affiliations with Obligor.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

 

None.

 

16.          List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

1.             A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York (formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers.  (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637.)

 

4.             A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee.  (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-31019.)

 

6.             The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.  (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-44051.)

 

2



 

7.             A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

3



 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 18th day of April, 2003.

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

By:

/S/

VAN K. BROWN

 

Name:

VAN K. BROWN

 

Title:

VICE PRESIDENT

 

4




Exhibit 99.1

 

Form of Letter of Transmittal

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FOR THE
OFFER TO EXCHANGE

 

7.80% senior notes due 2012
that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933
for any and all
unregistered 7.80% senior notes due 2012

 


 

Unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal
and interest by Bunge Limited

(Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited)

 


 

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on       , 2003  unless the exchange offer is extended by Bunge Limited Finance in its sole discretion.

 

Tenders of unregistered senior notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date (as defined below).

Deliver To:

Exchange Agent:

The Bank of New York
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street, Floor 7E
New York, New York
Attention: Diane Amoroso
Telephone:  (212) 815-3738
Facsimile:  (212) 298-1915

 

Delivery of this letter of transmittal to an address, or transmission via telegram, telex or facsimile, other than to the exchange agent as set forth above, will not constitute a valid delivery.   The method of delivery of all documents, including certificates, is at the risk of the holder.  If delivery is by mail, we recommend the use of registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured.  You should read the instructions accompanying this letter of transmittal carefully before you complete this letter of transmittal.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the prospectus dated May     , 2003  of Bunge Limited Finance and Bunge Limited and this letter of transmittal and the instructions hereto, which together constitute Bunge Limited Finance’s offer to exchange 7.80% senior notes due 2012 that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any and all outstanding unregistered 7.80% senior notes due 2012 issued on October 15, 2002, pursuant to a registration statement of which the prospectus is a part. The outstanding unregistered 7.80% senior notes due 2012 have CUSIP numbers 120568AA8 or U09821AA4.  Bunge Limited Finance is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited.

 

The term “Expiration Date” shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on        , 2003, unless Bunge Limited Finance, in its sole discretion, extends the exchange offer, in which case the term shall mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended.  Whenever we refer to the registered 7.80% notes due 2012 registered under the Securities Act, we will refer to them as the “exchange senior notes.”  Whenever we refer to the unregistered 7.80% senior notes due 2012, we will refer to them as the “unregistered senior notes.”  All other terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the prospectus.

 



 

This letter of transmittal is to be used if (1) certificates representing unregistered senior notes are to be physically delivered to the exchange agent by Holders (as defined below), (2) the unregistered senior notes are to be tendered by book-entry transfer pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfer” or (3) tender of the unregistered senior notes is to be made by Holders according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”  Delivery of this letter of transmittal and any other required documents must be made to the exchange agent.

 

Delivery of documents to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

 

The term “Holder” as used herein means any person in whose name unregistered senior notes are registered on the books of Bunge Limited Finance or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

 

Any Holder of unregistered senior notes who wishes to tender his, her or its unregistered senior notes must, prior to the Expiration Date, either: (a) complete, sign and deliver this letter of transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, to the exchange agent in person or to the address or facsimile number set forth above and tender (and not withdraw) his, her or its unregistered senior notes, or (b) if a tender of unregistered senior notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the exchange agent at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, confirm such book-entry transfer, including the delivery of an agent’s message (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), in each case in accordance with the procedures for tendering described in the instructions to this letter of transmittal.

 

Holders of unregistered senior notes whose certificates are not immediately available or who are unable to deliver their certificates or Book-Entry Confirmation and all other documents required by this letter of transmittal to be delivered to the exchange agent on or prior to the Expiration Date must tender their unregistered senior notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the prospectus.  (See Instruction 1.)

 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, the acceptance for exchange of the unregistered senior notes validly tendered and not withdrawn and the issuance of the exchange senior notes will be made promptly following the Expiration Date.  For the purposes of the exchange offer, Bunge Limited Finance shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered unregistered senior notes when, as and if Bunge Limited Finance has given written notice thereof to the exchange agent.

 

The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this letter of transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the exchange offer.

 

Please read this entire letter of transmittal and the prospectus carefully before checking any box below.  The instructions included in this letter of transmittal must be followed.  Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the prospectus, this letter of transmittal and the notice of guaranteed delivery may be directed to the exchange agent.  See Instruction 11.

 

Holders who wish to accept the exchange offer and tender their unregistered senior notes must complete this letter of transmittal in its entirety and comply with all of its terms.

 

2



 

Please list below the unregistered senior notes to which this letter of transmittal relates.  If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts should be listed on a separate signed schedule, attached hereto.  The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount.  All other tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000.

 

DESCRIPTION OF UNREGISTERED SENIOR NOTES

 

Name(s) and Address(es)
of Holder(s)
(please fill in, if blank)

 

Type of Security
Tendered

 

Certificate Number(s)
(attach signed list, if necessary)

 

Aggregate Principal
Amount Tendered

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total principal amount of unregistered
senior securities tendered:

 

            Check here if tendered unregistered senior notes are being delivered by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg to the exchange agent’s account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg and complete the following:

 

Name of tendering institution:

 

DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg book-entry account:

 

Transaction code no.:

 

Holders who wish to tender their unregistered senior notes and (i) whose unregistered senior notes are not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their unregistered senior notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the Expiration Date, or cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may effect a tender according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

3



 

            Check here if tendered unregistered senior notes are being delivered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery previously delivered to the exchange agent and complete the following:

 

Name(s) of holder(s) of unregistered senior notes:

 

Window ticket no. (if any):

 

Date of execution of notice of guaranteed delivery:

 

DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg book-entry account:

 

If delivered by book-entry transfer:

 

Name of tendering institution:

 

Transaction code no.:

 

            Check here if you are a broker-dealer and wish to receive 10 additional copies of the prospectus and 10 copies of any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

4



 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to Bunge Limited Finance the principal amount of unregistered senior notes indicated above.  Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the principal amount of unregistered senior notes tendered hereby in accordance with this letter of transmittal and the accompanying instructions, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, Bunge Limited Finance all right, title and interest in and to the unregistered senior notes tendered hereby.  The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the exchange agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the exchange agent also acts as agent of Bunge Limited Finance and Bunge Limited and as trustee under the indenture for the unregistered senior notes and the exchange senior notes) with respect to the tendered unregistered senior notes with full power of substitution to (i) deliver certificates for such unregistered senior notes to Bunge Limited Finance, or transfer ownership of such unregistered senior notes on the account books maintained by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, as the case may be, together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, Bunge Limited Finance and (ii) present such unregistered senior notes for transfer on the books of Bunge Limited Finance and receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such unregistered senior notes, all in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer.  The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full power and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the unregistered senior notes tendered hereby and to acquire the exchange senior notes issuable upon the exchange of the unregistered senior notes, and that Bunge Limited Finance will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are acquired by Bunge Limited Finance.  The undersigned also acknowledges that this exchange offer is being made in reliance upon an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that the exchange senior notes issued in exchange for the unregistered senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for sale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than a broker-dealer who purchased such unregistered senior notes directly from Bunge Limited Finance for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, Regulation S or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or a holder that is an “affiliate” of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such exchange senior notes are acquired by a non-affiliate in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such exchange senior notes.

 

The undersigned Holder represents and warrants that

 

(a)                       the exchange senior notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange senior notes, whether or not the person is the Holder,

 

(b)                      neither the undersigned Holder nor any other recipient of the exchange senior notes (if different than the Holder) is engaged in, intends to engage in, or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the unregistered senior notes or exchange senior notes,

 

(c)                       neither the undersigned Holder nor any other recipient is an “affiliate” of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act or, if the Holder or such recipient is an affiliate, that the Holder or such recipient will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,

 

(d)                      if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited or any “affiliate” of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act to distribute the exchange senior notes,

 

5



 

(e)                       if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, the undersigned further represents and warrants that, if it will receive exchange senior notes for its own account in exchange for unregistered senior notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, the undersigned will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act (for which purposes, the delivery of the prospectus, as the same may be hereafter supplemented or amended, shall be sufficient) in connection with any resale of exchange senior notes received in the exchange offer, and

 

(f)                         the undersigned Holder is not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

 

By acknowledging that you, as such a broker-dealer, will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of exchange senior notes, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the exchange agent or Bunge Limited Finance to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the unregistered senior notes tendered hereby or transfer of ownership of such unregistered senior notes on the account books maintained by a book-entry transfer facility.

 

The undersigned understands and agrees that Bunge Limited Finance reserves the right not to accept tendered unregistered senior notes from any tendering Holder if Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited determines, each in its sole and absolute discretion, that its ability to proceed with the exchange offer would be impaired by a pending or threatened action or proceeding with respect to the exchange offer or that such acceptance could result in a violation of applicable securities laws.

 

For purposes of the exchange offer, Bunge Limited Finance shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered unregistered senior notes when, as and if Bunge Limited Finance has given oral or written notice thereof to the exchange agent.  If any tendered unregistered senior notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer for any reason, such unaccepted or non-exchanged unregistered senior notes will be returned to the address shown below or to a different address as may be indicated herein under “Special Delivery Instructions,” without expense to the tendering Holder thereof, (or, in the case of tender by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described in the prospectus under the “The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfer,” such non-exchanged senior notes will be credited to an account maintained with such book-entry transfer facility) as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

The undersigned understands and acknowledges that Bunge Limited Finance reserves the right in its sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any unregistered senior notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment; Termination,” to terminate the exchange offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase unregistered senior notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.  The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

 

The undersigned understands that tenders of unregistered senior notes pursuant to the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” in the prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and Bunge Limited Finance upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer.  The undersigned also agrees that acceptance of any tendered unregistered senior notes by Bunge Limited Finance and the issuance of exchange senior notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by Bunge Limited Finance and Bunge Limited of their respective obligations under the exchange offer and Registration Rights Agreement and that, upon the issuance of the exchange senior notes, Bunge Limited Finance and Bunge Limited will have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder (except in certain limited circumstances).

 

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this letter of transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation under this letter of transmittal shall be binding

 

6



 

upon the undersigned’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.  This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the prospectus and in this letter of transmittal.

 

By acceptance of the exchange offer, each broker-dealer that receives exchange senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer hereby acknowledges and agrees that, upon the receipt of notice by Bunge Limited Finance of the happening of any event that makes any statement in the prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in the prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading (which notice Bunge Limited Finance agrees to deliver promptly to such broker-dealer), such broker-dealer will suspend use of the prospectus until Bunge Limited Finance has amended or supplemented the prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and has furnished copies of the amended or supplemented prospectus to such broker-dealer.

 

Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Registration Instructions,” please issue the certificates representing the exchange senior notes issued in exchange for the unregistered senior notes accepted for exchange and return any unregistered senior notes not tendered or not exchanged, in the name(s) of the undersigned (or in either such event in the case of unregistered senior notes tendered by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, by credit to the respective account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg).  Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions,” please send the certificates representing the exchange senior notes issued in exchange for the unregistered senior notes accepted for exchange and return any unregistered senior notes not tendered or not exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signatures, unless, in either event, tender is being made through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg.  In the event that both “Special Registration Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, please issue the certificates representing the exchange senior notes issued in exchange for the unregistered senior notes accepted for exchange and return any unregistered senior notes not tendered or not exchanged in the name(s) of, and send said certificates to, the person(s) so indicated.  The undersigned recognizes that Bunge Limited Finance has no obligations pursuant to the “Special Registration Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any unregistered senior notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if Bunge Limited Finance does not accept for exchange any of the unregistered senior notes so tendered.

 

Holders who wish to tender the unregistered senior notes and (1) whose unregistered senior notes are not immediately available or (2) who cannot deliver their unregistered senior notes, this letter of transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date may tender their unregistered senior notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”  (See Instruction 1.)

 

7



 

PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT TENDER IS TO BE MADE PURSUANT TO THE
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.

 

(To be completed by all tendering Holders of unregistered senior notes regardless

of whether unregistered senior notes are being physically delivered herewith)

 

This letter of transmittal must be signed by the registered Holder(s) of unregistered senior notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) of unregistered senior notes or, if tendered by a participant in DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, exactly as such participant’s name appears on its security position listing it as the owner of unregistered senior notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered Holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this letter of transmittal.  If the unregistered senior notes to which this letter of transmittal relates are held of record by two or more joint Holders, then all such Holders must sign this letter of transmittal.  If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then such person must set forth his or her full title below under “Capacity” and submit evidence satisfactory to Bunge Limited Finance of such person’s authority to so act.  (See Instruction 6.)  If the signature appearing below is not the registered Holder(s) of the unregistered senior notes, then the registered Holder(s) must sign a valid proxy.

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Signature(s) of Holder(s) or

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name(s)

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

(including zip code)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(please print)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capacity(ies):

 

 

Area code and telephone no.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):

 

 

 

 

[Complete Substitute Form W-9 below.]

 

8



 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(See Instruction 1 herein)

Certain signatures must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name of Eligible Institution guaranteeing signatures)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of firm)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized signatures)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Printed name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

Date:

 

9



 

SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instruction 7 herein)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for unregistered senior notes in a principal amount not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued in the name of, or the exchange senior notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer are to be issued to the order of, someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) within this letter of transmittal or issued to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Unregistered Senior Notes” within this letter of transmittal, or if exchange senior notes tendered by book-entry transfer that are not accepted for purchase are to be credited to an account maintained at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg other than the account indicated above.

 

Name:

 

 

(please print)

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

(please print)

 

 

 

 

 

(zip code)

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Identification or Social Security Number
(See Substitute Form W-9 herein)

 

 

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instruction 7 herein)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for unregistered senior notes in a principal amount not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be sent to, or the exchange senior notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) within this letter of transmittal, or to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Unregistered Senior Notes” within this letter of transmittal, or to be credited to an account maintained at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg other than the account indicated above.

 

Name:

 

 

(please print)

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

(please print)

 

 

 

 

 

(zip code)

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Identification or Social Security Number
(See Substitute Form W-9 herein)

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS

 

Forming part of the terms and conditions

of the exchange offer

 

1.             Guarantee of Signatures.   Signatures on this letter of transmittal (or copy hereof) or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an “Eligible Institution”) unless the unregistered senior notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered Holder (including any participant in DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of unregistered senior notes) who has not completed the box set forth herein entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” of this letter of transmittal or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

 

2.             Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Unregistered Senior Notes.   Certificates for the physically tendered unregistered senior notes (or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer to the exchange agent at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg of all unregistered senior notes tendered electronically), as well as, in the case of physical delivery of unregistered senior notes, a properly completed and duly executed copy of this letter of transmittal or facsimile hereof and any other documents required by this letter of transmittal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

 

10



 

The method of delivery of the tendered unregistered senior notes, this letter of transmittal and all other required documents, or book-entry transfer and transmission of an Agent’s Message by a DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg participant, to the exchange agent are at the election and risk of the Holder and, except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the exchange agent.  Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the Holder use an overnight or hand delivery service.  In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery.  No letter of transmittal or unregistered senior notes should be sent to Bunge Limited Finance, DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg.

 

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the unregistered senior notes at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after receipt of the prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg may make book-entry delivery of unregistered senior notes by causing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, as the case may be, to transfer such unregistered senior notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, as the case may be, in accordance with the relevant entity’s procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of unregistered senior notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, an Agent’s Message (as defined in the next paragraph) in connection with a book-entry transfer and any other required documents must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address specified on the cover page of the letter of transmittal on or prior to the Expiration Date or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with.

 

A Holder may tender unregistered senior notes that are held through DTC by transmitting its acceptance through DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program, for which the transaction will be eligible, and DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and send an Agent’s Message to the exchange agent for its acceptance.  The term “Agent’s Message” means a message transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the exchange agent and forming part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from each participant in DTC tendering the unregistered senior notes and that such participant has received the letter of transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and Bunge Limited Finance may enforce such agreement against such participant.  Delivery of an Agent’s Message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations and warranties set forth on pages 6 and 7 of this letter of transmittal are true and correct.

 

Holders of unregistered senior notes held through Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg are required to use book-entry transfer pursuant to the standard operating procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, as the case may be, to accept the exchange offer and to tender their unregistered senior notes.  A computer-generated message must be transmitted to Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, as the case may be, in lieu of a letter of transmittal, in order to tender the unregistered senior notes in the exchange offer.

 

Holders who wish to tender their unregistered senior notes and (i) whose unregistered senior notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their unregistered senior notes, this letter of transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the exchange agent prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis must tender their unregistered senior notes and follow the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus.  Pursuant to such procedures:  (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Institution (as defined above) or pursuant to the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg standard operating procedures; (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the exchange agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the Holder of the unregistered senior notes, the certificate number or numbers of such unregistered senior notes and the principal amount of unregistered senior notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three (3) business days after the Expiration Date, this letter of transmittal (or copy thereof) together with the certificate(s) representing the unregistered senior notes (or a confirmation of electronic mail delivery or book-entry delivery into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg) and any of the required documents will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the exchange agent and (iii) such properly completed and executed letter of transmittal (or copy thereof), as well as all other documents required by this letter of transmittal and the certificate(s) representing all tendered unregistered senior notes in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of electronic mail delivery or book-entry delivery into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, must be received by the exchange agent within three (3)  business days after the Expiration Date, all as provided in

 

11



 

the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”  Any Holder of unregistered senior notes who wishes to tender his unregistered senior notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the exchange agent receives the notice of guaranteed delivery prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.  Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to Holders who wish to tender their unregistered senior notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

 

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered unregistered senior notes or this letter of transmittal will be determined by Bunge Limited Finance in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding.  All tendering Holders, by execution of this letter of transmittal (or copy hereof), shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the unregistered senior notes for exchange.  Bunge Limited Finance reserves the absolute right to reject any and all unregistered senior notes or letter of transmittal not properly tendered or any tenders Bunge Limited Finance’s acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for Bunge Limited Finance, be unlawful.  Bunge Limited Finance also reserves the absolute right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular unregistered senior notes.  Bunge Limited Finance’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the instructions in this letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties.  Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of unregistered senior notes must be cured within such time as Bunge Limited Finance shall determine.  Although Bunge Limited Finance intends to notify Holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of unregistered senior notes, none of Bunge Limited Finance, the exchange agent or any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of unregistered senior notes, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.  Tenders of unregistered senior notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived.  Any unregistered senior notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering Holders of unregistered senior notes, unless otherwise provided in this letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

 

3.             Inadequate Space.   If the space provided is inadequate, the certificate numbers and/or the number of the unregistered senior notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule attached hereto.

 

4.             Tender by Holder.  Except in limited circumstances, only a registered Holder of unregistered senior notes or a Euroclear, Clearstream Luxembourg, or DTC participant listed on a securities position listing furnished by Euroclear, Clearstream Luxembourg, or DTC with respect to the unregistered senior notes may tender its unregistered senior notes in the exchange offer.  Any beneficial owner of unregistered senior notes who is not the registered Holder and is not a Euroclear, Clearstream Luxembourg, or DTC participant and who wishes to tender should arrange with such registered holder to execute and deliver this letter of transmittal on such beneficial owner’s behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this letter of transmittal and delivering his, her or its unregistered senior notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the unregistered senior notes in such beneficial owner’s name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or properly endorsed certificates representing such unregistered senior notes.

 

5.             Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.   Tenders of unregistered senior notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000.  If less than the entire principal amount of any unregistered senior notes is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of the chart entitled “Description of Unregistered Senior Notes.”  The entire principal amount of unregistered senior notes delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.  If the entire principal amount of all unregistered senior notes is not tendered, unregistered senior notes for the principal amount of unregistered senior notes not tendered and a certificate or certificates representing exchange senior notes issued in exchange of any unregistered senior notes accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address, unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this letter of transmittal or unless tender is made through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg promptly after the unregistered senior notes are accepted for exchange.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of unregistered senior notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.  To withdraw a tender of unregistered senior notes in the exchange offer, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date.  Any such notice of withdrawal must (1) specify the name of the person

 

12



 

having deposited the unregistered senior notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”), (2) identify the unregistered senior notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of such unregistered senior notes, or, in the case of unregistered senior notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at Euroclear, Clearstream Luxembourg, or DTC to be credited), (3) be signed by the Depositor in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which such unregistered senior notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the registrar with respect to the unregistered senior notes register the transfer of such unregistered senior notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (4) specify the name in which any such unregistered senior notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by Bunge Limited Finance, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties.  Any unregistered senior notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer and no exchange senior notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the unregistered senior notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Any unregistered senior notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange by Bunge Limited Finance will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer.  Properly withdrawn unregistered senior notes may be re-tendered by following one of the procedures described in the prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

 

6.             Signatures on the Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements.   If this letter of transmittal (or copy hereof) is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the unregistered senior notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the unregistered senior notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

If any of the unregistered senior notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this letter of transmittal.

 

If a number of unregistered senior notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many copies of this letter of transmittal as there are different registrations of unregistered senior notes.

 

If this letter of transmittal (or copy hereof) is signed by the registered Holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include a book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on the security listing as the owner of the unregistered senior notes) of unregistered senior notes tendered and the certificate(s) for exchange senior notes issued in exchange therefor is to be issued (or any untendered principal amount of unregistered senior notes is to be reissued) to the registered Holder, such Holder need not and should not endorse any tendered unregistered senior note, nor provide a separate bond power.  In any other case, such Holder must either properly endorse the unregistered senior notes tendered or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this letter of transmittal, with the signatures on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

 

If this letter of transmittal (or copy hereof) is signed by a person other than the registered Holder(s) of unregistered senior notes listed therein, such unregistered senior notes must be endorsed or accompanied by properly completed bond powers which authorize such person to tender the unregistered senior notes on behalf of the registered Holder, in either case signed as the name of the registered Holder or Holders appears on the unregistered senior notes.

 

If this letter of transmittal (or copy hereof) or any unregistered senior notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, or officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by Bunge Limited Finance, evidence satisfactory to Bunge Limited Finance of their authority to so act must be submitted with this letter of transmittal.

 

Endorsements on unregistered senior notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 6 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

 

13



 

7.             Special Registration and Delivery Instructions.   Tendering Holders should indicate, in the applicable spaces, the name and address to which exchange senior notes or substitute unregistered senior notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this letter of transmittal (or in the case of tender of the unregistered senior notes through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, if different from the account maintained at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg indicated above).  In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated.

 

8.             Transfer Taxes.   Bunge Limited Finance will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of unregistered senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer.  If, however, certificates representing exchange senior notes or unregistered senior notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered Holder of the unregistered senior notes tendered hereby, or if tendered unregistered senior notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this letter of transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reasons other than the exchange of unregistered senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering Holder.  If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder.

 

Except as provided in this Instruction 8, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the unregistered senior notes listed in this letter of transmittal.

 

9.             Waiver of Conditions.   Bunge Limited Finance reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend, waive or modify specified conditions in the exchange offer in the case of any unregistered senior notes tendered.

 

10.           Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Unregistered Senior Notes.   Any tendering Holder whose unregistered senior notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the exchange agent at the address indicated herein for further instruction.

 

11.           Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.   Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the prospectus or this letter of transmittal may be directed to the exchange agent at the address specified in the prospectus.  Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the exchange offer.

 

14



 

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

 

The Holder is required to give the exchange agent the social security number or employer identification number of the Holder of the unregistered senior notes.  If the unregistered senior notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for additional guidance on which number to report.

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS

 

PAYER’S NAME:  BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

SUBSTITUTE
Form W-9

 

Part 1 – PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW. 

 

 

 

 

 

Social Security Number(s)
or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer Identification Number(s)

 

 

 

 

 

Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service

 

Payer’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”)

 

Part 2 Certification – Under Penalties of Perjury, I certify that:

(1)             The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

(2)             I am NOT subject to back-up withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) that I am subject to back-up withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to back-up withholding.

 

Part 3 –

 

     Check if Awaiting TIN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certification Instructions – You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to back-up withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return.

 

 

 

 

 

Sign Here

 

SIGNATURE:

 

 

DATE:

 

 

NOTE:             FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31 PERCENT OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU UNDER THE SENIOR SECURITIES.  PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

 

15



 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

 

Obtain a Number:

 

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a number.

 

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding:

 

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the following:

           A corporation.

           A financial institution.

           An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a) or an individual retirement plan.

           The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

           A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

           A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

           An international organization or any agency of or instrumentality thereof.

           A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the U.S. or a possession of the U.S.

           A real estate investment trust.

           A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).

           An exempt charitable remainder trust, or a non-exempt trust described in section 4947(a)(1).

           An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

           A foreign central bank of issue.

 

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

           Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.

           Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and which have at least one nonresident partner.

           Payments of patronage dividends where the amount renewed is not paid in money.

           Payments made by certain foreign nations.

           Payments made to a nominee.

 

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

                                 Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals.  Note:   You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payer’s trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payee.

                                 Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends in section 852).

                                 Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident alien.

                                 Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.

                                 Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

                                 Payments made to a nominee.

 

Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding.

 

FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.  IF THE PAYMENTS ARE INTEREST, DIVIDENDS, OR PATRONAGE DIVIDENDS, ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM.

 

Certain payments other than interest, dividends and patronage dividends that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding.  For details, see the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A(a), 6045 and 6050A.

 

Privacy Act Notice.   Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers who must report the payments to the IRS.  The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes.  Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns.  Payers must generally withhold 31% of taxable interest, dividends, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payee.  Certain penalties may also apply.

 

Penalties:

 

(1)           Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number.   If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

 

(2)           Civil Penalty for False Information with Respect to Withholding.   If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis

which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

 

(3)           Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information.   Falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

 

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

 

16



 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

 

Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer .  Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens:  i.e., 000-00-0000.  Employee identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen:  i.e., 00-0000000.  The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.

 

For this type of account:

 

Give the SOCIAL SECURITY number of —

 

1.        An individual’s account

 

The individual

 

2.        Two or more individuals (joint account)

 

The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, any one of the individuals(1)

 

3.        Husband and wife (joint account)

 

The actual owner of the account or, if joint funds, either person(1)

 

4.        Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

 

The minor(2)

 

5.        Adult and minor (joint account)

 

The adult or, if the minor is the only contributor, the minor(1)

 

6.        Account in the name of guardian or committee for a designated ward, minor, or incompetent person

 

The ward, minor or incompetent person(3)

 

7.        a. The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)

 

The grantor-trustee(1)

 

7.        b.So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law

 

The actual owner(1)

 

8.        Sole proprietorship account

 

The owner(4)

 

9.        A valid trust, estate, or pension trust

 

The legal entity (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representatives or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)(5)

 

10.      Corporate account

 

The corporation

 

11.      Religious, charitable, or educational organization account

 

The organization

 

12.      Partnership account held in the name of the business

 

The partnership

 

13.      Association, club or other tax-exempt organization

 

The organization

 

14.      A broker or registered nominee

 

The broker or nominee

 

15.      Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments.

 

The public entity

 

 


(1)      List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.

(2)      Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's Social Security number.

(3)      Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such person's Social Security number.

(4)      Show the name of the Owner.

(5)      List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate or pension trust.

NOTE:    If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first   name listed.

 

17



 

(DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW)

 

Certificate surrendered

 

Unregistered senior notes tendered

 

Unregistered senior notes accepted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery Prepared by                       Checked by                      Date                      

 

 

 

18



 

The exchange agent for the exchange offer is:

 

The Bank of New York
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street, Floor 7E
New York, New York
Attention: Diane Amoroso
Telephone:  (212) 815-3738
Facsimile:  (212) 298-1915

 

For any questions regarding this letter of transmittal or for additional information, you may contact the exchange agent by telephone at (212) 815-3738 or by facsimile at (212) 298-1915.  All unregistered senior notes must be tendered by book-entry transfer in accordance with the standard operating procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg.  Holders who wish to be eligible to receive exchange senior notes for their unregistered senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer must validly tender (and not withdraw) their unregistered senior notes to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, as the case may be, prior to the Expiration Date or provide notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent as described herein.

 

19




Exhibit 99.2

 

Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

 

7.80% senior notes due 2012
that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

for any and all

unregistered 7.80% senior notes due 2012


 

Unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal
and interest by Bunge Limited
(Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited)

 


 

As set forth in the prospectus dated May    , 2003, of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.  and Bunge Limited and in the accompanying letter of transmittal and instructions thereto, this form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept Bunge Limited Finance’s offer to exchange 7.80% senior notes due 2012 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any and all outstanding unregistered 7.80% senior notes due 2012 issued on October 15, 2002, if (i) certificates representing the unregistered senior notes to be tendered for exchange are not lost but are not immediately available, (ii) time will not permit the letter of transmittal, certificates representing such unregistered senior notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent prior to the Expiration Date (as defined herein) or (iii) the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed prior to the Expiration Date. This form may be delivered by an Eligible Institution (as defined in the letter of transmittal) by mail or hand delivery or transmitted, via telegram, telex or facsimile, to the exchange agent as set forth below. All capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.

 

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on     , 2003 (the “Expiration Date”) unless the offer is extended by Bunge Limited Finance. Tenders of unregistered senior notes  may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

 

To: The Bank of New York, Exchange Agent

 

By Hand or Overnight Courier:

The Bank of New York

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street, Floor 7E

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Diane Amoroso

 

By Facsimile Transmission :

(212) 298-1915

 

Confirm by Telephone :

(212) 815-3738

 

Delivery of this instrument to an address, or transmission via facsimile with confirmation, other than to the exchange agent as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.  The method of delivery of all documents, including certificates, is at the risk of the holder.  If delivery is by mail, we recommend registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured.  You should read the instructions accompanying the letter of transmittal carefully before you complete this notice of guaranteed delivery.

 



 

This instrument is not to be used to guarantee signatures.  If a signature on the letter of transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the letter of transmittal.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned hereby tender(s) to Bunge Limited Finance, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer as set forth in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the aggregate principal amounts of unregistered senior notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus.

 

The undersigned understands that tenders of unregistered senior notes will be accepted only in authorized denominations.  The undersigned understands that tenders of unregistered senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer may not be withdrawn after 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.  Tenders of unregistered senior notes may be withdrawn if the exchange offer is terminated or as otherwise provided in the prospectus.

 

The undersigned understands that the exchange of unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes will only be made after receipt by the exchange agent, within three (3) business days of the Expiration Date, of:

 

(i)  a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees,

 

(ii)  certificates representing the unregistered senior notes covered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such unregistered senior notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in the prospectus) and

 

(iii)  this notice of guaranteed delivery together with any other required documents.

 

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this notice of guaranteed delivery shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this notice of guaranteed delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

 

2



 

PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

 

Principal amount of unregistered 7.80% senior notes due 2012 tendered:*

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificate no(s). of unregistered senior notes(if available):

 

Name(s) of registered holder(s):

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Area code and telephone no.:

 

 

 

If unregistered senior notes will be delivered by book-
entry transfer at The Depository Trust Company,
Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, insert account
no.:

 

Signature(s) of registered holder(s) or
authorized signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*    Must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

This notice of guaranteed delivery must be signed by the registered holder(s) of unregistered senior notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear on certificates for unregistered senior notes or on a security position listing as the owner of unregistered senior notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this notice of guaranteed delivery.  If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information.

 

Please print name(s) and address(es)

 

Name:

 

Capacity:

Address(es):

 

Do not send unregistered senior notes with this form.  Unregistered senior notes should be sent to the exchange agent, together with a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal.

 

3



 

GUARANTEE

 

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

 

The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or a correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” as defined by Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby (a) represents that each holder of unregistered senior notes on whose behalf this tender is being made “own(s)” the unregistered senior notes covered hereby within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, (b) represents that such tender of unregistered senior notes complies with such Rule 14e-4, and (c) guarantees that, within three (3) business days from the date of this notice of guaranteed delivery, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), together with certificates representing the unregistered senior notes covered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such unregistered senior notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg, pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in the prospectus) and required documents will be deposited by the undersigned with the exchange agent.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that it must deliver the letter of transmittal and unregistered senior notes tendered hereby to the exchange agent within the time period set forth and that failure to do so could result in financial loss to the undersigned.

 

Name of Firm:

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address: 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Area Code and Telephone No.

 

 

 

 

4